|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
2
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
رﺋﻴﺲ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻋﻤﺮ اﻟﺘﻮﻣﻲ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ رﺋﻴﺲ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﺼﺎم اﻟﺪﻳﻦ
2007 اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺗﺼﺪر آﻞ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻦ
ﺷﺎرك ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻌﺪد
ﺳﻜﺮﺗﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎن اﻟﺨﻄﺎب
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﻤﻬﻨﺩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ :ﻓﺎﻁﻤﺔ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﺨﺎﻟﺩ ﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﻷﺴﺘﺎﺫ :ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﺩﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ :ﻭ ﻓﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﻋﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ :ﻟﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﻫﺎﻨﻲ ﺠﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ :ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺸﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ :ﻓﺩﺍﺀ ﻴﺎﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺩﻱ ﺃﺴﺎﻤﺔ ﺠﻭﺍﺩ ﺤﺴﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﻋﻤﺭ ﻤﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ :ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻁﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﻴﺱ HALABI SALEM MAHMUD, PhD, Professor KRIVOSHAPKO S.N., DSc, Professor
اﻹﻋﻼن و اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻧﻮر اﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﻮاص أﻋﻀﺎء هﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ • • • • • • • • •
www.tech.nical.ly
هﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ
اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ وﻓﺎء ﻓﺘﺤﻲ . اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻣﻬﻨﺪ اﻟﻜﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻣﺤﻤﺪ هﺸﺎم زﻳﺎد أﺑﻮ اﻟﻘﻤﺒﺰ ﻣﺤﻤﻮد ﺣﻤﺪي هﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس هﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻼل اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﺰت اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﺟﻤﺎل ﻋﺮﻓﻪ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮم اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻋﺪﻧﺎن زﻳﻦ اﻟﺪﻳﻦ
اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺸﺎرﻳﺔ رﺋﻴﺲ اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ • اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس اﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﺎدل اﻟﺪﻗﻲ أﻋﻀﺎء اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ • اﻟﺪآﺘﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺷﻤﻲ • اﻟﺪآﺘﻮر رﻣﻀﺎن ﻣﺤﻤﺪ
• • •
ﻣﻨﺪوﺑﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ
اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻت و اﻟﻤﻮاﺿﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮرة ﺗﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ أراء أﺻ ﺤ ﺎﺑ ﻬ ﺎ و ﻻ ﺗ ﻌ ﺒ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮورة ﻋﻦ رأي اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ . اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﺪد و ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻌﻮد ﻣ ﻠ ﻜ ﻴ ﺘ ﻬ ﺎ اﻟ ﻔ ﻜ ﺮﻳ ﺔ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ و ﺣﻘﻮق ﻧﺸﺮهﺎ ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻌﺪد ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺔ . آﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ و ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﻗﺘﺒ ﺎس ﻣ ﻤ ﺎ ﻳ ﺮد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﺮط اﻹﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪد و اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ .
اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺴﻼم ﻣﺤﻤﺪ إﺳﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ رﻣﻀﺎن أﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﻮاد ﺣﺴﻨﻲ اﺷﺘﻴﻮي ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻮد اﻟﻌﻤﺮي ﻓﻬﻤﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺳﻤﻲ
adm@tech.nical.ly ﻟﻤﺮاﺳﻠﺔ رﺋﻴﺲ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ info@tech.nical.ly ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻت و اﻷﺑﺤﺎث أو اﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎر corps@tech.nical.ly ﻟﻤﺮاﺳﻠﺔ اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺔ ads@tech.nical.ly اﻹﻋﻼن و اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ
اﻟﺪﻋﻢ و اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ اﻟﺼﺪي
ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺣﺐ ﺑﺄي اﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎر أو ﻣﺸﺎرآﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻨﻬﺎ
RS
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
3
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
4
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻁﻭﺭ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻟﻤﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ هﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ هﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ،ﺗﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﻨﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮرة أﺑﺤﺎث أو ﻣﻘﺎﻻت، أو ﻣﻠﺨﺼﺎت اﻷﺑﺤﺎث ،آﻤﺎ ﺗﻬﺘﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ،و ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ أهﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،أﻧﺸﺄت اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ،ﻓﻲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺷﻮال ﺳﻨﺔ ، 2005-10 ،1426و ﺻﺪر ﻣﻨﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻷول ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ ،ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮاﻟﺖ اﻷﻋﺪاد إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ .ﻳﺸﺎرك ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻧﺨﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻌﻴﺪ اﻟﻮﻃﻦ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺘﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻت اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ،ﻳﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ آﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ،و ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ
أهﺪاف اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ وﺿﻌﺖ أﻣﺎم أﻋﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷهﺪاف ﺗﺴﻌﻰ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ،أﺧﺬة ﺑﻌﻴﻦ اﻻﻋ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎر ﺧﺼ ﻮﺻ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﻨ ﺸ ﺮ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ،و ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ و ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ هﺬﻩ اﻷهﺪاف: .1ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺸﺎرك ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺨﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ. .2ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺪر ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ،ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮرة راﻗﻴﺔ. .3ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺸﺠﻌﺔ و ﻣﺤﺘﻀﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﺟﻞ ﻧﺸﺮ أﺑﺤﺎﺛﻬﻢ و ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺗﻬﻢ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ. .4إﺗﺎﺣﺔ وﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ أو ﻣﻬﺘﻢ. .5ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ وﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ و ﻣﺮاآﺰ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ و اﻹﻧﺘﺎج و اﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ آﻞ آﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺤﻘﻮل اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ. .6ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ اﻷﺣﺪاث اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ و إﺑﺮاز اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎت اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ و ﺳﺎهﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻘﻮل.
اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ و اﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ و إﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻮم اﻟﻘﺮاء اﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ و اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ،و ﺗﺴﻌ ﻰ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟ ﺘ ﻮاﺻ ﻞ ﺑﻘﺪر اﻹﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻊ آﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺄن اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و اﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺑﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺻﻮرهﻢ ،ﺳﻮاء اﻟﻔﺮدي أو ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻮرة ﻣ ﺆﺳ ﺴ ﺎت و ﻗ ﺪ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺧﻄﻮات ﺟﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺠﺎل.
اﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ هﻮ اﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ ،و اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻨﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء هﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺸﺮط أن ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻت أو اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت أو اﻟﺒﺤﻮث أو أي ﻣﺸﺎرآﺔ اﻟﺸﺮوط اﻵﺗﻴﺔ : .1أن ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻘﺎل أو اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ. .2ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺮوط اﻟﻤﻘﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ و اﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ. .3ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺮوط اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ آﻞ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ. .4ﺗﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ آﻞ ﺑﺤﻮث ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو اﻻﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻧﻈﺮا ﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ. .5أﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ أو اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت wordو أﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ 30ﺻ ﻔ ﺤ ﺎت ﺑ ﺨ ﻂ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ 14ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎت و اﻟﺠﺪاول،و ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل أن ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت أآﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ هﺬا ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺸﺎور ﻣﻊ آ ﺎﺗ ﺐ اﻟ ﻤ ﻘ ﺎل ﻣ ﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻪ إﻟﻰ ﻋﺪة أﺟﺰاء. .6ﺗﻤﻨﺢ اﻷهﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ،ﻣﻦ اﺟﻞ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ. .7أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻت و اﻟﺒﺤﻮث ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ و اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ. .8ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﺮ أو ﻋﺪم ﻧﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﻘﺎل أو اﻟﺒﺤﻮث اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠ ﺔ إﻟ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ ،ﻣ ﻊ إﺑ ﺪاء اﻷﺳ ﺒ ﺎب ﻟﺼ ﺎﺣ ﺐ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﺟ ﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ. .9ﻳﻔﻀﻞ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺴﻴﺮة اﻟﺬاﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
5
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
6
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
7
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ
اﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ
ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ......أآﺎدﻳﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻐﻔﻠﻴﻦ
ﻣﻘﺎﻻت ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ
ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻴﻨﻮآﺲ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد هﺪف أم ﻋﺪم ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ؟ اﻟﻔﻘﺮ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ هﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺗﻮاﺻﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ !!
8 10 12 16
ﺷﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﺒﻼزﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
17 18
أدوب ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﻤﺴﻴﺮة ﺟﻮﺟﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪي ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ
19
ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاي ﻓﺎي ...اﻟﺴﻴﺎرات ﺗﺘﺤﺪث اﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ
20
ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻧﻲ
20
ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ واﻋﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺺ
21
ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻃﺎرق ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق
24
اﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺪس
26
ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ...اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ اﻵﻟﻲ
32
ﻧﻈﺮة ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴﺎ و اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ
44
ﻣﻘﺎﻻت ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ
اﻟﻌﻤﺎرة اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻮﻟﻤﺔ
46
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ ودورهﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ
48
أﺟﺎآﺲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ واي ﻣﻜﺲ و ﺁﻓﺎق اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ
50 55
دوال APIو إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم
57
اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ....ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ -اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ
61
A Review of Solar Desalination
67
ﻋﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﰲ ﳎﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ
ﻟﻘﺎءات و ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎت
ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻌﺪد
أﺑﺤﺎث دراﺳﺎت
ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺠﻮدة اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ I.Q.M.S
83
Types of frequency meter
88
WITH CUSPIDAL EDGE GEOMETRY AND APPLICATION OF DEVELOPABLE SURFACES
103
ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻨﺠﺎح
اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﺮى اﻵﻓﺎق و اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ
135
ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ
ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ Spintronicsﺛﻮرة ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺎت
137
اﻟﺘﻤﺎزج ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت
138
أﺣﺪث ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ HSDPA
139
أﻗﺮاص ﺑﻠﻮراي ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻲ GB25ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ X2
140
اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ و اﺗﺠﺎهﺎ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ
142
اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
8
www.tech.nical.ly
ﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
اﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ
ت
ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺒﺩﻋﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ !! ...ﺃﻜﺎﺩﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻔﻠﻴﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﺪد
ﻣﻴﺎدﻳﻦ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ و ﺗﺘﻨﻮع ﻓﺮوﻋﻪ ،اﻷآﺜﺮ ﺣﻈﺎ، اﻷوﻓ ﺮ ﻧ ﺼﻴﺒﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺤ ﺼﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ أآ ﺜﺮ ﻋ ﺪد ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺮاء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ هﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ ،اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺮص ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل إﻟ ﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ واﺳﻌﺔ ،ﻷﻧ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ ﻳﻌ ﻨﻲ ﻧ ﺴﺦ أآ ﺒﺮ، رﺑ ﺢ أوﻓ ﺮ ،ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﺤ ﺮص ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ دور اﻟﻨﺸﺮ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻌ ﻨﻰ ﺑﻨ ﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ ﺎت ،اﻟﺘﺨ ﺼﺺ ﻃﺒﻌ ﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ذات اﻟﺘﺨ ﺼﺺ ﻧﻔ ﺴﻪ، هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ أن ﺻ ﺢ اﻟﺘﻌﺒ ﻴﺮ ،ﻓ ﻨﺮى أن اﻟﻤﺠ ﻼت اﻟﻨ ﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ و اﻟﻤﺠ ﻼت اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺘ ﻢ ﺑ ﺸﺆون اﻟﺒﻴ ﺖ و اﻷﺳ ﺮة، ﻣﺠﻼت اﻷزﻳﺎء ،ﻣ ﺮورا ﺑﻤﺠ ﻼت اﻟﻄﺒ ﺦ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗ ﻀﻔﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﻜﻬﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ اﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻤﺠ ﻼت اﻟ ﺪﻳﻜﻮر اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻌﻄ ﻲ ﻟﻤ ﺴﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ أآ ﺒﺮ ،ﻟﻤﺪوﻧ ﻪ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت اﻻﺳ ﺘﻬﻼآﻴﺔ،ﻃﺒﻌﺎ آ ﻞ ﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﺒﻖ ﻓﻴ ﻪ ﺷ ﻲء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﺨ ﺼﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ! ﻗﺲ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬا ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠ ﺎل اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿ ﺔ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺻﻨﺎف اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ. ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟ ﺐ ﺗﻤﻴ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ ﺎت إﻟ ﻲ ﺧﻠ ﻖ اﻟﺘﻨ ﻮع اﻟ ﺬي ﻳ ﻀﻤﻦ اﻻﻧﺘ ﺸﺎر ،ﻻ زﻟﻨ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ذات اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟ ﺔ ،و اهﺘﻤ ﺎم اﻟﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ و اﻟﺠﻬﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠ ﺎل اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋ ﺔ ﺑﻤﺘﻐ ﻴﺮات ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟ ﺔ ،ﻣ ﻦ اﺟ ﻞ اﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل إﻟ ﻲ ﺗ ﺴﺎوي اﻟﻄ ﺮﻓﻴﻦ ،آﺄﺿ ﻌﻒ اﻹﻳﻤ ﺎن ،أي ﻗﻴﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻤ ﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎت ﺗ ﺴﺎوي ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼت آﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ رﻗﻤﻲ ،أو اﻟﺤ ﺼﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ أآ ﺒﺮ ﻗﻴﻤ ﺔ اﺳ ﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐ ﻴﺮات ،ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻌ ﻨﻲ اﻟﺤ ﺼﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗﻴﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻟﻺرﺑ ﺎح ،و ﻟﻴﻌ ﺬرﻧﻲ اﻟﻘ ﺎرئ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺘﺤ ﺪث ﺑﻠﻐ ﺔ اﻷرﻗ ﺎم ،و إدﺧ ﺎل اﻟﺘﻌﺒ ﻴﺮات اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿ ﻴﺔ ،ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟ ﺔ اﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴﺘﻨ ﺎ ه ﺬﻩ؛ ﻟﻜﻨ ﻪ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻠﺘﻤ ﺲ ﻟ ﻲ ﻋ ﺬرا ﺑﻌ ﺪ إآﻤ ﺎل اﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ،و ﺷﺎرآﻨﺎ اﻟﺸﺠﻮن ،وﻣﺎ أآﺜﺮهﺎ. ﻻ زﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺠﻮل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮات ،وﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻷول إﻟ ﻲ اﻟﻄﺮف اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻨﺎ اﻟﻴ ﻮم، ﻟﻌﻠﻨ ﺎ ﻧﺴﺘ ﺸﻒ ﻟﻠﻘ ﺎرئ و ﻷﻧﻔ ﺴﻨﺎ أآﺒ ﺮ ﻗ ﺪر ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻮﺿ ﻮح ،وﺳ ﻂ زﺣ ﺎم اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺮوج ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻴ ﻮم ،إذا ﻧﺰﻟ ﺖ إﻟ ﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒ ﺎت أو اﻷآﺸﺎك ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎرﺿﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻖ ،أﻟﻘﻴ ﺖ ﻧﻈ ﺮة ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺮوض ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ ﺎت ﺳ ﺘﺠﺪ اﻟ ﺴﻮاد اﻷﻋﻈ ﻢ ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﻣ ﺎ ذآﺮﻧ ﺎﻩ ،ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺤﺎﻟﻔ ﻚ اﻟﺤ ﻆ ﺑﺄن ﺗﺠ ﺪ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼ ﺼﺔ هﻨ ﺎ أو هﻨﺎﻟﻚ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﻓ ﻲ وﻓ ﺮة
ﺎ ﻣﺜﻴﻼﺗﻬ اﻷﺧﺮﻳ ﺎت ،هﻨ ﺎ ﻧﻘ ﻒ أﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﺆال اﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴ ﺔ ،ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻮ اﻟ ﺴﺒﺐ وراء ه ﺬﻩ ﻲ ﺔ ﻓ اﻟﻘﻠ ﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ؟ ﻗﺒ ﻞ أن ﻧﺤ ﺎول اﻹﺟﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺴﺆال ،دﻋﻮﻧ ﻲ اﻧﻘ ﻞ إﻟﻴﻜ ﻢ ﺣ ﻮار ﺟﺮى ﺑﻴ ﻨﻲ وﺑﻴ ﻦ أﺣ ﺪ اﻷﺻ ﺪﻗﺎء،و ه ﻮ ﻣ ﺪﻳﺮ اﺣ ﺪ اﻟ ﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻹﺧﺒﺎرﻳﺔ ،ﻟﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ واﻗ ﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﻨﺎ،ﻓﺒﻌ ﺪ إﻃﻼق ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ،ﺑﻔﺘﺮة وﺟﻴﺰة ،اﻟﺘﻘﻴﺖ ﺑ ﻪ، و ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺒﺎرﻳ ﻚ و اﻟﺘﻬ ﺎﻧﻲ ،ﺑ ﺈﻃﻼق اﻟﻤﻮﻗ ﻊ و اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺔ ،ﻗﺎل ﻟﻲ: أﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮد اﻟﺠﺒﺎر اﻟﺬي ﺑﺬل ﻓﻲ إﻃﻼق اﻟﻤﻮﻗ ﻊ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ،آﻤ ﺎ أﻋﻠ ﻢ ﺣﺠ ﻢ و ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﺔ اﻷﺑﺤ ﺎث و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرآﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ أﻋ ﺪادهﺎ ،ه ﻲ ذات ﻃﺎﺑ ﻊ أآﺎدﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺤ ﺜﻲ ،ﻣﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟ ﻲ اﻟﻨﺨﺒ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﺳ ﺎس ،ﻓ ﻼ اﻋﺘﻘ ﺪ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺠﺪ إﻗﺒﺎل آﺒﻴﺮ ،ﻣﻦ داﻓﻊ ﺻﺪاﻗﺘﻨﺎ ،و ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﺗﺠﺮﺑ ﺘﻲ اﻟﺸﺨ ﺼﻴﺔ أﻧ ﺼﺤﻜﻢ أن ﺗﻘﻮﻣ ﻮا ﺑ ﺈﻏﻼق اﻟﻤﻮﻗ ﻊ ،و اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ إﺻﺪار اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ. دهﺸﺖ ﻣﻦ آﻼﻣﻪ ،ﻓﻤﺎ آﺎن ﻣﻨﻲ إﻻ أن ﺗﺴﺎءﻟﺖ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻐﺮﺑﺎ :ﻣ ﺎ اﻟﺬي ﺟﻌﻠﻚ ﺗﻘﻮل هﺬا؟ ﻓﻤ ﺎ ﺗ ﺮدد ﺻ ﺎﺣﺒﻲ ﻓ ﻲ اﻹﺟﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻗ ﺎﺋﻼ :اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﺳ ﺎس ﻣﻮﺟﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ،و هﻢ ﻗﻠﺔ ،أﻳ ﻀﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﻼب ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ ،ه ﻢ ﻟﻴ ﺴﻮا ﻗﻠﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ!! ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار اﻹﻗﺒﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺤﻮث اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮرات اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺘ ﻮي ﻟﻴ ﺲ آﺒ ﻴﺮ ،ﻣ ﻦ ﻳﻘﺒ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻲ إﻻ ﻣ ﻀﻄﺮا ﻟﻘﺮاءﺗﻬ ﺎ ،ﻓﺎﻟﻨ ﺎس ﺗﺮﻳ ﺪ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺔ اﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔ ﺔ اﻟ ﺴﻬﻠﺔ و اﻟﻤﻴ ﺴﻮرة ،و ﻟ ﺴﻨﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﺟ ﺔ إﻟ ﻲ إﻧ ﺸﺎء دورﻳ ﺎت ﻋﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼ ﺼﺔ! ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻬ ﻮد اﻟ ﺬاﺗﻲ ،ﻓﺄﺧ ﺸﻰ أﻧﻜ ﻢ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﺪﺧﻠﻮن ﻓ ﻲ ﺳﻠ ﺴﻠﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﺎه ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﻤ ﺎ ﺗﺤ ﺪث ﻋﻨﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺗ ﻚ ﺣ ﻮل اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺪﻳﺎت و اﻟﻨﺸﺮ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ. ﻟ ﺴﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟ ﺔ إﻟ ﻲ إآﻤ ﺎل ﺑﻘﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ
9
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻓﻬﻞ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻀﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ أن ﻋﻤﻮم اﻟﻨﺎس ؟!
ﺿﻤﻦ أﺳﺌﻠﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ
اﻟﺤ ﻮار ،ﻓ ﺄرى أن اﻟﺮؤﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘ ﺎرئ اﻟﻜ ﺮﻳﻢ ﻗ ﺪ اﺗ ﻀﺤﺖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﺤ ﻮ ﺟﻴ ﺪ ،ﻧﺤ ﻦ اﻵن أﻣ ﺎم ﺳ ﺆال أﺧ ﺮ ،و ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻹﺟﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻣ ﺮة أﺧ ﺮى ،ﻳﻄ ﺮح ﺗ ﺴﺎءل ﺛﺎﻟ ﺚ ﻳ ﻀﺎف إﻟ ﻲ أﺳ ﺌﻠﺘﻨﺎ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﺗ ﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻨ ﺎ ،ﻣﻌﺎدﻟ ﺔ ﻣﺘﻌ ﺪدة اﻟﺤ ﺪود ،ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻄ ﺮق اﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿ ﻴﺔ اﻷآ ﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴ ﺪا ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﻠﻬ ﺎ ،ﻗ ﺪ ﻧ ﺪﺧﻞ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺮاآﻴ ﺐ و ﻣ ﺼﻔﻮﻓﺎت ،و ﻣﻌ ﺪﻻت ﻟﻘ ﺮاﻧﺞ ،و اﻟﺘﻌ ﻮﻳﺾ اﻟﺨﻠﻔ ﻲ ،ﻻ ﻧﺮﻳ ﺪ أن ﻧ ﺸﻮش ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻘﺎرئ ﺣ ﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻤ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴ ﺔ ه ﺬﻩ ،و أﺧ ﺸﻰ أن ﻳ ﺘﺮك اﻟﻌﺪد ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻧﺒﻮءة ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ. وﺳﻂ آﻞ ه ﺬا ،ﻧﻘ ﻒ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﺮﻣ ﻰ ﺣﺠ ﺮ ،ﻣﻤ ﺎ أﺻ ﺒﺢ اﻟﻜﺜﻴ ﺮ ﻳﻌﺘ ﺒﺮﻩ ﺷ ﺒﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ ،ﺗﻨ ﺺ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أن ﻻ ﻣﺠ ﺎل ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ ﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼ ﺼﺔ ،اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻌ ﻨﻰ ﺑ ﺸﺆون اﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ اﻟﻌﻠﻤ ﻲ أو ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ،ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺠﺎح ﻓﻲ رأي ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺴﻮاد ﻳﻜﻤ ﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺘﺮوﻳ ﺞ ﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻻﺳ ﺘﻬﻼآﻴﺔ و اﻟﻤﺎرآ ﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﺔ ،و ﻃ ﺮح ﺟﺪﻳﺪهﺎ ،ﺁﺧﺮ أﺧﺒﺎرهﺎ ،و اﻻهﺘﻤﺎم ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓ ﻲ ذات اﻟ ﺴﻴﺎق، و ﺑﺎﻟﺘ ﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺤﻴﻴ ﺪ اﻟﺒ ﺎﺣﺜﻴﻦ ﻋ ﻦ اهﺘﻤ ﺎم اﻟﻘﻄ ﺎع اﻟﺨ ﺎص ،و ﻻ ﻳﺨﻔ ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻠﻌﺒ ﻪ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺮآﻦ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﺎﻧ ﺐ ﻣﻬ ﻢ ﺟﺪا،أﻣ ﺎ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ ﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼ ﺼﺔ ،ﻓﻬ ﻲ ﺗﻘ ﻊ ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﺁﺧ ﺮ اﻷوﻟﻴﺎت ،و ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ أﺻﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻋﺰﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﻢ. ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﻔ ﻮن ﺑﻠﻌ ﻦ اﻟﻈ ﻼم ﻓﻘ ﻂ دون أن ﻧﻮﻗ ﺪ ﺷ ﻤﻌﺔ! ﻧﺮﻏ ﺐ أن ﻧﻨﻈ ﺮ ﺑ ﺸﻲء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳ ﺪ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎت اﻟﻮاﻗﻊ ،ﻓﺎﺑﺘﻐﺎء اﻟﻨﺠﺎح ،ﻳﻜﻮن ﺑﺄﺧﺬ اﺳ ﺒﺎﺑﻪ ،ﻓﻨﺤ ﺎول ﻣﻌﺎ أن ﻧﻔﻜ ﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ ﻧﻜﻮﻧ ﻪ ،ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﻧ ﺴﺎهﻢ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ آﺈﻃﺎر ﻧﻈﺮي ،ﻓﻲ ﺑﻠ ﻮرة أﻓﻜ ﺎر ،ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﺗ ﺘﺮﺟﻢ إﻟ ﻲ أﻋﻤ ﺎل ﻟ ﺪى ﻣ ﻦ ﻳﺮﻏ ﺐ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﻠ ﻖ ﺑﻴﺌ ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪة ،ﻟﻠﺒﺤ ﻮث و اﻟﺪراﺳ ﺎت ﻓ ﻲ و ﺗ ﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﺎ ،ه ﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴ ﺪ ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﺑﺪﻋ ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪة ،و ﻟﻴ ﺴﺖ أآﺎدﻳﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻐﻔﻠﻴ ﻦ ،ﻻن ﻣﺮاﻣ ﻲ و ﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﻲ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ أﺳﻤﻰ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺠ ﺮد اﻟ ﺘﺮوﻳﺞ، و ﻻ ﻳ ﺸﺘﺮط ﺑ ﻪ أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟ ﻪ ﻓﻮاﺋ ﺪ أو ﻋﻮاﺋﺪ ﻓﻮرﻳﺔ ،ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻘﺎﻟﺔ، أو ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ﻳﺪر رﺑﺤﺎ ﻳﻮﻣﻴ ﺎ أو ﺷ ﻬﺮﻳﺎ ،ﻓﻠ ﻪ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت ﻣ ﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ هﺎﻣ ﺔ ،ﺗﺘﻌ ﺪى اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮة اﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺑﺢ و اﻟﺨﺴﺎرة ،و ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﻧﻜ ﻮن واﻗﻌﻴﻴﻦ و ﻻ ﻧﺮﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻼﻃﻮﻧﻴﺔ. ﻧ ﺪرك ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ﺎ أﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺧﻠ ﻖ ﺗﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺑﻴ ﻦ اﻟﻘﻄ ﺎع اﻟﺨ ﺎص ،و ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗ ﻪ -ﻟﻴ ﺲ اﻟﻤﻘ ﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄ ﺎع اﻟﺨ ﺎص ،اﻟﻤﻔﻬ ﻮم اﻟﻤﺠ ﺮد ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤ ﺔ -و ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﻣ ﺴﺎﻋﻲ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ و أهﺪاﻓ ﻪ ،هﻨ ﺎ ﻧﻘ ﻒ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟ ﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ،ذات ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ،ﻟﻜ ﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻒ ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﻣ ﺮ أن آﻼ اﻟﻤﺘﻐ ﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻌ ﺪد ﺣ ﺪود ،دﻋﻮﻧ ﺎ ﻧ ﺴﺘﻌﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺮاﻣﻴﻬﺎ ،و اﻟﺘﻌﺪدﻳﺔ هﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻤ ﻦ ﻓ ﻲ آ ﺜﺮة اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻ ﻴﻞ ،و ﻋﺜﺮات اﻟﻨﺠﺎح ،اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﻔﻬﻢ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ،اﻟﻤﻮازﻧﺔ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺪراﺳﺎت اﻟﺠ ﺎدة ،اﻟﺤ ﺮص ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻻﻧﺘ ﺸﺎر ﺑﻴ ﻦ أآﺒ ﺮ ﺷﺮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻘﺮاء. ﻗﻴ ﻞ ﻗ ﺪﻳﻤﺎ ،أول اﻟﻐﻴ ﺚ ﻗﻄ ﺮة،و ﻣ ﺴﺎﻓﺔ اﻷﻟ ﻒ ﻣﻴ ﻞ ﺗﺒ ﺪأ ﺑﺨﻄ ﻮة ،ﻟﻜ ﻦ أﻣﻴ ﻞ إﻟ ﻲ ارﺗ ﺪاء ﺣ ﺬاء ﺟﻴ ﺪ ،ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟ ﺴﻴﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻷﻟﻒ ﻣﻴ ﻞ ،ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﻻ ﺗ ﺪﻣﻰ ﻗ ﺪﻣﺎي ،و ﻋﻠﻴﻨ ﺎ ﺗﺤ ﻀﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪة ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﺮات ،اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺬﺑﺬب ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ،ﺗﻨﻬﻤﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ اﺧﺮى ،آﺬا ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮاﺗﻨﺎ؛ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻔﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻃﻼق ﻣﻦ أﺟ ﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮات ،ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺳ ﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ هﺬﻩ ،ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج أوﻻ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺔ ،ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ ﺗﻮﻓﻴ ﺮ ﻣﻨﺎخ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ،و اﻟﻨﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺺ ،اﻟﺬي ﻳﻌ ﺪ اﻟﻤﺘﻨﻔ ﺲ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺒ ﺎﺣﺜﻴﻦ ،ﺑﻌﻴ ﺪ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ،اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌ ﺞ ﺑﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاﻗ ﻊ و اﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺪﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ،اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻨ ﺸﺮ أﺑﺤ ﺎث ﻗ ﺪ ﻧﺠ ﺪهﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﺑﺮه ﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻓﻲ أﻣﺎآﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻣﻦ دون ﻋﻠﻢ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ،إن آﻨﺎ اﺗﻔﻘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أن أول ﺧﻄﻮة هﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﺘﻨﻔﺲ ،و هﻮ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺨ ﺼﺺ .ه ﺬا ﻣ ﺎ ﻧﺤﺎول ﻗﺪر اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﺎع أن ﻧﻘﻮم ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ وﺳ ﻌﺘﻨﺎ اﻟﺤﻴﻠ ﺔ إﻟ ﻲ ه ﺬا ﺳ ﺒﻴﻼ، واﺿ ﻌﻴﻦ أﻣ ﺎم أﻋﻴﻨﻨ ﺎ ﻣﺘﻐ ﻴﺮات ﻣﻌﺎدﻻﺗﻨ ﺎ اﻟﻴ ﻮم ﻓﻤﺮﺣﺒ ﺎ ﺑﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ.
www.altariq.ps
10
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻣﻘﺎﻻت ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻴﺔ
ل
www.tech.nical.ly
ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻓﺭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻁﻨﻌﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻀـﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﺴﻤﺘﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺜﻨﺘـﻴـﻥ ﻭﻋﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﻤـﺔ ﻤـﺎ ﺍﻨﻘﺴﻤﺕ ﺁﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺤﻼﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻐﺘﻬـﺎ، ﻭﻻ ﺘﺸﺘﺘﺕ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺨﺘـﻠـﻔـﺕ ﻤﺼﺎﺌﺭﻫﺎ ،ﻓﺘﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒـﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨـﻅـﻤـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤـﻴـﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ،ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ،ﻤﺜل ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌـﺭﺏ، ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻁﺔ ﺍﻟـﻌـﺭﺒـﻴـﺔ ﻟﻺﻋﻼﻤﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴـﻴـﻥ، ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ،ﻭﻗﺩ ﺴـﺎﻋـﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻤﻭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ،ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺭﻴﺔ " ﺍﻹﻨﺘـﺭﻨـﺕ" ، ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺭﺒﺕ ﺍﻟـﺒـﻌـﻴـﺩ ﻭﺴﻬﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻴﺭ ،ﻭﺠﻌﻠﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻤﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺘﺨﻁﺭ ﺴﻬﻭﻟﺘـﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺠﻤل ﺃﺤﻼﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﻨﺎ ﺼﻐﺎﺭﹰﺍ. ﻭﺤﺩﻴﺜﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺤـﺩ ﺘـﻠـﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺘﺨﺫﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺠﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁـﻬـﺎ، ﻓﻘﺩﻤﺕ ﻟﻸﻭﺴﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺠﻠﻴﻠﺔ ،ﻭ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﻭﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﺘـﻤـﻴـﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ، ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻴﻨﻭﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﻌـﺭﺒـﻲ، ﻭﻏﺎﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺩل ﻗﺭﺍﺀﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺜﻤﻴﻥ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﺄﻴﺩﻴﻬﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ،ﻓﻴﺯﻭﺩﻫـﻡ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻁﻠﺒﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻨﺼﺎﺌـﺢ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ، ﻟﻤﺴﻨﺎ ﺘﻌﻁﺸﻬﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻨﻨﺸـﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ.
ﻟﺌﻥ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒـﻜـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ www . linuxac . org ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸـﺒـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻘﻑ ،ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺘـﻘـﻨـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺩﺭﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴـﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨـﺭﻯ، ﻭﻴﺩﺭﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻀـﺎﺩ ﺃﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺌﺭ ،ﻓﺎﺠﺘﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜـﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﺘﻔﺭﻗﻴﻥ، ﺇﺫ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻫﻭ ﺤﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﻤﻭﺍﻗـﻊ ﺜﻼﺙ ،ﻻﺤﻅ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﻭﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟـﺭﺅﻯ، ﺍﻻﺘـﺤـﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﺭﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺠـﻬـﻭﺩﻫـﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤـﺔ، ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ –ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﺭﻯ -ﻓﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻁـﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﻷﻤﺘﻨﺎ. ﺘﺘﻠﺨﺹ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ،ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺃﻓﺎﺩﺘﻨﺎ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺼﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻪ ،ﻓﻲ ﺴﺒﻊ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ: ﻨﺸﺭ ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ،ﻭﻨـﻅـﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﻨﻭﻜﺱ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺨﺎﺹ. ﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗـﻊ ﻤﺭﺠﻌﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻴـﹰﺎ ﻤﻭﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﺠﻤﻴـﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻌﻠـﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴـل ﻟﻴـﻨـﻭﻜـﺱ ﺒﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻓﺪاء ﻳﺎﺳﺮ اﻟﺠﻨﺪي ﻧﺎﺋﺐ رﺋﻴﺲ راﺑﻄﺔ اﻹﻋﻼﻣﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﺮب
ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ، ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨـﻘـﺎﺸـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻓﺔ. ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﺤل ﺘﻼﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﺨﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒـﻴـﺔ، ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺒﻔﻜﺭﻨﺎ. ﻨﺸﺭ ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺇﺤﺘﻜﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤـﻴـﺔ. ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺌﻨﺎ ،ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻨﺎ ﻷﺨﻴﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻴـﺤـﺏ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ. ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻬـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ،ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻋﺭﺒﻲ ﻴﺨﺘﺹ ﺒﺎﻟـﻤـﺼـﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﺩ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠـﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﺒﻠﻐﺘﻪ
ﻧﻘﻼ ﻋﻦ
11
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮح هﻮ اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻹﺷﻜﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ،و اﻟﺤﺎل اﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠــﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤــﺘﺒﺎدل ﺑـﻴﻦ اﻟــﺨﺒﺮات ،و اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﺘﻘ ﻨ ﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺴﺎهﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺨﺒﺮات اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ. ﺍﻷﻡ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺩﺉ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺩﺨﻭل ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘـﻭﺤـﺔ، ﻭﺘﺯﻭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺒﺂﺨﺭ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻨﻭﻜﺱ ،ﻭﻗـﺩ ﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺘﻌﺘـﺒـﺭ ﻭﺠﻴﺯﺓ ،ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻓﺘـﺘـﺎﺤـﻪ ﺭﺴﻤﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻴـﻠـﻭل ) ﺴﺒﺘﻤﺒﺭ( ،2006ﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴـﺔ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ،ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺃﻫﻤـﻬـﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻕ ،ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺴﺒـﺏ ﻤـﺎ ﺍﻜﺘﺴﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴـﻥ ﺃﺜﺭﻭﺍ ﺼﻔﺤﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﻨﺘﺩﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﻤﻭﺍﻀﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ،ﻭﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺯﻴﺭﺓ ،ﺤﺘـﻰ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﺒﺎﻵﻻﻑ ،ﻭﻴﺯﻴﺩﻭﻥ ﻴﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻴـﻭﻡ، ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻔﺤﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﻨﻜﺱ ،ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺯﻴﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﻀـل ﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺯﻴل ،ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﻪ ،ﻭﺤل ﺃﻱ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﺭﻀﻪ ،ﻭﺃﻓﻀـل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ،ﻭﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﻜـل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﻴﻨﺩﻭﺯ ،ﻭﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﻤـﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﺏ ﻟﻪ ،ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﻜـل ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺴﻬل ،ﻭﺤﺭﻓﻴﺔ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﺸـﺌـﻭﻥ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻉ ﻁﻭﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒـﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺨﺒﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻓﻥ ﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺴﻠـﺱ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻲ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ،ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﻭﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻠـﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ،ﻭﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻤﺘﻁﻭﻋﻴﻥ ،ﻻ ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻬـﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺒـﺩﺍﻉ- ، ﺸﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺸﺄﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ -ﺇﻻ ﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻤﻪ. ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﻨﺘﺨﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺼﻭﻴﺕ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﺨـﺎﺒـﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﻜﺭﺭﺓ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻨﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﻟﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺨﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺴﻨﻭﻱ ﻟﺘﺠﺩﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﺎﺀ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻴﻨﺒﻐـﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﺜﺒـﺘـﻭﺍ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﹰﺎ ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻨـﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ،ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻡ ﺨﻠﻴﻁ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ. ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ،ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﻭﻗﻌﹰﺎ ﺭﺴﻤـﻴـﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻟـﻴـﻨـﻭﻜـﺱ، ﻭﺒﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺘﺼﺩﺭ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﺭﺴﻤـﻴـﺔ ﻤﻌﺘﺭﻑ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭﺍﺌـﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ،ﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻤـﺜـل ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ "ﺭﻴـﺩﻫـﺎﺕ" ﻭ"ﻨـﻭﻓـل" ﻭ" ﻤﺎﻴﻜﺭﻭﺴﻭﻓﺕ" ﻭﻏﻴـﺭﻫـﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ،ﻭﻤﺎ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻗﺒل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺠـﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ،ﻭﺇﺨﻼﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨـﻴـﺔ، ﻭﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ.
ﻟﻘﺩ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗـﻊ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻺﺒﺩﺍﻉ ﻭﺇﺒـﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ،ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺤـﺕ ﻤﻨﺘﺩﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺭﺓ ﻤﻘﺼﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻁﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫـﺫﺍ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺘﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻨﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯ، ﻭﻻ ﺨﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺃﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺜﺎل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴـﻥ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺒﺠﺩ ﻭﺩﺃﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨـﻬـﻀـﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺔ ،ﻭﺒﺸﻜل ﺘﻁﻭﻋﻲ ،ﻏﻴﺭ ﺁﺒﻬﻴـﻥ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻭﺍﺠﻬﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻻ ﻨﺸﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺴﺒﻴﻠـﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻪ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻻ ﺸﻙ ﻓﻴـﻪ، ﻻ ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻓﻕ ﺃﻭ ﹰ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
12
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻫﺩﻑ ﺃﻡ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ؟
أ
ﺃﺤﺩﻱ
ﻡ .ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟـﺘﻲ ﻨﻌﺎﻨـﻰ
ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ﻟﻺﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠـﻙ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻌل ﺤﻘﻘﺕ
ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﻀـﻭﺡ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻀـﺤﺔ
ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘـﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻨﺠﺎﺤـﺎ ﻜﺒـﻴﺭﺍ ﻭ
ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻫﺩﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ
ﻭﻫﺩﻑ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺨﻠﻕ ﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﻭ ﺘﻔﺎﻋل
ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﻌـﺩﻫﺎ !
ﻫﺩﻑ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴـﻕ
ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺠـﺎﺡ ﺃﻏـﺭﻯ ﺃﺸـﺨﺎﺹ
ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻫـﺫﺍ
ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻫـﺩﻑ
ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ
ﻓﻘﻁ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﻡ
ﻨﻌﺎﻨﻰ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺘﺤـﺩﺙ
ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺠﺤﻭﺍ ﻭ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻴﻨـﺎ
ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺩﻴﺎﺕ
ﻭ ﻓﺸل ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻯ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻜـل ﻴﺭﻴـﺩ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ
ﻴﻌﻤل ﻤﻨﺘﺩﻯ ! ﻭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟـﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﻟﻜـل ﻴـﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻭﻀـﻊ
ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺘﻘـﺩﻡ ﻓﺎﺌـﺩﺓ
ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻭ ﻟﻜﻥ
ﻋﺭﺒﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴـﺒﻴل
ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﺒل ﺘﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﻅﻤﻬﺎ
ﻗﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺴﺒل ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﻭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻭ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺩﺓ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻘل ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﺘﺩﻯ
ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﻜـﺎﻥ
ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺁﺨﺭ.
ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺃﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﻤﺎ ﺤﻘﻘﺘﻪ ﻟﻭ
ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘـﺩﻴﺎﺕ
ﺴﻠﻜﺕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺎ ﻤﻐﺎﻴﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻬـﺎ
ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘـﺩﻴﺎﺕ
ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺘﺠﺩﻩ ﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭﺍ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻭ
ﺨﻁﻪ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻁﻤﻭﺤﺎ ﻭ ﻨﻅﺎﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺩﻑ
ﺇﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻠﻔﺕ ﺃﺸﻜﺎﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺘﻌﺩﺩﺕ ﺼـﻭﺭﻩ
ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻋﻤﻘﺎ .
ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻤﺤل ﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻁﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺴـﻠﻌﻪ
ﻭ ﺴﺄﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ
ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﺎﺩ ﻴﻨﺠﺢ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ
ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﺃﻏﺭﻯ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ
ﺍﻷﻋﻤﻰ ﻟﻠﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺴﺄﻀـﺭﺏ ﻋـﺩﻩ
ﻤﺤل ﺁﺨﺭ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺩ
ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻤﺜﻼ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴـﺔ
ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻼﺼﻕ ﻟﻠﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﻭ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ﻓﻜـﺭﻩ
ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺩ ﻤﺤل ﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺒﻊ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ
ﺠﻴﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻤﺴﺒﻭﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒـﻲ
ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ ﻻ
ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ
ﻴﺘﺤﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺒﻤـﺎ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
13
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺒﻌـﺽ
ﻤﺜﻼ .
ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺕ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘـﻪ
ﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻫﺎﻤﺔ ﺠـﺩﺍ ﻜﺎﻟﺘـﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻭ
ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺃﻱ
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭ
ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﻤﻥ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠـﻰ
ـﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ـﻁ ﺍﻟﻤـ ـﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁـ ﻭﻀـ
ﺃﻗل ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﻫﺎﻤﺵ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺢ ﻟﻜـل
ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻨﻭﻋﺎ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻼﺕ ﻷﺩﻨﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ
ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﺭﺍ ﻋﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌـﺩﺓ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻼﺕ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﻘـﻕ ﻨﺠـﺎﺡ
ﻷﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻔﺎﺌﺩﺘﻪ ﻤﺒﺎﺸـﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ
ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻭ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻋﻤـل
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺽ
ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺠﻬﺎ
ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻴﺘﻘﺎﺴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻭ
ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﺩﻓﻊ ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻴـﺭﻯ
ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ .ﻭ ﻗﺱ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ
ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ
ﺃﺭﺒﺎﺤﻬﺎ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ .
ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﻭ
ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴـل
ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻠﻴﺱ ﻤﻌـﻨﻰ ﺘﻘﻠﻴـﺩ
ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻹﻨﻔـﺎﻕ ﻋﻠـﻰ
ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺘﻌﺎﻨﻰ
ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻫﻭ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻤﻤﺎﺜـل ﻭ
ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻫﻭ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﺴـﺭﺍﺭ ﻨﺠـﺎﺡ
ﻤﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ
ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌـﻨﻰ ﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ
ﻴﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤل ﺃﻱ ﺸـﻲﺀ ﻭ ﻜـل
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺒـﺢ
ﺘﻨﻔﻕ ﻤﻼﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻻﺭﺍﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﻫـﺫﺍ
ﺸﻲﺀ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﻅﻨﺎ ﻤﻨـﻪ ﺃﻨـﻪ ﺒﺫﻟـﻙ
ﻷﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻤﺩﺭﻭﺴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ .
ﺴﻴﻀﺎﻋﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﺎﺡ .ﻗﺩ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻤﻨﺘـﺞ
ـﺔ ـﺸﻜل ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻓﻴـ ـﻪ ﺒﺎﻟـ ﻭ ﻤﻘﺩﻤـ
ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﻨﺠﺎﺤﺎ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﻀﺎﻓﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻨﺘﺎﺌﺠﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻨـﺩ
ﻭ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠـﻙ
ﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻟﻭ ﺃﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻫـﺫﻩ
ﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒل ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬـﺎ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻭ ﺘﻨﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﻌﻭﺭ ﺒﺘﻠـﻙ
ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴـﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﻓـﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﻠـﻙ
ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘـﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﺭﺒﻤـﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ
ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﻭ
ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﻭ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺃﺴـﻭﺍﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟـﻲ
ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻭ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﺎﺡ ﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺜـﻡ
ﺍﻷﺭﺒﺎﺡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻨـﺎ ﻴﻅﻬـﺭ
ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﻟﺩﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺘﻤـﺩ
ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ
ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟـﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜـﺒﺭﻯ ﻋﻠـﻰ
ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴـﻊ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺘﺩﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﺘﻰ
ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻌﻨـﻰ
ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺘﻲ ﺒـﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺘـﺼﺩﺭ
ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤـﻭﺭ ﻓـﻲ
ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻷﺠـﺯﺍﺀ
ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻜﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﻥ ﻭ
ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﺍﻷﺨـﺭﻯ .ﻓـﻼ
ﻫل ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺃﻡ
ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻘﻠﺩﻩ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺇﺒﺩﺍﻋﻴـﺔ ﺃﻥ
ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺁﺨﺭ
ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
14
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﻴﺅﺩﻯ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻬﺪف ﻗ ﺒ ﻞ اﻟ ﺘ ﻔ ﻜ ﻴ ﺮ ﻓ ﻲ وﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻞ إﻃﻼﻗﻪ و ﺧ ﻠ ﻖ اﻟ ﻤ ﺒ ﺎدرة أﺣ ﺪ أه ﻢ ﻋ ﻨ ﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻟﻨﺎﺟﺢ ،ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﺎرب .
ﻨﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ .ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻗﺘﺒـﺱ ﻜﻠﻤـﺔ
اﻟﻬﺪف
ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺇﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﺒﻲ " ﺇﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺴﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺼﺒﺢ ﻜﺎﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻓـﺴﻨﻅل ﺘﺎﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺨﻠﻔﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ
ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘـﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ
ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺴـﻭﺍﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻭﻟـﺔ ﺃﻭ
ﻤﺎ ﺴﻨﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺜﻠﻬﻡ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺒﻔﻜﺭ ﺃﻨـﺎ ﺃﻜـﺴﺏ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻻ
ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺸﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ
ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻨـﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻨﻜـﻭﻥ ﺃﻓـﻀل
ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻟﺩﻯ ،ﻷﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻫﺩﻑ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ
ﻭ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻋﻡ
ﻤﻨﻬﻡ" .
ﻭ ﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺜﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻭ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤـﺎﻡ
ﻭ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭ ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ
ﻓﻬﻴﺎ ﺒﻨﺎ ﻨﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺘﻐﻴـﻴﺭ ﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻤﻨـﺎ ﻭ
ﺒﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻜﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘـﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻭ
ﺒﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻔﻜـﺭ ﺇﺤﺘﺭﺍﻓـﻰ
ﻭﻀﻊ ﺨﻁﻁ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻭﻓـﻕ ﺭﺅﻯ
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺴﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﻷﺭﺒﺎﺡ ﻤـﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻭ
ﺇﺒﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺒﻨـﺎﺀ
ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭ ﺃﻨـﺎ ﺃﺩﻋـﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴـﻥ
ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﻤـﻥ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﻋـﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺘﻠـﻙ
ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻤﺭ ﻟﻨﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﻴـﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺩﻋـﻡ ﻭ ﺘﻭﺠﻴـﻪ
ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻁﻠﻕ
ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺩ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻤـل ﺠﻤﻌﻴـﺎﺕ ﻤـﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻤـﺎل ﺃﻭ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﺼﻁﻠﺢ " ﻓﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻜـﺭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺩﻋﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒـل
ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻏﺭﺱ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻓـﻲ
ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭ ".
ﺭﺠﺎل ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻭ ﺍﻹﻋـﻼﻡ ﻭ ﻤـﻥ
ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ .ﻓﺎﻟﻭﻀـﻊ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
15
ﻧﻘﺪم ﻟﻜﻢ اﻟﺘﻤﻴﺰ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
16
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ!
ﻋﻤﺭ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻤﻲ
ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﺧﺪﻣ ﺔ ﻣ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت إﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴ ﺔ ودوﻟﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ وهﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴ ﻞ ﺧﻄ ﻮط اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت واﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ف
اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ،ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺷﻐﻞ و ﺷ ﻐﻞ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺪول و اﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴ ﻦ ﺑﻬ ﺎ، و ﺗﺮددت ﻓﻲ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ و اﻹﻋ ﻼن اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺤﻘ ﺎﺋﻖ ﻋ ﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻈﺎهﺮ ،ﻃﺒﻌﺎ اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﻳﻌ ﻮد ﻟﻤ ﺎ ﺗ ﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﺒ ﺎدل ﻏ ﻴﺮ ﻣﺘ ﻮازن ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻘﻄ ﺎع ،اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﻴ ﻦ ﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت و اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻴﻦ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ،اﺣ ﺪ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻴﺘﻜﺲ دﺑ ﻲ ، 2007أﺷ ﺎر أن اﻟﻌ ﺮب أﺻ ﺒﺤﻮا ﻣ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﻴ ﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت ﺑ ﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ،ﻟﻜ ﻦ هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻷرﻗﺎم و اﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎت ﺗﺪﻟﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺣﺠ ﻢ اﻟﻔﺠ ﻮة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮب وﺻ ﻞ إﻟ ﻲ 4.5ﻣﻠﻴ ﺎر دوﻻر ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﺑﻠﻐ ﺖ آﺜﺎﻓ ﺔ اﻧﺘ ﺸﺎر أﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﻮب 80ﻣﻠﻴ ﻮن ﺟﻬ ﺎز وﺑﻠﻐ ﺖ آﺜﺎﻓ ﺔ ﺧﻄ ﻮط اﻟﻬﻮاﺗ ﻒ 80ﻣﻠﻴ ﻮن ﺧ ﻂ .ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻣ ﺎ زاﻟﺖ هﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻔﺠ ﻮة و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ إدراك اﻟﺪول اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ أن اﺳ ﺘﻤﺮارهﺎ ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﻟ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣ ﺔ أو اﻟﺪول اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ .و اﺳ ﺘﻨﺎدا إﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﺎ ذآ ﺮ ﻓﻘ ﺪ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺖ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣ ﺔ ﺑﺮﺻ ﺪ ﻣﻴﺰاﻧﻴ ﺎت ﺿ ﺨﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻔﺠ ﻮة
اﻟﻔﺠﻮة
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
و إذا ﺗﻄﺮﻗﻨ ﺎ إﻟ ﻲ اﻹﻧﻔ ﺎق ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗﻄ ﺎع ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ،ﻧﺠ ﺪ أن اﻹﻧﻔ ﺎق ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗﻄ ﺎع ﺗﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت وأﺑﺤ ﺎث ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣ ﺎزال ﻳﺤﺘ ﺎج إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﺸﻴﺮا إﻟ ﻲ أن اﻟ ﺴﻮﻳﺪ ﺗ ﺄﺗﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ رأس ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺪول ﺗﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻴﺎﺑ ﺎن ﺛ ﻢ اﻟﻮﻻﻳ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة وأﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴ ﺎ وﻓﺮﻧ ﺴﺎ واﻧﺠﻠ ﺘﺮا .أﻣ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺼﻌﻴﺪ اﻟﻌﺮﺑ ﻲ ﻓﻨﺠ ﺪ أن ﺗ ﻮﻧﺲ ﺗ ﺄﺗﻰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ رأس اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻹﻧﻔ ﺎق ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت ﺗﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻷردن وﻣ ﺼﺮ واﻟ ﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ وﺳ ﻮرﻳﺎ واﻟﻜﻮﻳ ﺖ واﻹﻣﺎرات و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ ﻓﺎن ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﻧﻔﺎق اﻧﻌﻜﺴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﺎدرات ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ واﻟﺒ ﺴﻴﻄﺔ .و اﻟﺠﺪﻳ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺬآﺮ أن دول ﺟﻨ ﻮب ﺁﺳ ﻴﺎ ﺗ ﺄﺗﻰ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺼﺎدرات اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺒ ﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ دول ﺷ ﺮق ﺁﺳ ﻴﺎ واﻟﻤﺤﻴ ﻂ اﻟﻬ ﺎدي ﺛ ﻢ أﻣﺮﻳﻜ ﺎ اﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴ ﺔ ودول اﻟﻜﺎرﻳﺒﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﻴ ﻦ ﺗﺤﺘ ﻞ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺰ اﻷﺧﻴﺮ. و ﻧﺤ ﻦ ﻧﺘﺤ ﺪث ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻔﺠ ﻮة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ ﺔ ﻓﺎﻧ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻬﻢ أن ﻧﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻲ أن ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﺮ اﻻﺗﺤ ﺎد اﻟﻌﺮﺑ ﻲ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت أن اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ﺗﺄﺗﻰ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒ ﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺻ ﻌﻴﺪ ﺻ ﺎدرات ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ % 7ﺑﻌ ﺪ دول أﻣﺮﻳﻜ ﺎ اﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴ ﺔ واﻟﻜ ﺎرﻳﺒﻲ وﺷ ﺮق أوروﺑ ﺎ .وﺣ ﺪد
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳ ﺮ ﻧ ﺼﻴﺐ آ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣ ﺞ واﻟﺨ ﺪﻣﺎت واﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة واﻟﻤﻌ ﺪات واﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ ﺎت ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺤﺠ ﻢ اﻟﻜﻠ ﻰ ﻷﻋﻤ ﺎل ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ ﻣ ﺸﻴﺮا إﻟ ﻰ أن اﻟ ﺒﺮاﻣﺞ واﻟﺨ ﺪﻣﺎت اﺳ ﺘﺤﻮذت ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﺤ ﻮ 600ﻣﻠﻴ ﺎر دوﻻر ﺑﻨ ﺴﺒﺔ % 6.28ﻣﻮزﻋ ﺔ ﺑﻮاﻗ ﻊ 210ﻣﻠﻴﺎرات دوﻻر ﻟﻠﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺠ ﺎهﺰة و 180ﻣﻠﻴ ﺎر دوﻻر ﻟﻠﺨ ﺪﻣﺎت اﻻﺳﺘ ﺸﺎرﻳﺔ وﻧﺤ ﻮ 90ﻣﻠﻴ ﺎر دوﻻر ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ أن ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻮذ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ 120ﻣﻠﻴﺎر دوﻻر ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺒﻠ ﻎ ﻧ ﺼﻴﺐ اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة واﻟﻤﻌ ﺪات واﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ ﺎت ﻧﺤ ﻮ 1500 ﻣﻠﻴ ﺎر دوﻻر ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ 450ﻣﻠﻴ ﺎر ﻟﻠﻮﺻ ﻼت واﻟ ﺸﺮاﺋﺢ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴ ﺔ وﻧﺤ ﻮ 7.187ﻣﻠﻴ ﺎر دوﻻر ﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت وﺣﻮاﻟ ﻲ 5.127ﻣﻠﻴ ﺎر دوﻻر ﻟﻸﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻴ ﺔ واﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧ ﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى. ﻓﻲ ﺿ ﻞ ه ﺬا آﻠ ﻪ ،ﻓ ﺎن هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﺒﻂ آﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺐ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺗ ﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ، ﺳ ﻮاء اﻻهﺘﻤ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻻﺳ ﻢ اﻟﺘﺠ ﺎري ،إﻟ ﻲ ﻓﻘ ﺪان اﻟﺘ ﺸﺠﻴﻊ و اﻟﺤﻮاﻓ ﺰ ،و اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺒﺮﻗﺮاﻣﺎﺗﻴﺔ ،اﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮل ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺤ ﺼﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻻذوﻧ ﺎت و ﻣ ﻦ اﺟﻞ ﻣﻤﺎرﺳﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻘﻄﺎع ،و ﺗ ﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋ ﺎت إﻟ ﻲ أن اﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﻴﻦ ﻟﺸﺮآﺎت ﻗﻄ ﺎع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت أو اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴ ﺖ ﻳ ﻀﻄﺮون ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟ ﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻷﻣﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ،و اﺧ ﺬ ﺗ ﺼﺮﻳﺤﺎت ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ،ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ اﻟ ﺬي ﻧﺠ ﺪ ﻓﻴ ﻪ أن اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة ،ﻳﻔﺘﻘ ﺪون إﻟﻲ اﺑﺴﻂ اﻟﺮؤى ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻤﻴ ﺪان ،زد ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬا اﻻﺣﺘﻜ ﺎر اﻟﻜﺒ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ و اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻟﺼﺎرﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻜﺜﻴ ﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ.و آ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌ ﺔ ﺗﺠﻌ ﻞ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻹﺣﺒ ﺎط ﻳﺘ ﺴﺮب إﻟ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﻮس اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟﻘﻄﺎع .و ﻳﺒﻘﻰ اﻟﻔﻘﺮ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ، ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻳﻀﺎف إﻟﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﻔﻘﺮ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ!
17
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻫل ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ! اﻟﺪآﺘﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺷﻤﻲ
ص
ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﻋﻤـل ،ﻭ ﺃﻀﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼـل ﻤﻊ ﺯﻭﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺸﻐل ﺍﻟـﺸﺎﻏل ﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﺤـﺔ ،ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺩ ،ﺒـل ﺇﻥ ﻜﺒﺭﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠـﻑ ﻗﻁﺎﻋــﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘــﺎﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨــﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ،ﻗﺒـل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨـﻲ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺒﺸﺭﺡ ﻤﻬﻴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻨﻨﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻨﻪ ،ﻭﻜﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟﻨـﺎ ﻫـﺫﺍ .ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻭ ﻤﻴﺎﺩﻴﻥ ،ﻭ ﻻ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ،ﻭ ﻴﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ .ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭ ،ﻭ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﻜﺎل، ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﺴﺘﻌﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺼﻭﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ: ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻤﻌﻴـﻥ، ﻓﺎﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻙ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﻁﺒﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﺩﻴﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﺴـﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬـﺎ ،ﻭﺭﺒﻤـﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌـﺔ ﺒـﺸﻜل ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ،ﻭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺭ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﺩﻴﻙ ﻤـﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺘﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅـﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭل .ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻘﺒﺎل ،ﻭ ﻟﻬـﺫﺍ ﺘﺤﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻭﺤﺴﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﺍﺕ.
ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ
ﺒﻌﻜﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﻨﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻫﺒﺕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻨﻙ ﻟﻥ ﺘﺠﺩ ﺃﺤـﺩﺍ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻭﺍﻥ ﻜﻨـﺕ ﻤﺤﻅﻭﻅـﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺠﺩﺕ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﺎﻨﻙ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺠﺩ ﺠﻭﺍﺒـﺎ ﻤﺘﺫﻤﺭﺍ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒـﻊ ﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻅﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ،ﻭ ﻗـﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ،ﻟﺘﺭﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺒﻴـﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻡ ،ﻭ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻟﺴﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻜﺜـﻴﺭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺒﺎﻷﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻤﻥ ﺭﻭﺘﻴـﻥ ﻤﻤل ﻭ ﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﺴـﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻭ ﺍﻨﻌـﺩﺍﻡ ﺍ ﺘﻭﺍﺼل ،ﻭ ﻟﺴﺕ ﺒﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺫﻜﻴﺭ ﺒﻁﻭﺍﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟـﺭﺍﻏﺒﻴﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﻗـﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤـﺎ ﺸﺎﺒﻪ. ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﻋﻤل ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺘﻨﻭﻱ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻤﻪ ،ﻭ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ،ﻓﺎﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ،ﻭ ﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﻭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ ﻤـﺩﻯ ﻗﺒﻭﻟﻪ ﻟﻸﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻙ ،ﻭ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺘﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ،ﻫﺫﻩ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺤـﺼﻭل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺘﻤﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل .ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ. ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﺤﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻨﻘل ﺇﻟﻴﻜـﻡ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴـﺔ ،ﻓﻌﻨـﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﺃﺴـﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻭﻡ، ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻁﻤﻭﺡ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ،ﻓﻘﻤﻨـﺎ ﺒﺈﺭﺴﺎل ﻋﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴـﺔ ،ﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺱ ،ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺸﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺘﻠﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺼﺎﺒﻊ، ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺨﻠﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴـﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﺏ ،ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻻ ﻤﺒـﺎﻻﺓ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴـﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﻟﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺵ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺘﺏ ،ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻭﻤـﻀﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅﻔﻴﻥ .ﻓﻴﻜﻑ ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻭﺍﺼل. ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻫل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤـﺩﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﺼـل ﻟـﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴــﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴــﺔ ﺒﻤﺨﺘﻠــﻑ ﻁﺭﻓﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ،ﻭ ﺒـﺎﻷﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼـل ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻨﻪ ،ﺃﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺱ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴـﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻜﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻙ ﺘﻭﺍﺼـل ﻋـﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﺎﺌﻁ ـﻊ ـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗـ ـﺔ،ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤـ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴـ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﺴل ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺃﻨـﺕ ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻟﻥ ﻴـﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ،ﺃﻭ ﻴﺼﻠﻙ ﺭﺩ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻥ ﺘﺘﻠﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺭﺩ ﺒﻌﺩﻩ ،ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﺩ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﺭﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ، ﻭ ﺘﺭﺤﻴﺒﻲ ﻭﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘـﻲ ﻤﻌﻠﻕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ. ﻗﺩ ﻴﻘﻭل ﻗﺎﺌل ﺇﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴـﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺅﻡ ،ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ، ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟـﻡ ﺘـﺅﺕ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﺘﺠـﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺼﺩﻗﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ،ﻓـﺎﻥ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ـﺎ ـﺎﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻠﺭﺒﻤـ ـﺎﺭﺏ ﻤﻐـ ـﺩﻴﻜﻡ ﺘﺠـ ﻟـ ﻨﺘﺩﺍﺭﺴﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﺎ ،ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﻀل ﺍﻟـﺴﺅﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻀل ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ـل ـﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺘﻭﺍﺼـ ـل ﻟـ ـﺎﺘﻡ ﻫـ ﺍﻟﻘـ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ؟ ﻭ ﻫل ﻨﺤﻥ ﺒﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺃﺼﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻀل ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ؟
18
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ م .ﻋﺪﻧﺎن زﻳﻦ اﻟﺪﻳﻦ
م هﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻼل
ﻋﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﺸﺎﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺯﻤﺎ HDTVﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ RESOLUTION ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ .ﻓﻔﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺘﺴﺎرع ﻣﻦ اﻷﺣﺪاث X 480720ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ HDTVﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺘﺼل ﺤﺘﻰ X 1920 1080ﻨﻘﻁﺔ. ﺘﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ HDTVﺒﻘﺩﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻴﺵ ﻭ ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﺼﻭﺕ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ DIGITALﺨﺎ ٍ
ﺘﻤﻜﻨﺕ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺯﻴﻭﻨﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ HDTVﻭ ﻫﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ) ( HIGH DEFINATION TVﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻓﻘﺕ ﻅﻬﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﻏﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺒﺎﻤﺘﻼﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﹰﺎ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ , ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﻤﺭﺸﺤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ HDTVﻨﺴﺒﻪ %70ﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟـ LCD TVﻭ %63ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟـ PLASMAﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﻴﻌﻬﺎ
ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻨﻴﺔ CHNEL AUDIO5.1ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺼﻭﺘﻴﺔ ﻤﺫﻫﻠﺔ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ .ﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ :HDTV ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ : · ﺘﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ )CATHODE ) CRT RAY TUBEﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻁ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺸﻴﻭﻋﹰﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺨﺹ ﺜﻤﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ LCD TVﻭ PLASMA TVﻻ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ
ﺤﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ . 2008ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟـ HDTVﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺸﺎﺭﺓ
PLASMAﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻜل ﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ DIGITAL SIGNALﻭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺘﻤﺎﺜﻠﻴﺔ ANALOG ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ،ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ HDTVﻤﻥ ﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺀ ﻓﻀ ﹰ ﺨﺭﺝ ﺼﻭﺘﻲ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻓﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻭﺡ ) 5.1 ﻭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻨﻴﺔ
ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺸﺎﺸﺎﺕ CRTﻭﺘﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻌﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ . ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ DISPLAY · :RATIO ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻏﺏ ﺒﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ 4:3ﺃﻡ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻭ ﺸﺎﺸﺔ ﻋﺭﻴﻀﺔ WIDE SCREEN
.( AUDIO HDTVﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺄﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺯﻴﻭﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻤﻨﺢ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺩﻗﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
16:9ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﺎﺜل ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻲ ﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟـ HDTVﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ،ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ
www.altariq.ps
19
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻴﻨﻁﺒﻕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ) CRTﺃﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺸﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺒﻁﻴﺔ ( ﺃﻤﺎ ﺸﺎﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺯﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟـ LCDﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﻋﺭﻴﻀﺔ 16:9 ﺤﺼﺭﹰﺍ. ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﺭﺽ ﻤﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟـ : HDTV ﺃﻭل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻙ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻤﺘﻼﻜﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺯﺍل ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻗﻔﺯﺍﺕ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻌﻴﺩ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻜﻠﻑ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻙ.
ﺃﺩﻭﺏ ﺘﻠﺤﻕ ﺒﻤﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺠﻭﺠل ﻓﻲ ﺘـﺤـﺩﻱ ﻤﺎﻴﻜﺭﻭﺴﻭﻓﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺟﻮﺟﻞ هﻮ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪي اﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻻوﻓﻴﺲ اﻷﺷﻬ ﺮ ﻣﻦ إﻧﺘﺎج ﻣﻴﻜ ﺮوﺳ ﻮﻓ ﺖ -ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ إن اﺻ ﺪر ﺧ ﺪﻣ ﺎت ﺟ ﻮﺟ ﻞ دوآﻴﻤﻨﺖ اون ﻻﻳﻦ -ﻓﻘﺪ اﻋﺘﺰﻣﺖ ﺷﺮآﻪ ادوب ﺧﻮض ﻧ ﻔ ﺲ اﻟﻐﻤ ﺎر ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻃ ﺮح ﺧ ﺪﻣ ﻪ ﻣ ﻤ ﺎﺛﻠ ﻪ ﻟ ﺨ ﺪﻣ ﻪ ﺟ ﻮﺟ ﻞ دوآﻴﻤﻨﺖ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺜﻘﻞ ﻋﺎﺗﻖ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤ ﻨ ﺎﻓﺴ ﻴ ﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﺎرك ﻓﻲ اﻧﺸﺎء وﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻻوﻓ ﻴ ﺲ واﻟﺒﻲ دي اف ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ. ﻓﻘﺪ اﻋﻠﻨﺖ ﺷ ﺮآ ﻪ أدوب ﻋ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮاءه ﺎ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮر اﻟ ﻨ ﺼ ﻮص اﻟﺸﺒﻜﻲ Buzzwordواﻟﺬي اﻋﺘﻤﺪت ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ وﺑ ﻨ ﺎء ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﻧﺸﺎء وﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ وﺗﺸﺎرك آﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرد و ﻣﻠﻔ ﺎت اﻟ ﺒ ﻲ دي اف ,واﻟﺬي ﻃﺮح ﺗ ﺤ ﺖ ﻣﺴ ﻤ ﻲ "أدوب ﻻﺑﺲ ﺷﻴﺮ" آﻤﺎ ﺗﻀ ﻤ ﻦ ﻣ ﻮﻗ ﻊ اﻟ ﺨ ﺪﻣ ﺔ )Adobe Labs Share http:// labs.adobe.com/technologies/ (shareﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻪ ﺗ ﺨ ﺰﻳ ﻨ ﻴ ﻪ ﺑﺴ ﻌ ﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﻴ ﻦ. وﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰت ﺧﺪﻣﻪ ادوب ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑ ﺎﻻﻋ ﺘ ﻤ ﺎد ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﻪ أدوب ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﻴﺪﻳ ﺎ ﻓ ﻼش ﻓ ﻲ أﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ادراج إي ﺻﻔ ﺤ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﻔ ﺎت
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﻋﻠﻲ هﻴﺌﻪ ﻋﺮض ﻓ ﻼش داﺧ ﻞ إي ﺻ ﻔ ﺤ ﻪ اﻧ ﺘ ﺮﻧ ﺖ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ أو ﻓﻲ ﻣ ﺪوﻧ ﺘ ﻚ اﻟ ﺨ ﺎص ﺑ ﻚ .آ ﻤ ﺎ اﻳﻀ ﺎ ﺗﻀ ﻤ ﻨ ﺖ اﻟﺨﺪﻣ ﻪ أﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﻪ ﺗﻀ ﻤ ﻴ ﻦ ﻣ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮﻳ ﺎت ﻣ ﻠ ﻔ ﺎﺗ ﻚ داﺧ ﻞ اﺣ ﺪ اﻟ ﺘ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻻﺧ ﺮي ﻓ ﻴ ﻤ ﺎ ﻳ ﻌ ﺮف REST ﻪ ﺪﻣ ﺨ ﺑ (Representational State )Transfer وﻣﺎزاﻟﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﻪ ادوب ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃ ﻮر اﻟﺘﺠ ﺮﻳ ﺐ ﺣ ﺘ ﻰ ﻟ ﺤ ﻈ ﻪ آ ﺘ ﺎﺑ ﻪ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﻄﻮر ,ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺪد ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴ ﺠ ﻴ ﻞ ﺑ ﻬ ﺎ وﻟ ﻜ ﻦ ﻳ ﻄ ﻠ ﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺮك ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﺪهﻢ اﻟﻜﺘ ﺮوﻧ ﻲ ﻷﻋﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﻴ ﻦ ﺗ ﻮاﻓ ﺮ دﻋ ﻮات ﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺐ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ,وهﺬا ﻳﺬآﺮﻧﺎ ﺑ ﻨ ﻔ ﺲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ اﺗﺒﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺷ ﺮآ ﻪ ﺟ ﻮﺟ ﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ إﻋ ﻼﻧ ﻬ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧ ﺪﻣ ﻪ ﺑ ﺮﻳ ﺪ اﻟﺠﻲ ﻣﻴﻞ. وﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺟ ﺎءت ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﻔ ﻌ ﻞ ﻣ ﺨ ﺘ ﻠ ﻔ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧ ﺪﻣ ﻪ ﺟ ﻮﺟ ﻞ دوآﻴﻤﻨﺖ ,ﺣﻴﺚ اﻋﺘﻤ ﺪت ﺗ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﻪ " WYSIWIS, What ".You See Is What I Seeواﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ إن ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺮض هﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ. وﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺟﻮﺟﻞ أﻋ ﻠ ﻨ ﺖ ادوب إن ه ﺪف اﻟ ﺨ ﺪﻣ ﻪ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ هﻮ ﺗﺸﺎرك اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت وﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺸ ﺎرآ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣ ﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت. وﻗﺪ أﻋﻠﻦ أﻳﺮﻳﻚ ﻻرﺳﻦ –ﻣﺪﻳﺮ اﻟ ﺘ ﺴ ﻮﻳ ﻖ وإدارة ﻣ ﻨ ﺘ ﺠ ﺎت ﺷﺮآﻪ ادوب -اﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ إن هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺪارﺳﻴﻦ واﻟﻄﻼب ﺣﻴﺚ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﻄ ﺮح ﻣ ﺠ ﺎﻧ ﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮرﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ" .وﻟﻜﻦ ادوب أﻋﻠﻨﺖ أﻳﻀ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗ ﻮﻓ ﺮ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺎدي وﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﺻ ﻴ ﻞ ﻋ ﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﺰﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺪﻓﻮﻋﺔ وﻻ ﻣﻤﻴﺰاﺗﻬﺎ. وﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺠ ﺪﻳ ﺮ ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺬآ ﺮ إن وﺟ ﻞ ﻟ ﻴ ﺴ ﺖ اﻟﺸﺮآﻪ اﻟﻮﺣﻴ ﺪة اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺳ ﺒ ﻘ ﺖ ادوب ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻬﻨﺎك آﻼ ﻣﻦ ajax13 و Zohoﻗﺎﻣﻮا ﺑ ﺘ ﻮﻓ ﻴ ﺮ ﺧ ﺪﻣ ﻪ ﺗ ﺤ ﺮﻳ ﺮ وﺗﺸ ﺎرك اﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﻔ ﺎت اون ﻻﻳ ﻦ .و أﻳﻀ ﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﻓﺔ اﻷﻳ ﺪي ﻓ ﻘ ﺪ أﻋﻠﻨ ﺖ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮح ﺧ ﺪﻣ ﻪ Microsoft Office Live Workspaceو ﺧ ﺪﻣ ﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻪ ﻓﻲ أﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺎرآﻪ اﻟﻤﻠ ﻔ ﺎت اون ﻻﻳﻦ وﻣﺎزاﻟﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻮر اﻟﺘﺠ ﺮﻳ ﺐ ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻸوﻓﻴﺲ.
www.altariq.ps
20
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺒﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﻱ . . .ﺍﻟﺴـﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺨﺎﻁﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺗﺨﻴﻞ أن ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﺗﺨﺒﺮك واﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻘﺪم ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﻘ ﺎﻃﻊ ﻃ ﺮق إن هﻨﺎك ﺷﺎﺣﻨﻪ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ 60آﻴﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺘﺮ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻌﺒﺮ هﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻋﺒﻮرك ,أﻧﺖ آﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻲ وﺷﻚ إن ﺗﺼﺪﻣﻚ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ وﻟﻜﻦ هﺎ هﻲ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﺗﺤﺬرك! اﻷﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻲ ﺧﻴﺎل أو إﻟ ﻲ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﻘ ﺪﻩ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﻳﺘ ﻢ هﺬا؛ ﻓﺒﻔﻀﻞ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﻪ اﻟﻮ ﻓﺎي أﺻﻴﺢ اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺘﻨ ﺎول اﻷﻳ ﺪي, ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﺣﺜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮ-ﺳ ﻲ ﺑ ﺎرآﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻔﻜ ﺮة اﺳ ﺘﻨﺎدا إﻟ ﻲ اﺣ ﺪث ﻣ ﺎ ﺻ ﻠﺖ اﻟﻴ ﻪ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ اﻟ ﻮاي ﻓ ﺄي. واﻟﻔﻜ ﺮة ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ه ﺬا اﻟﺤ ﺪ ,ﺑ ﻞ ﺗﺘﻌ ﺪاﻩ إﻟ ﻲ ﺣ ﺪ رﺑ ﻂ اﻟ ﺴﻴﺎرات ﺑﻨﻘ ﺎط ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻖ ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺮﺻ ﺪ اﻟﻤ ﺎرة واﻟﺪرﺟﺎت وﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮك آﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﺴﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮدﻩ إﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔ ﺎﺟﺊ ﻓ ﻲ اﺣ ﺪي اﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌ ﺎت أو اﻟﻄ ﺮق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴ ﺔ .ﻓﺎﻟ ﺴﻴﺎرة اﻟﺬآﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﺪ إن ﻳﺮاﻓﻘﻬ ﺎ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ذآ ﻲ وﺗﺮﺑﻄﻬﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ ﻪ اﺗ ﺼﺎل ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺘﻮاﺻﻞ وﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ. وﻻن ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ أﺳﺎﺳ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴ ﻪ وﻟﻴ ﺲ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ, ﻓﻤﺎزال ﻗﺎﺋ ﺪ اﻟ ﺴﻴﺎرة ه ﻮ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﺷﺎﺷ ﻪ ﺻ ﻐﻴﺮة ﺗﻌ ﺮض ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ اﻟﺘﺤ ﺬﻳﺮات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ وﻋﻠ ﻲ أﺳﺎﺳ ﻪ ﻳﺘﺨ ﺬ ه ﻮ ﻗ ﺮارﻩ ﺑﺰﻳ ﺎدة أو ﺗﻘﻠﻴ ﻞ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺘﻪ أو ﺗﻐﻴﺮ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﺮﻩ. وﻣﻠﺨ ﺺ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻳﻨﺤ ﺼﺮ ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﺗﻲ :ﻳﺮﺳ ﻞ ﺟﻬ ﺎز إرﺳ ﺎل ﺻ ﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺒ ﺖ ﻋﻠ ﻲ اﺣ ﺪي ﺟ ﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻣﻮﺟ ﺎت اﻟ ﻮ ﻓ ﺄي واﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺪورهﺎ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟ ﺴﻴﺎرة, وه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﺎت واﻹﺷ ﺎرات ﺗﺘﺮﺟ ﻢ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ داﺋ ﺮة ﺻ ﻐﻴﺮة إﻟ ﻲ إﺷ ﺎرات ﻣﺮﺋﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻌ ﺮض ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺷﺎﺷ ﻪ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﺑﺠﻮار اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻖ .أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻧﻔ ﺴﻬﺎ ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳ ﺎل إﺷ ﺎرات ﻟﺘﻌﺒ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﻔ ﺴﻬﺎ وﻣﻮﺿ ﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘ ﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼت اﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻖ وﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ وﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ وﻧﻮع اﻟﺘﺤ ﺬﻳﺮات اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﺼﺪر ﻟﻠ ﺴﻴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﻪ؛ إي إن اﻟ ﺴﻴﺎرات ﺗﻌﻤﻞ هﻨ ﺎ ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﻟﺤ ﺴﺎس اﻟ ﺬي ﻳﺠﻤ ﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ ﺎت ﻟﻴﺮﺳ ﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺘ ﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ وإﻋﺎدﺗﻬﺎ إﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ هﻴﺌﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻣ ﺮﻩ أﺧ ﺮي ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ اﻟﻘﺮار ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ اﻟﺬآﻴﺔ. وﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ اﻟﺠﺪﻳ ﺪة ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ ﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴ ﺎت ﻣﺘﻨﺎهﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺼﻐﺮ MEMs MicroElectro- Mechanical Systemواﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴ ﻪ إﻟ ﻲ ﺣ ﺪ ﺑﻌﻴ ﺪ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﻓﻲ ﺗ ﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﺴﺘﺨﺪم رﺻ ﺪ ﺣﺮآﻪ اﻟﻤﺎرة واﻟﺪرﺟﺎت اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ وﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻣ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺘﺮاﺑﻂ وﺗﺒ ﺎدل اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت. وﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﺪأ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﺮآﺎت ﺻ ﻨﺎﻋﻪ اﻟ ﺴﻴﺎرات ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ واﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻊ إن ﻧﺮاه ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻘﺮﻳ ﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﺟﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻮارع اﻟﻤﺪن اﻟﻜﺒﺮى.
ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻭﻨﻲ آ ﺸﻔﺖ ﺳ ﻮﻧﻲ اﻟﻨﻘ ﺎب ﻋ ﻦ ﻗ ﺎرئ آﺘ ﺐ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ ﻲ اﻟﺠﺪﻳ ﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻮر ﻹﻋﻄﺎء أﻓ ﻀﻞ ﻋ ﺮض ﻓ ﻲ ﺿ ﻮء اﻟ ﺸﻤﺲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻮدﻩ اﻋﻠﻲ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺼﻮر واﻟﻨ ﺼﻮص .وﺗﻄ ﺮح ﺳ ﻮﻧﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻘﺎري ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻧﻴﻦ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ وهﻤ ﺎ اﻟﻠ ﻮن اﻟﻔﻀﻲ واﻟﻠﻮن اﻷزرق اﻟﺪاآﻦ .واﻟﻘﺎرئ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺬاآﺮة ﺳﻌﺘﻬﺎ 64ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻗﺎدرة ﻋﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎب ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ 160آﺘ ﺎب ,آﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ زﻳﺎدة ﺳﻌﺘﻪ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ أﺿ ﺎﻓﻪ آ ﺎرت ذاآ ﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ اﻟﻤﺰود ﺑﻪ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز. وﻳﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ه ﺬا اﻟﻘ ﺎرئ ﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻟﻌ ﺮض ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﻪ إل GrayScale ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﺮض ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ درﺟﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي ﻣﺘﻔﻮﻗ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻹﺻ ﺪار اﻟ ﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﻘ ﺎرئ واﻟ ﺬي آ ﺎن ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ أرﺑﻊ درﺟﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي ﻓﻘﻂ. وﺗﺘﻴﺢ درﺟﻪ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻗﺎرئ ﺳﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ رؤﻳﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ واﺿ ﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ وهﻲ اﻟﻤ ﻴﺰة اﻟﺘ ﻲ اﻋﺘﻤﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﺳﻮﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻹﺻﺪار هﺎدﻓ ﺔ إﻟ ﻲ أﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻈﺮوف. آﻤ ﺎ إن زﻳ ﺎدة ﻣﻌ ﺪل إﻧﻌ ﺎش اﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺔ Refresh Rateأﻋﻄ ﻲ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻴﺮا اﻧ ﺴﻴﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻜﺘﺎب اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض. وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻘﺎرئ -ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﻧﻈ ﺎم اﻟﺘ ﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤ ﺰود ﺑ ﻪ -ﻋ ﺮض ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻔ ﺎت ﻣﺜ ﻞ PDF – RTF – JPEG – Plain .Textﻳﺄﺗﻲ اﻟﻘﺎرئ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳ ﺔ ﺗﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﻪ اﻳﻮﻧ ﺎت اﻟﻠﻴ ﺚ ﻳﻮم ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻦ وﺗﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺎرئ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋ ﺮض 7,500ﺻ ﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ .ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺳ ﻮﻓﻲ ﺑﻤﺠ ﺮد أﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ ﻪ اﻟﻌ ﺮض ,ﺑ ﻞ زودت اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺄﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺛ ﻼث ﻣ ﺮات .وﺿ ﻤﻨﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻈﺎم Landscapeواﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻴ ﺢ ﻗ ﺪرﻩ أﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴ ﺮ وﻣﺴﺎﺣﻪ ﻋﺮض اآ ﺒﺮ .وﺗﻮاﺟﻬ ﻪ ﺳ ﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﺤ ﺪي إﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ ﻪ iRexﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻘﺎرئ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﻔ ﺎظ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻌﺮﻩ.
www.altariq.ps
21
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻟﻘﺎءات و ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎت
ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻼﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﺣﻮار ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ اﻟﺘﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﻤﺰة ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ﺣﺮآﺎت
ﻣﻦ رﺣﻢ ﺷﺮآ ﺔ ﻟ ﻴ ﺒ ﻴ ﺎ ﻟ ﻼﺗﺼ ﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ،و ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺪﻋ ﺎﻳ ﺔ و اﻹﻋﻼم ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ،اﻧﻄﻠﻘﺖ ﺑﺎدرة ﺟ ﺪﻳ ﺪة ﻟﻴﺴﺖ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻧ ﻮﻋ ﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻟ ﻴ ﺒ ﻴ ﺎ، ﻟﻜﻦ اﻷآﺜﺮ إﺻﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ،و ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻨًﺎ روﺣﺎ و ﻧﺼﺎ، ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ،ه ﺬا ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﻨ ﺎﻩ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﺼﺼﻨﺎهﺎ ﻟﻤﺠ ﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟ ﺘ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺔ؛ اﻟ ﻤ ﺠ ﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪر و ﺗﻮزع ﻣﺠﺎﻧ ﺎ ،آ ﻤ ﺎ ه ﻲ ﻋﺎدة ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻣ ﺠ ﻠ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺔ و ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺸ ﺮف اﻟ ﻌ ﺎم اﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل اﻟﻤﺸﺮف اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻤ ﺠ ﻠ ﺔ ،آ ﺎن اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻮر اﻟ ﻌ ﺎم اﻟ ﺬي رﺳﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﺒ ﻘ ﺎ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﻘ ﺎﺑ ﻠ ﺔ آ ﺒ ﻘ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ أﺟ ﺮﺗ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﺠ ﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨ ﻴ ﺔ ،ﻟ ﻜ ﻦ ﻋ ﻨ ﺪ وﺻ ﻮﻟ ﻨ ﺎ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻬﻢ ،وﺟﺪ ﺷﻲء ﻣ ﻤ ﻴ ﺰ ﺣ ﻘ ﻴ ﻘ ﺔ،و اﻋﺘﻘﺪ أن اﻟﻘﺎرئ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳ ﺘ ﻔ ﻖ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮر. ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ،ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟ ﺪﺧ ﻮل ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﺎﻣﻞ ،ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻲ اﻟﺴﻴ ﺪ ﻣﺮاد ﺑﻼل أن ﻳ ﻜ ﻮن اﻟ ﻠ ﻘ ﺎء ﺟ ﻤ ﺎﻋ ﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ و ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤ ﻞ ﻣ ﺠ ﻠ ﺔ ﻟ ﻴ ﺒ ﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ،ه ﺬا ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺘ ﺄآ ﻴ ﺪ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺤﻮار اﻟﺼﺤﻔﻲ ،ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺮد ﻟﻘﺎء ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﻦ إﻟﻲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ وﻟﻴﺪة ﻳﺸﺎرك ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﻟ ﻴ ﺒ ﻴ ﺎ ﻟ ﻼﺗﺼ ﺎﻻت و اﻟ ﺘ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺔ، وآﺎن ﻟﻨﺎ هﺬا اﻟﺤﻮار اﻟﺬي ﻧﻨﻘﻞ إﻟ ﻴ ﻜ ﻢ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻠﻪ.
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل،أهﻼ ﺑﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟﺤ ﻮار اﻟﺠﻤ ﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻌﻜ ﻢ و ﻣﻌ ﻲ ﻓﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻋﻤ ﻞ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ،ه ﻞ ﻟﻜ ﻢ أن ﺗﻌﺮﻓ ﻮن ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ آﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ورﻗﻴﺔ؟ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ،ه ﻲ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼ ﺼﺔ ،ﺗﻬﺘ ﻢ ﺑﻨ ﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻌ ﻨﻰ ﺑ ﺸﺆون اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ و اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت ،و آﻞ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ ﻖ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺟ ﻪ اﻟﻌ ﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ و ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﺎﻟ ﺐ ﺳ ﻬﻞ ،و ﻣﻴ ﺴﻮر و ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺘﻨ ﺎول اﻟﺠﻤﻴ ﻊ ،ﻗ ﺪ ﺣﺮﺻﻨﺎ ﻗﺪر اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﺎع ،ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت و اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺪرﺟ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ذات ﻃ ﺎﺑﻊ ﺟﻤ ﺎهﻴﺮي، ﺑﺤﻴ ﺚ ﻳﻘﺮأه ﺎ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺨ ﺼﺺ و ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺺ ،ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻗ ﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ ،ﻓ ﻲ ﺷ ﺘﻰ ﺣﻘ ﻮل اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ و اﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت ،و اﻧﺘ ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴ ﺪ ﺗ ﺪرآﻮن أن ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻘ ﻮل واﺳﻌﺔ ﺟﺪا. ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻮ اﻟ ﺪاﻓﻊ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ وراء إﺻ ﺪار هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ؟ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ اﻷﻣﺮ هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ أآ ﺜﺮ ﻣ ﻦ داﻓ ﻊ وراء إﺻﺪار هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ ﺔ ،و ﻟﻌﻠﻨ ﻲ أﻣﻴﻞ إﻟ ﻲ إدراﺟﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻘ ﺎط و ﻧﻘﺎﺷ ﻬﺎ إن أﺣﺒﺒﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ:
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
-1ﻗﻠ ﺔ أو ﻧ ﺪرة اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ ﺎت اﻟﻠﻴﺒﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ،و اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻨﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻬ ﺪف إﻟﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻘﺎرئ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺴﻂ ﺑﺂﺧ ﺮ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻮﺻ ﻠﺖ إﻟﻴ ﻪ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﻴﺪان.، -2ارﺗﻔﺎع أﺳ ﻌﺎر اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋ ﺎت اﻟ ﻮاردة إﻟﻴﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺨ ﺎرج ،و ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟ ﺐ ﻓﻬ ﻲ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺎت ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ. -3رﻏﺒﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮآﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﻠ ﻖ رﺳ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪة ﺗﻌ ﺒﺮ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺔ و ﻣﻔﺎهﻴﻤﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻦ اﺟﻞ ﺗﺠﺴﻴﺪ رﺳ ﺎﻟﺔ اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺔ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ أآﺒﺮ. -4ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﺣﺘﻜﺎآﻨﺎ ﺑﺄآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ اﻋﺘﻘ ﺪ أن هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ ﻗ ﺎرئ ﻣﻬﺘ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴ ﺪ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﻳ ﺸﺠﻊ ﺻ ﺪور ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ. ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ هﻞ ﻟﻜ ﻢ أن ﺗﺤ ﺪﺛﻮﻧﺎ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳ ﺔ آﻴ ﻒ آﺎﻧ ﺖ؟ و آﻴ ﻒ ﺗﺒﻠ ﻮرت ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻔﻜ ﺮة ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺮج إﻟﻲ ﺣﻴﺰ اﻟﻮﺟﻮد ؟ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل اﻋﺘ ﺒﺮ أن اﻟﻔﻜ ﺮة ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪرﺟ ﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻰ،و أﻣﻴ ﻞ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ آﺒ ﻴﺮ إﻟ ﻲ ه ﺬا، ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧﻼل واﻗﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻳﺔ و اﻹﻋﻼن ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮآﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ،ﻃﺮﺣﻨ ﺎ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻔﻜ ﺮة و وﺟ ﺪﻧﺎ إﻗﺒ ﺎل آﺒ ﻴﺮ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ آﺎﻓ ﺔ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻘ ﺴﻢ ،ﻓﻘﻤﻨ ﺎ ﺑ ﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ اﻟﻤﻘ ﺘﺮح و ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤ ﻪ ﻟﻠ ﺸﺮآﺔ ،ﻣ ﻦ هﻨ ﺎ آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ ،ﻓﺒﺪأﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻷﺳ ﺎس اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺔ ،ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت و أﺑﻮاب و ﻏﻴﺮﻩ.
22
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺣ ﺪﻳﺜﻜﻢ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳ ﺔ و ﺻ ﻴﺎﻏﺔ اﻟﻤﻘ ﺘﺮح ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ ﺗﻜ ﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ،ﻳﻘﻮدﻧ ﺎ إﻟ ﻲ ﺳ ﺆال ،ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻲ اﻷﺳ ﺲ اﻟ ﺘﻲ اﻋﺘﻤﺪﺗ ﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ أﺑﻮاب اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ؟ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل راﻋﻴﻨ ﺎ ﻋﻨ ﺪ وﺿ ﻊ اﻷﺑ ﻮاب اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ أﺑ ﻮاب ﺛﺎﺑﺘ ﺔ ﺗﻄ ﺮح ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮﻋﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ آ ﻞ ﻋ ﺪد ،و آ ﺎن اﻟﻤﻌﻴ ﺎر اﻷه ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﻧ ﺎ أن ﻧﻘ ﻮم ﺑﻮﺿ ﻊ أﺑ ﻮاب ﺗﻠﺒ ﻲ اآﺒﺮ ﻗﺪر ﻣﻦ اهﺘﻤﺎم اﻟﻘﺮاء و ﺷ ﻐﻔﻬﻢ، ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺗﺮى إن اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ: ﺗﻐﻄﻴ ﺔ :و ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻧﻬ ﺪف إﻟ ﻲ إﺟ ﺮاء ﺗﻐﻄﻴ ﺔ آﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪر اﻹﻣﻜ ﺎن إﻣ ﺎ ﻟﺤ ﺪث ﺗﻘﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ اﺟ ﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺑ ﻪ،وﻧﻘﻞ ﺁﺧ ﺮ أﺣﺪاﺛﻪ ﻟﻜﻞ اﻟﻘﺮاء. اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺤ ﺮة :ه ﺬا اﻟﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﻣ ﻦ أآ ﺜﺮ اﻟﺠﻮاﻧ ﺐ أهﻤﻴ ﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ ،ﺣﻴ ﺚ ﻧﺠ ﺪ أن هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام واﺳ ﻊ ﺟ ﺪا ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴ ﺎت ﻏ ﻴﺮ اﻟ ﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ و اﻟﻨ ﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻘﺮﺻ ﻨﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ،اﻟﺮﻏﺒ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﺒﻌﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن إﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺤ ﺪﻳﺚ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺤ ﺮة،و دوره ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺼﺪد ،ﻓﻘﻤﻨ ﺎ وﺑ ﻀﻊ ﺑ ﺎب ﺧ ﺎص ﻟﻬ ﺎ ،ﻧ ﺸﺮح ﻓ ﻲ آ ﻞ ﻋ ﺪد ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ. ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻌ ﻲ :ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟﺒ ﺎب ﻧﻬﺘ ﻢ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ آﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳ ﺸﺒﻪ ﻣﺤ ﻮ أﻣﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ أن ﺻﺢ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ،ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﻃ ﺮح ﻣﻔﺎهﻴ ﻢ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ و آﻴﻔﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣﻌ ﻪ ،و ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﻓﻜﺎر أو اﻟﺤﻴﻞ و ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ، ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ و ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت :ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟ ﺮآﻦ ﻧﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻦ اﺣ ﺪث اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺎت ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠ ﺎل اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ أو اﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت ،ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻮاي ﻣﻜﺲ ،و ﻏﻴﺮهﺎ. ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨ ﺎ و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ:ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺮآﻦ ﻧﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻃﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ و أﺛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﻴﺎة اﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺳﻮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻨﺔ. إﺷ ﺎدات :ﻧﻘ ﻮم ﺑﻄ ﺮح اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺎت أو اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﺰة ﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ. أو ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎت. ﺗﺮﻓﻴﻪ :ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺣﺮﺻﻨﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴ ﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻋﻤﺮ اﻟﺘﻮﻣﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺤﻮار ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل اﻟﻤﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺔ
اآ ﺒﺮ ﻗ ﺪر ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺸﺮاﺋﺢ ﻧﺤ ﺮص ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻘ ﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﺘﺮﻓﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﺬي ﻳﺘ ﻼءم ﻣ ﻊ ﺑﻴﺌﺘﻨ ﺎ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ و ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻨ ﺎ اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ ،ﻣ ﻦ اﺟﻞ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ اﻟﺬوق اﻟﻌﺎم. ﺑﺮﻳ ﺪ اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ :ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺮآﻦ ﻧﻘ ﻮم ﺑﻄ ﺮح ﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ردود أو اﺳﺘﻔ ﺴﺎرات و ه ﺬا ﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﺎب اﻟﺤ ﺮص ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺗﻮاﺻﻞ ﺑﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺻﻮرﻩ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎرئ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ. أﺧﺒﺎر :رﺑﻤﺎ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺮآﻦ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﻦ أآﺜ ﺮ اﻷرآ ﺎن اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻴ ﺪوﻧﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻏﻠ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺠ ﻼت اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺤ ﻮا ﻓ ﻲ ﻓﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ. ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ هﻲ اﻷهﺪاف اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﺟﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ؟ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻌﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷه ﺪاف ،و ﻟﻌﻠﻨ ﻲ هﻨ ﺎ ارﻏ ﺐ أن أﺷ ﻴﺪ أن هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ ﺗﻘﺎﻃ ﻊ ﺑﻴ ﻦ أه ﺪاف اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ و ﺑﻴ ﻦ رﺳ ﺎﻟﺔ اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺔ ،و ﻗ ﺪ ﻋﺒﺮﻧ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ه ﺬا ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ أوﺿ ﺢ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل اﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻌ ﺪد اﻷول ،و ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ إﺟﻤ ﺎل اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺮﻏﺒ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻘ ﻞ اﻟﺨ ﺒﺮات اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ و ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻌﻠﻮم ﻣﻦ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺎرئ اﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻓ ﻲ أﺳﻠﻮب ﻣﺒﺴﻂ و ﺳﻠﺲ. ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺮأت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ أﻧﻜﻢ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻌﺰزون
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ﺑﻤ ﻮاد ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ PC ،magazineو ه ﺬا ﻳﻘﻮدﻧ ﺎ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣﻬﻴ ﺔ ﺻ ﻼت اﻟﺘﻌ ﺎون اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺒ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻏﻴﺮآﻢ أﺻﺤﺎب اﻟﺘﺠﺎرب؟ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ ﻧﺴﻌﻰ ﻗﺪر اﻹﻣﻜ ﺎن ،إن ﻧﺤﺘ ﻚ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺨﺒﺮات اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺳ ﺒﻘﻨﺎ و ﻧ ﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ، آﺎن اﻟﺪاﻓﻊ وراء اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ PC ،magazineآﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤ ﻮن أﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﺑ ﺮز اﻟﻤﺠ ﻼت اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﺑ ﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ، أﻳﻀﺎ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻤﺠﻠﺔ وﻳﻨ ﺪوز اﻟ ﺸﺮق اﻷوﺳﻂ ،و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺳ ﻮف ﻧﺤ ﺮص ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻌﺰﻳ ﺰ ﺗﻮاﺟﺪﻧ ﺎ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ،و هﻨ ﺎ اﻏﺘﻨ ﻢ اﻟﻔﺮﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻜ ﻲ أﻗ ﺪم ﺷﻜﺮي ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﻦ اﻟﺘﺠﺎوب ﻣﻌﻨﺎ. ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﺤ ﺪﻳﺚ ﻋ ﻦ اﻻﺣﺘﻜ ﺎك ﺑﺨ ﺒﺮات آﺒﻴﺮة و اﻟﺘﻌﺎون ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ،ﻳﻘﻮدﻧﺎ إﻟﻲ ﻣﻬﻴﺔ اﻷﻓﺎق اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺒﻮن ﻓ ﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﻬ ﺎ ﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ؟ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل ﻻ ﻳﺨﻔ ﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻜ ﻢ إن أﻓ ﺎق اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻣﺤ ﺪودة ،اﻋﺘ ﺒﺮ أن ﺁﻓ ﺎق اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ه ﻲ ذاﺗﻬ ﺎ ﺁﻓ ﺎق ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ،آﻤﺎ اﻧﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﺑ ﺮز اﻵﻓ ﺎق اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻧﺮﻏ ﺐ وﺻ ﻮﻟﻬﺎ ه ﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻳ ﺰ اﻧﺘ ﺸﺎر اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ،و ﺣ ﻀﺮوهﺎ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ اﻷوﺳﺎط ،ﺑﺪأﻧﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ه ﺬا، ﻓﻘ ﺪ ﺻ ﺪر ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌ ﺪد اﻷول ﻣ ﺎ ﻗ ﺪرﻩ 3000ﻧ ﺴﺨﺔ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﻴ ﻦ ﻧﺠ ﺪ أن
23
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻌﺘ ﺪ اﻹﻋ ﻼن ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠﻼت ﺗﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ، و آ ﺎن ه ﺬا ﻳﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﻜﺜﻴ ﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﺟ ﻞ إﻗﻨﺎﻋ ﻪ، ه ﺬا ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨ ﻲ أن اﻷﻣ ﻮر آﺎﻧ ﺖ ﺳ ﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﺣﺎﺗﻢ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻗﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ اﻹﻋﻼن ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ أﺑ ﺪا ،ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻨﻴ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ ﻗ ﺎﻣﻮا ﺑ ﺎﻹﻋﻼن اﻟﻌ ﺪد اﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻗ ﺪ ﺻ ﺪر ﻣﻨ ﻪ ﻣ ﺎ ﻗ ﺪرﻩ 5000ﻧ ﺴﺨﺔ ،آ ﺎن اﻟﻌ ﺪد اﻷول ﻓﻲ أآ ﺜﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋ ﺪد ﻓ ﻲ وﻗ ﺖ واﺣ ﺪ ،و هﺬا ﻟﻪ اﺛﺮ ﻃﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ و ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ، ﺛﻼﺛﻴ ﻦ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺔ ،أﻣ ﺎ اﻟﻌ ﺪد اﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﺎ ﻗ ﺪرﻩ 48ﺻ ﻔﺤﺔ ،و أرى أﻧﻨ ﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ آﺒ ﻴﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ واردات ﺳﻮف ﻧﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬا اﻟﻌﺪد ﺑﻤﻼزﻣ ﻪ اﻹﻋﻼﻧﺎت آﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﻤﺮارهﺎ .و اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ،ﻧﺘﻤﻨﻰ أن ﻧﻮﻓﻖ ﻗﺪر اﻹﻣﻜﺎن . ﻧﺘﻤﻨﻰ أن ﻧﺠﺪ إﻗﺒﺎل اآﺒﺮ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ. ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﺤ ﺪﻳﺚ ﻋ ﻦ أرﻗ ﺎم اﻟﺘﻮزﻳ ﻊ و ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎر ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻨﺎ إﻟﻲ ﺷ ﻲء ﻣﺎ هﻮ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟ ﺬي ﺗﺮﻏﺒ ﻮن أن ﺗ ﺼﻠﻮا إﻟﻴ ﻪ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﻧﻘ ﻮل إن اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ ﺣﻘﻘ ﺖ ﻣﻬ ﻢ ﺟ ﺪا ،ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻲ اﺑ ﺮز اﻟ ﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎت اﻧﺘﺸﺎر؟ اﻟﺘﻲ واﺟﻬﺘﻜﻢ. ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل أﺣﺐ أن أﺷﺮك ﻣﻌﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺴﺆال اﻋﺘﻘ ﺪ اﻧ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺼﻌﺐ اﻵن اﻟﺘﺤ ﺪث اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳ ﺔ أﺳ ﻤﺎء ﺳ ﻮف اﻟﺠﻴ ﻦ ،و ﻋ ﻦ رﻗ ﻢ ﻣﻌﻴ ﻦ ،ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴ ﺪ ﻧﺤ ﻦ ﻣﻬﺘﻤﻮن ﻗﺪر اﻹﻣﻜ ﺎن أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن هﻨﺎﻟ ﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺤﺪث ﻋﻦ اﻟ ﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎت اﻧﺘ ﺸﺎر آﺒ ﻴﺮ و واﺳ ﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ﺑﺤﻴ ﺚ ه ﻮ اﻟﻤﻬﻨ ﺪس ﺣ ﺎﺗﻢ ﻣﺤﻤ ﺪ ﻗﺎﻳﺪ،ﻣﺪﻳ ﺮ ﺗﺼﻞ آﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ و آﻞ ﻣﻬﺘﻢ. اﻹﻋﻼن ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ،ﻣﻦ ﻧ ﺎﺣﻴﺘﻲ أﺑ ﺰر اﻟ ﺼﻌﺎب آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳ ﺔ آﺒﺪاﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻴ ﺲ إﻻ ،أﻣ ﺎ ﺑﻘﻴ ﺔ اﻹﺟ ﺮاءات و اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒ ﺎت ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ آﺎﻧﺖ روﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺟﺪا. م أﺳ ﻤﺎء ﺳ ﻮف اﻟﺠﻴ ﻦ :ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﻲ أن أﺳﺎﺳ ﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﺜﻘ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ﻟﻴﺒﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻت و اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ،هﻞ هﻨﺎﻟﻚ رﻏﺒﺔ ﻳﻜﻮن هﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺻ ﻌﺎب ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳ ﺔ ،ﻣ ﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﺟ ﻞ ﻓ ﺮض ﺗﻮﺟ ﻪ ﺣﻴ ﺚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻄ ﺮح ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻜ ﻢ ،آﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺳ ﺔ اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ ، اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ،ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘ ﻮى أو ﻣ ﻀﻤﻮن ،أو أو اﻟﺘﺮآ ﻴﺰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﻣ ﻮر ﻣﻌﻨﻴ ﺔ دون آﻴﻔﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻨﺎوﻟ ﻪ ،و أﻳ ﻀﺎ آﻴ ﻒ ﺗﻠﻘ ﻰ ﺳﻮاهﺎ ﺗﺨﺪم اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ؟ اﻟﻘ ﺎرئ ﻟ ﻪ ،و ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻲ اﻟ ﺮدود اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺳﻮف ﻧﺘﻠﻘﺎهﺎ ،آﺎﻧﺖ هﻨﺎﻟﻚ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل أﺣﺐ أن أوﺿﺢ أن اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ و إن آﻨ ﺖ اﻷﻣﻮر ﺗ ﺸﻐﻠﻨﺎ ،ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ذآﺮﺗﻤ ﻮﻩ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﺎدرة ﻋ ﻦ اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺔ إﻻ أﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ. ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻨ ﺸﺮﻩ ،ﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﻮاد ،و م ﺣ ﺎﺗﻢ ﻣﺤﻤ ﺪ ﻗﺎﻳ ﺪ :اﻟﺤ ﺪﻳﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺪث أن ﺣﺪث هﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺗ ﺪﺧﻞ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎت ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻹﻋ ﻼن ﻣ ﺎ أو ﺑ ﺂﺧﺮ ﺑﻐ ﺮض ﻓ ﺮض أﺷ ﻴﺎء ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ أن اﻟﻤﻌﻠ ﻦ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟ ﺐ ﻣﻌﻨﻴ ﺔ ،أﺣ ﺐ أن أﺷ ﻴﺮ إﻟ ﻲ أن ﻣﺪﻳ ﺮ ﻣﺘﺮدد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺠ ﺎوب ﻣﻌﻨ ﺎ ،ﻷﻧﻬ ﺎ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ ﻗﺪ اﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ اﻟﺼﺪور ،أﻳﻀﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟ ﺐ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺻ ﺪورﻩ ،وه ﺬا ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴ ﺪ ﻳﻌﻜ ﺲ ﻣﻘ ﺪار اﻷرﻳﺤﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ ﻊ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻓﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺰاوﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ،ﻣﻊ أﻧﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻷﺳ ﺎس ﻧ ﺰاول ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﻦ ﻣﻌ ﺎ! ﻧ ﺸﺎﻃﻨﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻨ ﺎ اﻟﺮﺳ ﻤﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗ ﺴﻢ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻳ ﺔ و اﻹﻋ ﻼن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ. ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺮﻗ ﺖ إﻟ ﻲ اﻟﺤ ﺪﻳﺚ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺔ، ﻓﻬﻞ ﻟﻜﻢ أن ﺗﺤﺪﺛﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ.؟ ﻣ ﺮاد أﻋﻤ ﺎر ﺑ ﻼل :اﺗ ﺮك ه ﺬا اﻟﺠ ﺰء إﻟﻲ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ أﺳﻤﺎء ﺳﻮف اﻟﺠﻴﻦ ﻓﻬ ﻲ أﻗﺪم ﻣﻨﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ. ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳ ﺔ أﺳ ﻤﺎء ﺳ ﻮف اﻟﺠﻴ ﻦ :ﺗﻘ ﺪم اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨ ﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠ ﺎل اﻻﺗ ﺼﺎﻻت و اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴ ﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: -1اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴﺖ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ Dial up -2ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ADSL -3ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ. -4اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴ ﺖ ﻋ ﺒﺮ اﻟﺨﻄ ﻮط اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ. -5ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت -6اﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﻴ ﺖ ﻋ ﺒﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣ ﺔ اﻷﻗﻤ ﺎر اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ -7ﺧﺪﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺸﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﺘ ﺎم ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠ ﺔ ﻧ ﺸﻜﺮ ﺳ ﻌﺔ ﺻﺪورآﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ ،آﻠﻤﺔ أﺧ ﻴﺮة ﻟﻠﻘ ﺮاء ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ. ﻣﺮاد أﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻼل أﺷ ﻜﺮآﻢ ﺟﺰﻳ ﻞ اﻟ ﺸﻜﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ إﺗﺎﺣ ﺔ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ اﻟﺘﻮاﺻ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ ﻗ ﺮاء ﻣﺠﻠﺘﻜ ﻢ.و أﺗﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻜﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﺎﺗﻜﻢ.
24
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﺴﻠﻴﻡ ....
ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺴﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺜﻴﺙ ﻹﺒﺭﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﺸﺭ ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﺴـﻠـﻴـﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ ﻟﺸﺭﻜـﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻨﻅﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ. ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ :ﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺫﻱ ﺒﺩﺀ .ﺤﺒـﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼـﻴـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻁﺎﺭﻕ ؟ ﻭﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁـﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺘﻬﺎ ؟ ﺒﺴﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻴﻡ ﻨﺸﻜﺭ ﻟﻜـﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻨـﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﺒﺔ. ﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﻤﺤﺩﺜﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺤـﺎﺼـل ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺒﻜﺎﻟﻭﺭﻴﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤـﺎﺴـﻭﺏ ﻋﺎﻡ 1990ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴـﺔ ﻤﺼـﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻟـﻤـﺩﺓ ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺭﺠﻌﺕ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻐـﺯﺓ ﻭﺃﻨﺸﺄﺕ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺩ ﷲ ﺘﻜـﻠـل ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻭﺤﻘﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻨﺠـﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ .ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺭﺭﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨـﻔـﺼـل ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﻭﺏ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻲ .ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓـﻲ ﺃﻭﺍﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ 2002ﻭﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ . 2003 ﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﻕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻭﺭﻜﺯﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـﺠـﺎﻨـﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻲ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺨـﺎﺹ ﻭﺒـﺩﺃﻨـﺎ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺩﺍﺨل ﻭﺨـﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻏﺯﺓ .
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ :ﻡ ﻁﺎﺭﻕ .ﻨﻭﺩ ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻨﺒﺫﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﺃﻗﺴﺎﻤﻬﺎ ؟ ﺜﻡ ﺤﺩﺜﻨﺎ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﻤﺞ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ... ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻭﻴﺏ ﻁﺒـﻌـﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ . ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻌـﺩﺓ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻤﺘﻨﻭﻋﺔ . ﻗﺴﻡ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺔ. ﻭﻗﺴﻡ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ . ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺸﺭﻴﻙ ﻷﻭﺭﺍﻜل .ﻭﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﺩﻴﻤﺎ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻔـﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻁﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ. ﻭﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺭﺍﺒﻊ ﻴﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟـﺒـﺤـﻭﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ " RND" Research And Developmentﻜـﺎﻥ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ RNDﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﺠﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻭل ﺒـﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﺨﺘﺭﺍﻉ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻠﺴﻁﻴﻨﻲ ﻤﻨﻅﻡ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺕ .ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺩﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ. ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ :ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻫـﻼ ﺫﻜﺭﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﻁـﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻴﺠﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺭﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺩﻤـﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ؟ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻡ 1999ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺜﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻁﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﻨﺎ ﻨﻁﻠﻌﻬـﻡ ﺒﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻓـﻴـﻤـﺎ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴـﺨـﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﺅﻫل ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ .ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻨـﺘـﻴـﺢ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﻴﺠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻓﺭﺹ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺒﻪ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺸﻬﺭﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻭﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻜﻤﻭﻅﻑ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺸـﺭﻜـﺔ ﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ . ﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺩﻋﻭ ﺠﻤﻴﻌـﺎ ﺍﻟـﻁـﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴـﻭﺏ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺼﻘل ﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﺘﻜﺜﻴﻑ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ . ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ :ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﺕ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤـﺼـﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻁﻼﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ؟ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺃﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺼﻑ ﻷﻱ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ . ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﺃﻨﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻻ ﻨﻨﺴﻰ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻭﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻌﻜﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ. ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ :ﻟﻭ ﺘﺤﺩﺜﻨﺎ ﻤﻬﻨـﺩﺱ ﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺨـﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﻫل ﻟﺩﻯ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ؟ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺩ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻨﺅﺴـﺱ ﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤـﻠـﻜـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻌﺩﺓ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻟﺩﻭل ﻋﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﻠﻴﺠﻴﺔ .ﻭﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺒﻨـﺎﺀ
25
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺠـﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻬﻡ ﻁﻤـﻭﺡ ﻭﻫﺩﻑ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ .ﺸﻜﺭﺍ ﻟﻜﻡ ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺘﺎﺤـﺔ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﺒل ﺨﺎﻟﺹ ﺘﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ.
ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻭﻥ . ﻭﺸﺎﺭﻜﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻟﻘﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻓﻔﻲ ﺸﻬﺭ ﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﻤﺎﺯﻟﻨـﺎ ﻨﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل . ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ :ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼل ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺒـﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻭ ﺘﻁﻠﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻔﺎﺼـﻴـل ﺃﻭﻓﻰ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ؟
ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺴـﻭﻕ
ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ :ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺘﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﻴﻥ؟ ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺅﻜﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻬـﻤـﺔ
ا
ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻤﻨﻅﻡ ﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﻲ ﻭﻫـﻭ ﻴﺭﻜﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒـﺎﺀ .ﻭﺘـﻡ ﺘﻐﻠﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺯﺓ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﻭﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﻜﻭﺩ ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻪ . ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﺼﻴﻠﻪ ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺴﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺭ ﺇﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻤـﺒـﺎﺸـﺭﺓ . ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ :ﻤﺎ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻷﻫـﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘـﺒـﻠـﻴـﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ؟ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺅﺴﺱ ﻟﺼـﻨـﺎﻋـﺔ ﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﻥ ﻗـﻴـﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻨﻌﻜﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻜﺜﻴﻑ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
26
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻌﺪد
ﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺘﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﻴﻨﺼﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺍﻨـﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻤﺘﺎﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻌـﻤـل، ﻭﻤﻊ ﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﺴـﺅﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل. ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ، ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﺘﺸﻑ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﺘﺩﺭﻜﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﻁـﻠـﺏ ﻭ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ) ﻗﺎﺌﺩ ﻓﺭﻴـﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ) ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴـﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤـﺤـﻴـﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ،ﻤﺜل ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ، ﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ،ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ...ﺍﻟﺦ. ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﺍﺀ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﻜـل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻨﻙ ﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺎﻻﺭﺘﻴﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺘﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﺠـﻬـﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺎﻨﻰ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ .ﻓﻠﻜﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﺎﻨﻙ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻨﺸـﻁـﺔ، ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ،ﻭ ﺍﻷﺸﺨـﺎﺹ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ،ﻭ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﺎﻨﻙ ﺘﺤﺘـﺎﺝ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻜﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺸﺘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺍﻤـﺘـﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺎ ،ﺇﺫ ﺍﻨﻙ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻻﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻙ ﺍﻟـﻘـﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ،ﻭ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻓﻌﺎل . ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭﻙ ﻭ ﻤﺸﺎﻋـﺭﻙ ﻭ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
م .أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﺎدل ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﺮي
ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ
ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺘﻙ ،ﻭﻨﻭﺍﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ .ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟـﻘـﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻔﻜﺭ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﻭﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺘﺤﻔﺯ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻨﻔﺴـﻙ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل .ﻭﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل :ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻭل ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ؟
ﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ :ﺍﻟـﻔـﺎﻋـﻠـﻴـﺔ Effectivenessﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺘﺤﻘـﻴـﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺭﺠﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤـﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ .ﻭﻫـﻨـﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻭل ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻤﻤﺎ ﻻﺸﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺭﺀ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻘل ﻭ ﺍﻜﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ، ﻭﻟﻌل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠـﻘـﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﺔ ﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠـﻴـﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺘﻤﺜـل ﻓـﻲ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺀ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺜل ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴـﺎ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟـﺘـﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺠﻬﺎ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘـﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ. ﺒﺎﻻﻀﺎﻓﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺸﻜل ﻋﺒﺌﺎ ﺇﻀـﺎﻓـﻴـﺎ ﻴﺼﻌﺏ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴـﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺠﻴﺩ ،ﻭﻴﻤﺜل ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘـﻭﻓـﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻜـﺎﻓـﻲ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻁـﻭﻴـﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ .ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴـﺔ. ﻭﻫﻰ. ﺃﻭﻻ :ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ :ﻗﺩ ﺘﺘﻁـﻠـﺏ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻨﻭﻋﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻭﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ. ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ :ﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ :ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒـﻴـل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻗﺩ ﺘﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻻﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻙ ﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨـﻙ ﻟـﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ .ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ :ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻡ :ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌـﻠـﻡ
27
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ -2ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ :ﺍﺒﺩﺃ ﻭﺃﻫـﺩﺍﻓـﻙ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻟﻙ ) ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ( ﻫـﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻭﻟﺩﻴﻙ ﻓﻬـﻡ ﻭﺍﻀـﺢ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺠﻴﺩ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﺕ ﻤﺎﺽ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ،ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻴﻥ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ ؟ ﻭﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺘﻙ ﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁـﺭﻴـﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ .ﻨﺤﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻨﻠﻌﺏ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻬـﺩﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺩﻗـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ.
ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻷﻨﻙ ﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻋـﻙ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻙ .ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺎل ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻭﻗـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ .ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜـﻴـﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻨﺴﺠﺎﻡ، ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺃﻓﻀـل ﺼﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﻨﺤـﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﻊ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺩﺍﺌـﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺇﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻙ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ .ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤـﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺭ ﺩ .ﺴﺘﻴﻔﻥ ﺁﺭ ﻜﻭﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ " ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻟﻸﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻷﻜﺜـﺭ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ " ﻋﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴـﺅﺍل ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼـﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴـﺦ، ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﺴﺒﻊ ﻋـﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﻴﺯﺕ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴـﺎﺕ ﻭﺠﻌﻠﺕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ .ﻓﻤـﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻜـﺜـﺭ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ؟ -1ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ :ﻜﻥ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺎ ﻭﺨـﺫ ﺒﺯﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ( " ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺭﺕ ﺇﻥ ﻴﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﻋﻨﻙ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﻓﻴﻙ " .ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﺭﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠـﻴـﻬـﻡ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺯﺃﻴﻥ ) ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴـﺔ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﺴﺎﺀل ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻋـﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ .ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻴﻁﺭﺤﻭﻥ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺇﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻟـﻪ .ﻭﻗـﺩ ﺴﻠﻙ ﺴﺘﻴﻔﻥ ﻜﻭﻓﻲ ،ﻤﺴﻠﻜﺎ ﻤﻤﻴﺯﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل .ﻓﻜﻴﻑ ﺃﺠﺎﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل؟ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ؟ ﻟﻘـﺩ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ،ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻗﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﺭﻜﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﺸﺭﺒﻬـﺎ ﻨﻔﻭﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺠﺯﺀﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻴﻨﻬﻡ ، ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺴﺒﺎﻗﹰﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌـﻤـل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴـﺨـﺩﻡ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻙ ،ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻙ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ .
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
-3ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ :ﺭﺘﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻭﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﻭﻗﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻫﻡ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻬﻡ )ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴـﺔ ( ﻨﻅﻡ ﺃﻤﻭﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﺘﺨﺫ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻙ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﻘﻴﺎﺕ . . . . .ﺍﻷﻫﻡ ﺜـﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ .ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻤـﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻤـﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺘﻬﺎ . . . .ﻭﻤـﻔـﺘـﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬـﺩﻑ ﻫـﻭ ﺘﻔﻭﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﺎﺕ . -4ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﺔ :ﻓﻜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ) ﻤﻜﺴـﺏ – ﻤﻜﺴﺏ( ﻟﻴﺱ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﺴـﺭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ،ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻔـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ،ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻻﺨﺘﻁﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻤـﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ. -5ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺴﺔ :ﺤﺎﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺘﻔﻬـﻡ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ) ﻓـﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل( ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺼﻐﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻔﻬﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ،ﻻ ﺒﻨﻴـﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺭﺩ ،ﻓﻘﻁ ﻨﺼﻐﻲ ﺒﺎﻷﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴـﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻭﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻔﻬﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ،ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤـﺎ ﻨﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺒﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻡ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﺘﺼﺎﻻﺘﻨـﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻴﺴﻬل ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺘﺤﺩﺙ . -6ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺴﺔ :ﺍﻋﻤل ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤـﻭﻉ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﻨﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤـﻤـﺎ ﻻ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻔﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ،ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﻔـﺘـﺢ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ،ﻭﻨﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻨﺎ ،ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﺘﻤـﺘـﻊ ﺒﻔﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺘﻼﺤﻤﻨﺎ.
28
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟـﻘـﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ . ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﻴـﺭﻫـﺎ ﺒﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺭﻴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﺤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
-7ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻌﺔ :ﺠﺩﺩ ﻗـﺩﺭﺍﺘـﻙ ﻻ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻌﺎ ﹰ ﺘﺠﺩﺩ ﻗﻭﺘﻙ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺍﺘﻙ ﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠـ ﹰﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴـﺔ " ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻡ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻘل ،ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻁﻔﺔ " ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﺔ ، ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓـﺔ ، ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘـﻴـﻡ ، ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻁﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼـل ﻤـﻊ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺼﻭ ﹰ ﻭﺸﺤﺫﹰﺍ ﻟﻤﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻤﺎﺀ . ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺒﻌﻨـﻭﺍﻥ " ﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ " ﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠـﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ،ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠـﻴـﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻁـﻭﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ .ﻭﺍﻋﻠـﻡ ﺒـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔـﺎﻋـﻠـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ.
ﺃﻨﻤﺎﻁ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ :ﻭ ﻫﻭ ﻗﺩﺭﺘﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﻁـﺭﻭﺤـﺔ ﺒﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﻭﺇﺒﺩﺍﻉ .ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺃﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻤﺭﺘﻴﻥ ، ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ،ﻴﻠـﻴـﻪ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺎﺩﻱ .ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﺎﺸﻲ ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﻭ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤـﻠـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ،ﻓﺈﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﻘﻠﺹ ﻓـﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ. ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺭ :ﻭﻫﻭ ﻗﺩﺭﺘﻙ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﻤـﻊ ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﻤﻥ ﺨـﻼل " ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻙ " .ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ،ﺸﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﺸـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﻜﻴﻑ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﻌﻴﺵ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻴـﺌـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل .ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻏـﻴـﺭ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻷﺨـﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺫﻟﻙ ،ﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺯل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ. ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ :ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﻙ ﻟﻠﺴـﻠـﻭﻙ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻰ ،ﻭ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﻘﺩﺭﺘﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﻔﻴﺯ ﻻﺘـﺨـﺎﺫ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﻤـﺎ ، ﻓﺎﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻤﺩﻫـﺵ ،ﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤـﻴـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﺯ ﺍﻟـﺫﺍﺘـﻲ. ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔـﻜـﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺤﺩﻫﻤﺎ ، ﺇﺫﺍ ﻴﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺘﻤﺘﻌﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﻔﻴﺯ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ . ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ :ﻭﻫﻭ ﻗﺩﺭﺘﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺘﺯﻭﻴﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟـﺘـﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻭﻓـﺭﻴـﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل .ﻭﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻙ ﺒﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ . ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠـﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺎﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺠﻴﺩ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻓﻌﺎل ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻤﺭﺘﺒـﻁ ﺒﺸﻜـل ﻗـﻭﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸـﺎﻋـﺭ ﻭ ﻴﻌﺎﻨﻰ ﺘﺸﻭﻴﺵ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓـﻲ ﻴﻨﺩﻓﻌﻭﻥ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﻜـﺭﻭﺍ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺭﺒﻤـﺎ ﻭﺼل ﺁﺨـﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺠﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻙ ﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺁﺨﺭ . ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤـﺎﻭل ﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ .
ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل -1ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ)ﺘﻡ ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻷﻭل ( -2ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ) ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ: ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺴﻨﻨﺎﻗﺸﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ( -3ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ) ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ : ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ( -4ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ) ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ: ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ( -5ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ) ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﺔ: ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ( -6ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل -7ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل )ﻋﻠﻡ ﻭﻓﻥ(.
29
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﻋﺼﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺒﺎﻟـﺘـﻁـﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴـﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻜـﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘـﺤـﻭل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺤـﺩﺍﺜـﺔ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺃﻁﻠﻕ ﻋـﻠـﻴـﻪ ﺍﻟــﻜــﺜــﻴــﺭ ﻤــﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﺔ ,ﻋﺼـﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﻟﻤـﺔ ﻭ ﻋﺼـﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻭﺘﺭ ,ﻋﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ...ﺍﻟﺦ. * ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻁﺭﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻜـﻴـﻑ ﻨﺘﻤﺎﺸﻰ ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺭ ﺒﻜل ﻅﺭﻭﻓﻪ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﻨﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺎﻓـﺔ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺘﻪ ؟؟؟ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻻﻨـﺠـﺎﺯ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺒﺩﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻔـﺴـﻙ ﻭ ﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺘﻙ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﺎل ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ. ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﺴـﻭﻑ ﻨﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟـﻘـﻴـﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﻭﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ؟ ﻭﺴﻨﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻤـﻘـﺩﻤـﺔ ﺒﺴـﻴـﻁـﺔ
ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ :: ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﺎﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺴﺒﺤﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻴﺼﻌـﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟـﻜـﻭﻥ ﻟﻌﻅﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺩﻗﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﻭ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺸﺨـﺹ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺱ ﺘﻁﻠـﻊ ﻟﺘﻀﺊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻹﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗـﺎﺕ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﺘﻐﻴﺏ ﻟﻴﻬﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻴـل ﻭﺘــﺭﺘــﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗـﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻁل ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻴل ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﻨﻴﺭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺭﻴﻥ ، ﻟﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻴـﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻲ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻨﻅﻡ ﺠﻌل ﻟﻜل ﺸﻲﺀ ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺘـﻪ ﻭﻨﻅﺎﻤﻪ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻁﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻴل ﻭﻻ ﻴﻁﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ } ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺭ ﺒﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ{ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﻥ) (5ﺃﻱ ﻜل ﺸـﻲﺀ ﻴﺴﻴﺭ ﺒﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﻜل ﺸﻲﺀ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻌﺩﻯ ﺸﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻲﺀ ﺴﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺜﺎل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻜﺜﻴـﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺼﻰ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺯ ﻭﺠل .ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﻜل ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﻜل ﺤﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺠﺤـﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴـﺭﻫـﺎ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﻴﻨﻅﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺠـﻌـﻠـﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﺘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻗﺼـﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ ) ﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴـﻨـﺩ( ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺏ )ﻁﻨﺠﺔ( . ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ: ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ :ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﺨﻁﻴـﻁ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﻠـﻭﺼـﻭل ﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺭﺩﺍ ﻴﻘﺭﺃ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻜﺭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺌﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴـﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ. ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل eﻗﺩﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﺃﻗﻭﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺼﻔﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﹶﻠـﻘـﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﹸﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﻌل ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒل ﺃﻨـﻪ ﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﻤـﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﻟـﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﹰﺎ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻓﻜل ﻓﺭﺩ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺴـﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ . ﺍﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﻭﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﺠـﻴـﻪ ﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻷﻓـﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ. ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨـﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻌﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﺒـﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻀﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻠﻤﺎ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺠـﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺯﺃﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻅﻬـﺭ ﺒﺭﺍﻋﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ
ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻤـﺎ )ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ (
ﻭ
ﻓـﻥ
ﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﻌـﻠـﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺃﻱ ،ﻭﻜل ﻤﻨﺎ ﻴﺭﺍﻫﺎ ﺒﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻨﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻋﻨـﺩ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ،ﻭﻨﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ،ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺭﺘﺄﻴﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻠـﻭﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـﺘـﻨـﺎﻭل ﺃﻓﻀـل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻷﻭﺼل ﻤﺎ ﻟﺩﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﻜـﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ،ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﺴﻠﺴﺔ ﻭﻤﺭﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺴﻊ ﻤﻥ ﻗـﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ،ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻜﺘﺏ ﻋﻨـﻬـﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ،ﻫﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﺭﺘﻘﻲ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ،ﻟﻴﺼل ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻗـﻲ ﺒﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭﻩ ﺒﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﺭﺠﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺎل ﺍﺴﺘﺤﺴﺎﻨﻜﻡ .ﺴﻨﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﺸﺭﻨﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ: -1ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ -2ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ -3ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ -4ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ
30
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻨﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺄﻭل ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺒﺸﺭﺡ ﺒﺴـﻴـﻁ ﻤﻭﺠﺯ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ. ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ :ﻫﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﻫـﺩﺍﻑ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒـل ) ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘـﻭﺴـﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩ( ﻭﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻕ ﺘـﻠـﻙ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ -1ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺠﻬﺩ ﺃﻗل ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ. -2ﺃﻤﺭ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ. -3ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨـﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻻ -4ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺼـﻌـﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ. ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺄﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﺒﻌﻴـﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺄﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁـﻴـﻁ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻨﺎ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺴﻨﺭﻜﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ -1ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴـﺔ External Environment ﻭﻫﻲ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠـﺔ ﻋـﻥ ﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﻤﻌـﻬـﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺩﻋـﻤـﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺭﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﻜﺎﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗـﺘـﺼـﺎﺩﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ..........ﺍﻟﺦ ) ﻴﺘﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻌـﺭﻑ ﺍﻟـﻔـﺭﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﻭﺘﺠﻨﺒﻬﺎ( -2ﺒﻴـﺌـﺔ ﺍﻟـﻨـﺸـﺎﻁ Task
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
Environment ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺒﺼـﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻊ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻭﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﺒـﻪ ﻭﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘـﺨـﺫﻫـﺎ. ) ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻴـﺩﺭﺱ ﺒﻬﺎ( ـﻠـ ـﺩﺍﺨـ ـﺔ ﺍﻟـ ـﺌـ ـﻴـ ـﺒـ -3ﺍﻟـ ـﻴ ـ ﹸﺔ Environment Internal ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟـﻔـﺭﺩ ﻭﻴﺸﻤل ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺌـﺩﺓ ﻭﻤﻌﺘﻘﺩﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭﻩ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻗـﺩﺭﺍﺕ ) ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻀﻌﻔﻪ(. ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ -1ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ. -2ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟـﻤـﻭﻗـﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ. -3ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌل. -4ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌل. -5ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴل ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺏ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ. ﻤﺜﺎل ﺒﺴﻴﻁ: -1ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ. ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺭﺓ -2ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ. ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻲ ) ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ......ﺍﻟﺦ( ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻜﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ )ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل( -4ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌل ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺏ ﺃ-ﺒﺎﺹ ﺏ-ﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺝ-ﻁﺎﺌﺭﺓ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
-4ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ)ﻻ ﺍﻤﻠﻙ ﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ( ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺌﺭﺓ ) ﻤﺭﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻟـﻜـﻥ ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ( ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ)ﻤﺘﻌﺏ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻗل ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺌﺭﺓ( -5ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴـل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺹ ﻭﻟـﻜـﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴل ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺌﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺌـﻤـﺎ ﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴـل ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺏ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﻭﻴﺠـﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻭﺠﺩ ﺨﻁﺄ ؛
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ )(organizing ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻨﺎ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨـﻁـﻴـﻁ )ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ( ﺴﻨﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻟﻜﻡ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﻨـﻴـﺔ ﻟﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﺴﺎﺀل ﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺽ ﻤﻨﻜﻡ ﻟﻤـﺎﺫﺍ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﻓﺄﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺘﻜﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅـﻴـﻡ ﻤﻜﻤل ﻭﻤﺘﻤﻡ ﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻤـﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻨﺤـﺩﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻜﻔل ﻟﻨﺎ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﻨﻔـﻴـﺫﻫـﺎ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺄﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻠﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤـﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ........ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﺸﺭﻨﺎ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺜـﺎﺒـﺕ ﺒﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻗﺎﺒـﻠـﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺘﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻭ ﺘﻌـﺎﺭ ﻴﻑ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻲ ﺍﻋﺭﻑ ﻟﻜﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻭﻅﺎﺌﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﺼﻁﻠﺤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺃﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺴﻠﺴﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻴﺘـﻲ ﻭﺃﻓـﻜـﺎﺭﻱ
31
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺩ.
اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ أﺳﺎس اﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ
ﻭﻤﻌﺘﻘﺩﺍﺘﻲ ﻭﺒﻤﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻴـﺱ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ. ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ :ﻫﻭ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺴﻴـﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﺸـﻜـل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ.
ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ: ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺴﻨﻁﺭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ: – 1ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻁ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ) ﺒﺈﺨﺭﺍﺠﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﻭﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ(. – 2ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺯﺩﻭﺍﺠـﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻜـﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ. – 3ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻗل ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻴﺽ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻟﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻜﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺇﻜﺴـﺎﺏ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺠﺩﺩ ﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺒـﺎﺩل ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺘﻔﻭﻴﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﻡ. – 4ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻔﻭﻴﺽ ﻓﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻨـﻬـﺎ ﺘﺴﻬﻴل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺘﺴﺭﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩﺓ ﺠﺩﺍ. ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻨﻭﻋﺎﻥ: – 1ﺭﺴﻤﻲ :ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟـﻭﻅـﺎﺌـﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﻭﺍﺠـﺏ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ. – 2ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻲ :ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﺸـﻜـل ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺌﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻭﻴﺸﻴـﺭ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺌﻲ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻜﺎﻜﻬﻡ ﻤﻌﺎ ﻭﺴـﺒـﺏ ﻅﻬﻭﺭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻪ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻤﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻨﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻲ . ﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤـﻠـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ : – 1ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ :ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﺘـﻐـﻠـﻬـﺎ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁـﺔ ﺒﻨﺎ. – 2ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺎﺕ :ﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺅﻴﺘﻨـﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴـﺎﺭﻨـﺎ ﻟﻸﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﻨﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ . – 3ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ :ﻴﺠﺏ ﻤﻭﺍﻜﺒﺘـﻬـﺎ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻭﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ : – 1ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟـﺘـﻲ ﻨﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ: ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻨـﻅـﻴـﻡ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤـﺭﺍﺩ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ. – 2ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﻼﺯﻤـﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ : ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺤـﺩﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻨﺎ. – 3ﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻴﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺩ. – 4ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﺒﻴـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ. ﺴﻨﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻭﻨﻁﺒﻘﻪ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻭﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ: - 1ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﺓ. – 2ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ: ﺃ-ﻋﻤل ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺏ-ﺤﺠﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺭﺓ ﺝ-ﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺩ-ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﺭﺤﻠﺔ. -3ﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺴﻔﺭ ﻭﺤﺠﺯ ﻟﻠـﺭﺤـﻠـﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﻀﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﺼﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌـﺭﺓ ﻓﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﺎ. -4ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ: ﺃﻭﻻ ﻨﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺜﻡ ﻨﻘـﻭﻡ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺯ...ﺍﻟﺦ.
32
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺑـﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟــﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻤﺎﻜﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺜﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ ﺗﻨ ﺎول ﺑ ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘ ﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ دون اﻟﺘﻄ ﺮق إﻟ ﻲ ﻣﻌ ﻨﻲ و ﻣﻔﻬ ﻮم ﻣﺎآﻴﻨ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم ,ﻓﻤﻦ أﺟﻞ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤ ﻲ ﺧﺮﺟ ﺖ إﻟﻴﻨ ﺎ ﺑ ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘ ﺼﻤﻴﻢ واﻟﺘ ﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠـﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ اﻋﻠ ﻲ إﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴ ﻪ واﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل إﻟﻲ أﻗﺼﻲ دﻗﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﻪ. ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ هﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺮآ ﻪ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ اﺧ ﺘ ﻼف أﻧ ﻮاﻋ ﻬ ﺎ واﺧﺘﻼف أﻧﻮاع ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺤﺮآﺔ وذﻟﻚ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻣ ﻌ ﻴ ﻦ ﻣ ﻦ أواﻣ ﺮ اﻟﺤﺮآﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻣﺴ ﺒ ﻘ ﺎ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬهﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼل دواﺋ ﺮ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮد ﺣﺮآﻪ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺪﻗﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ وﺳﺮﻋﻪ آﺒﻴﺮة .وﻗﺪ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ه ﻲ ﻋ ﻤ ﺎد آ ﻞ ﻓ ﺮوع اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺜ ﺔ ,ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ ﺗ ﺠ ﺪه ﺎ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﻞ اﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺪﻧ ﻲ اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة وﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت ﺻ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﺔ اﻟ ﺪواﺋ ﺮ اﻻﻟ ﻜ ﺘ ﺮوﻧ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﻤ ﻄ ﺒ ﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﺮورا ﺑﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟ ﺨ ﻴ ﺎﻃ ﺔ ﻧ ﻬ ﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺑﺨ ﻄ ﻮط اﻹﻧ ﺘ ﺎج اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻼﻗ ﺔ آ ﻤ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻮرق وﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرات. وﺗﻤﺘﺎز ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺪﻗ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎهﻴﺔ وﺟﻮدة اﻟ ﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﻜ ﺎﻣ ﻠ ﺔ, وﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ زﻣﻦ اﻹﻧ ﺘ ﺎج ﻟ ﻠ ﻮﺻ ﻮل إﻟ ﻲ إﻧﺘﺎج آﻤﻲ هﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳ ﻲ .آ ﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻤﺘﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻻﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺤ ﻴ ﻞ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺮق اﻹﻧ ﺘ ﺎﺟ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ,آﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺛ ﻤ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪدهﺎ آ ﻤ ﻴ ﺰة أﺳ ﺎﺳ ﻴ ﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﺘ ﻜ ﻨ ﻮﻟ ﻮﺟ ﻴ ﺔ وأن آ ﺎﻧ ﺖ ﺗ ﻌ ﺘ ﺒ ﺮ آﻌ ﻴ ﺐ إذا ﻧ ﻈ ﺮﻧ ﺎ اﻟ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ وﺟ ﻬ ﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﺴﺮﻳﺢ اﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ!
م هﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻤﺎل ﺻﻼح
وﻳﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ وﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ اول ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﺰم ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧ ﻴ ﻜ ﻲ ﻗﺎﺑ ﻞ ﻟ ﻠ ﺒ ﺮﻣ ﺠ ﻪ إﻟ ﻲ اﻟ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﻢ اﻟ ﻌ ﺮﺑ ﻲ اﻟﺠﺰاري وهﻮ اﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑ ﻐ ﺪاد اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺷﻮا ﻓﻲ اﻟ ﻘ ﺮن اﻟ ﺜ ﺎﻧ ﻲ ﻋﺸ ﺮ اﻟﻬﺠﺮي ,ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎم ﺑ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ وﺗ ﻨ ﻔ ﻴ ﺬ ﻗﺎرب ﻳﻄﻔﻮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺮة ﺻﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﺼﺮ اﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔ ﺔ وﻳ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮي ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻘ ﺎرب ﻋﻠﻲ أرﺑﻊ هﻴﺎآ ﻞ ﻣ ﻌ ﺪﻧ ﻴ ﺔ ﻷﺷ ﺨ ﺎص ﻳﻌﺰﻓﻮن ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ أرﺑ ﻊ ﺁﻻت ﻣ ﻮﺳ ﻴ ﻘ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ,ﺣﻴﺚ آﺎن ﺑ ﺎﻹﻣ ﻜ ﺎن ﺑ ﺮﻣ ﺠ ﻪ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷوﺗﺎر واﻟﺰﻧﺒﺮآﺎت ﻟﺘﺤﺮك راﻓﻌﻪ ﺗﺪﻓ ﻊ أﻳ ﺪي اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج ﻟﻠﻌﺰف ﺑﺪرﺟﺎت دﻗﻪ ﻣﺨ ﺘ ﻠ ﻔ ﺔ ﻟﻴﺨﺮج اﻟﺤﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ,وآﺎن اﻟ ﻐ ﺮض ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻨ ﻤ ﻮذج ه ﻮ ﺗﺴ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ زوار وﺿﻴﻮف اﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ. ﺛﻢ آﺎﻧﺖ أول ﻣ ﺤ ﺎوﻟ ﺔ ﻟ ﺒ ﻨ ﺎء ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺗﺤﻜﻢ رﻗﻤﻲ إﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﻨ ﻪ 1725 ﻣﻴﻼدﻳﺎ وآ ﺎﻧ ﺖ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﺧ ﻴ ﺎﻃ ﻪ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳ ﻖ ﻟ ﻮﺣ ﻪ ﻣ ﺜ ﻘ ﺒ ﻪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻲ أواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ه ﻴ ﺌ ﻪ ﺛﻘﻮب ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ .ﺛﻢ ﺟ ﺎء ﻋ ﺎزف اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ اﻻﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗ ﻴ ﻜ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﻨ ﻪ 1863 واﻟﺬي آﺎن ﻳﻤﺜﻞ اﻣ ﺘ ﺪاد ﻟ ﻨ ﻔ ﺲ ﻓ ﻜ ﺮة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ اﻟﺠﺰاري ﻓﻲ إﻧ ﺘ ﺎج اﻟ ﻪ ﻋﺰف اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺒ ﺮﻣ ﺠ ﺔ .وأن آﺎﻧﺖ أول ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎء ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ رﻗﻤﻲ آﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ اﻟﻴﻮم وﺗ ﻌ ﺘ ﻤ ﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺤﻜﻢ آﻬﺮﺑﻲ رﻗ ﻤ ﻲ آ ﺎﻧ ﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ 1947ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎم ﺟﻮن ﺑ ﺎرﺳ ﻮﻧ ﺲ ﻣ ﺎﻟ ﻚ ﺷ ﺮآ ﻪ ﺑ ﺎرﺳ ﻮﻧ ﺲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺪﻳ ﻨ ﻪ ﺗﺮاﻓﺮس ﺑﺘﺠ ﺮﺑ ﺔ اﻟ ﻐ ﺮض ﻣ ﻨ ﻬ ﺎ ه ﻮ أﻳﺠﺎد ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻷواﻣ ﺮ اﻟ ﻤ ﺨ ﺰﻧ ﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﻪ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﻪ ﺑﺪاﺋ ﻴ ﺔ ﺑ ﻤ ﺜ ﻘ ﺎب
33
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣ ﺮآ ﺘ ﻪ اﻟ ﺜ ﻼﺛ ﻴ ﺔ اﻹﺑ ﻌ ﺎد ﺛ ﻼث ﻣ ﺤ ﺮآ ﺎت آ ﻬ ﺮﺑ ﻴ ﺔ, وآ ﻠ ﻠ ﺖ اﻟ ﺘ ﺠ ﺮﺑ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﻨ ﺠ ﺎح ﻟ ﺘ ﻮﻟ ﺪ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ .وﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺎم 1949ﻗ ﺎم ﺳ ﻼح اﻟ ﺠ ﻮ اﻷﻣ ﺮﻳ ﻜ ﻲ ﺑﺘﺨﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﺮآﻪ ﺑﺎرﺳﻮﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣ ﻞ ﻟ ﻤ ﺸ ﻜ ﻠ ﺔ ﺗ ﺰاﻳ ﺪ ﺗ ﻌ ﻘ ﺪ ﺻ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﺔ اﻷﺟﺰاء أﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻪ اﻟﻄﺎﺋ ﺮات
أﺣﺪي ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ
اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺗﻠﺔ اﻻﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﻪ وﺻﻨﺎﻋﻪ اﻟﺼﻮارﻳﺦ وﺗﺰاﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺘ ﻨ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب واﻟﻼزم ﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ هﺬﻩ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪة واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳﺴ ﺘ ﺤ ﻴ ﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺺ زﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬ ﺎ اﻟ ﻴ ﺪوي, وﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺷﺮآﻪ ﺑﺎرﺳﻮن ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ آﺤﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻻزﻣﻪ.
اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ه ﻮ ﺛ ﻮرة اﻻﻟ ﻜ ﺘ ﺮوﻧ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎت واﻟﺘﻲ ﻗ ﻠ ﺼ ﺖ ﺣﺠﻢ دواﺋ ﺮ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﻀ ﺨ ﻤ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ آﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﻘﺒﻪ اﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﻴﺎت. ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎر آﺎن اﻟﺘ ﻮﺟ ﻪ اﻟ ﺬي ﺳ ﺎد ﻓ ﻲ أرﺑﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻘﺮن اﻟ ﻤ ﺎﺿ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻹﻧﺘ ﺎج اﻟ ﻜ ﻤ ﻲ اﻟﻀ ﺨ ﻢ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ إﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺤﺮب اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ آﺎن اﻟﻤ ﺤ ﺮك اﻟ ﺮﺋ ﻴ ﺴ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗ ﻄ ﻮﻳ ﺮ ودﻓﻊ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ. ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼ ﺎت اﻟ ﻬ ﻨ ﺪﺳ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﺑﺪ إن ﺗﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺧﺮوج هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻜ ﻨ ﻮﻟ ﻮﺟ ﻴ ﺎ ,ﻓ ﺒ ﺪاﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﻴ ﺚ اﻟ ﻬ ﻨ ﺪﺳ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺮف ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺗﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ وﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻤ ﻴ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﻜ ﻲ -اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ -واﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻓ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻋ ﺪد ﻣﺤﺎور اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ وﻣﺎ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﻟ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ إﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺎت وأﺿ ﺎﻓ ﻪ اﻟ ﻤ ﺤ ﺮآ ﺎت اﻻزﻣ ﻪ ﻹﻧ ﺘ ﺎج اﻟ ﻌ ﺰم اﻟ ﻤ ﻄ ﻠ ﻮب واﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟ ﻠ ﺘ ﺤ ﺮك وإﺗ ﻤ ﺎم اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻴ ﺔ ,ﻣ ﺮورا ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺘ ﺨ ﺼ ﺺ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﻲ اﻟﺘ ﺤ ﺮﻳ ﻚ واﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﺑ ﺪاﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ دواﺋ ﺮ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﺮﻳ ﻚ اﻟ ﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑ ﻲ وﺗ ﻮﻓ ﻴ ﺮ أﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ وﻋﻜﺲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﺤﺮآﺔ وﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ أﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺔ
وﻓﻲ ﻋﺎم 1955ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺷﺮآﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻮﻧﺎل ﻷدوات اﻟ ﻘ ﻄ ﻊ أول ﻧ ﻤ ﻮذج ﺗ ﺠ ﺎري ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻳﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ وﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺰ اﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮح ﺑﺪﻗﻪ وﺟﻮدﻩ ﺗﺘﻔﻮق ﻋﻠﻲ أﻣ ﻬ ﺮ ﻋ ﻤ ﺎﻟ ﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدن .وﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻴﺎ ﺑﺪاﻳﺘ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﺎم 1957ﺑﺪأت ﺗﻜﻨ ﻮﻟ ﻮﺟ ﻴ ﺎ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺗ ﻠ ﻘ ﻲ إﻗ ﺒ ﺎﻻ ﻟ ﺘ ﺪﺧ ﻞ اﻟ ﻤ ﺠ ﺎل اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ آﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻳ ﻌ ﺘ ﻤ ﺪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ, وﻣ ﻤ ﺎ ﺳ ﺎﻋ ﺪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﺗ ﻄ ﻮر ﺗ ﻠ ﻚ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﻔﺮﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ وﺑﻨﺎء ﻧ ﻈ ﺎم اﻟ ﺘ ﻐ ﺬﻳ ﺔ اﻟ ﻌ ﻜ ﺴ ﻴ ﺔ Feedback System ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﻤ ﻴ ﺰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ,ﺛﻢ ﻳﻤﺘﺪ اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ ﺨ ﺼ ﺺ اﻟ ﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑ ﻲ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣﺴ ﺘ ﻮي اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ ﻳ ﺘ ﻮﻟ ﻲ ﺗ ﻮﺟ ﻪ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎم اﻟﺘ ﺤ ﺮﻳ ﻚ واﻟ ﺬي ﻳ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﺑ ﺪورﻩ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ,وهﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﺪاﺧﻞ اﻷﻣ ﺮ آﺜﻴﺮا ﻣﺎ ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ اﻟ ﺘ ﺨ ﺼ ﺺ اﻟ ﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑ ﻲ واﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﻮﺑﻲ ,ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ﻟﻤﻬﻨ ﺪس اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻹﻟﻤﺎم ﺑﻤﺒﺎدئ اﻟﺒﺮﻣ ﺠ ﺔ ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ إن ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺆل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ إﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻟﻠﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺧﺼﻮﺻ ﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻀﺎف إﻟﻲ إﻣﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟ ﺒ ﻨ ﺎء أﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﻮاﺻ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ CAM Systemواﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﺘ ﻠ ﻘ ﻲ ﺑﺪورهﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ أواﻣﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎت اﻟﺮﺳ ﻢ CAD , Systemﺣﻴﺚ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﻨ ﺎء ﺣ ﺰﻣ ﻪ ﺑ ﺮﻣ ﺠ ﻴ ﻪ ﺗ ﺤ ﻘ ﻖ اﻟ ﺘ ﻮاﺻ ﻞ ﻣ ﺎ ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﺑ ﺮاﺟ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺎﻋ ﺪة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ودواﺋﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑ ﻲ .ﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﺘ ﺒ ﻘ ﻲ ﺳ ﻮي أﺧ ﺮ ﺗ ﺨ ﺼ ﺺ واﻟ ﺬي ه ﻮ ﺑ ﺎﻷﺳ ﺎس ﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳ ﺘ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ وﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ وه ﻮ ﺗﺨﺼﺺ اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ اﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ,وﻻﺑﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻮاﺟﺪﻩ إﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻄ ﻮﻳ ﺮ وﺑ ﻨ ﺎء إي ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟ ﻴ ﺎ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ أﺟﺰاء ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ
34
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ,ﻓﺒﺎﻷﺳﺎس هﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮف ﻳﺤﺪد اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت واﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻻﺑ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻮاﻓﺮهﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﺟ ﻞ إن ﺗﺤﻘ ﻖ اﻟ ﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ اﻟ ﻤ ﻄ ﻠ ﻮب ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺠ ﻮدة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ. واﺧﺘﺼﺎرا ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إن ﻧﻠﺨﺺ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣ ﻦ: ﻧﻈﺎم ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﻘﺎد ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﻧ ﻈ ﺎم ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ آﻬﺮﺑﻲ واﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻲ اﻷواﻣ ﺮ ﻣﻦ دواﺋ ﺮ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺑ ﺪوره ﺎ ﺗﺘﻠﻘﻲ اﻷواﻣﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﻬ ﺎز آ ﻤ ﺒ ﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺘﺨ ﺼ ﺺ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ وإﻧﺘﺎج آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ اﻟ ﺬي ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ إﻟﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻷواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻚ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺴﺎر ﺣﻄﻲ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ إﻟﻲ ﺣﺮآﻪ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ إﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ. ﻳﻌﻴﺐ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺘ ﻜ ﻨ ﻮﻟ ﻮﺟ ﻴ ﺎ ﺣ ﻄ ﻲ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺛﻤﻨﻬﺎ رﻏﻢ أﻧ ﻬ ﺎ إذا ﻣ ﺎ ﻗﻮرﻧﺖ ﺑﺄﺳﻌﺎرهﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑ ﺪاﻳ ﺔ ﻇ ﻬ ﻮره ﺎ وأﺳﻌﺎرهﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ أﺧﺬ اﻹﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ واﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻨﺎت اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﻌ ﺪدة اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ أدﺧﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ,ﻟﻮﺟ ﺪﻧ ﺎه ﺎ ﻗ ﺪ اﻧ ﺨ ﻔ ﺾ ﺳﻌﺮهﺎ آﺜﻴﺮا ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻬﺪهﺎ ,وﻟ ﻜ ﻦ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻔﻈﺔ ﺑﺎرﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﻌﺮهﺎ اﻟ ﻨ ﺴ ﺒ ﻲ
ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ رﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﻤﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ اﻹﻧﺘﺎج اﻟﺘ ﻘ ﻠ ﻴ ﺪﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻻﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻴ ﺔ ﻟﺸ ﺮاء ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬ ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺘ ﻜ ﻨ ﻮﻟ ﻮﺟ ﻴ ﺎ ,وﻟ ﻜ ﻦ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳ ﺔ اﻟ ﺒ ﺤ ﺘ ﺔ واﻟ ﻨ ﻈ ﺮة
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟ ﻨ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ اﻷرﺧﺺ ﺑﻼ ﻣﻨﺎزع؛
ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ هﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺨﻄﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ. وﻟﻮ أﻟﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻈﺮة ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﺻ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻪ ﻣ ﺜ ﻞ ﺻ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻪ اﻟ ﺪواﺋ ﺮ اﻟ ﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ,ﻟﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎ إن ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻗﺪ اﻗﺘﺤﻤﺖ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﺪارة ﻟﺘﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﻬ ﺎ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣﺴ ﺘ ﻮﻳ ﺎت ﻓ ﻲ دﻗﻪ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺎرات اﻟ ﺘ ﻮﺻ ﻴ ﻞ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎت اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻮﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺼ ﻞ إﻟ ﻲ أﺟ ﺰاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ. إﻣ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺻ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻪ ﻣ ﺜ ﻞ اﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﺎت اﻟﺨﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ آﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ أوﻟﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ارﺗﻘﺖ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟ ﺜ ﻮرة اﻟ ﺤ ﺎدﺛ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ ,ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ إن اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺨﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗ ﺤ ﺘ ﺎج إﻟ ﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺒ ﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴ ﺔ أو ﻏ ﻴ ﺮه ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﺎت اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ,ﻟﺬا ﻓﻘﺪ آﺎن ﻧﺼﻴﺐ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋ ﺎت اﻟﺨﺸﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ ﻣﺒﻜﺮا إﻟﻲ ﺣﺪ آﺒ ﻴ ﺮ ,وﻟ ﻖ إن ﺗ ﺘ ﺨ ﻴ ﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻪ اﻟﻤﻮﺑ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎ واﻻﺛ ﺎث ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺪﻳ ﻨ ﻪ دﻣﻴﺎط واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻷﻳ ﺪي اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺎهﺮة ﻟﻮ أﻧﻬﺎ اﻋﺘﻤﺪت ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ أول آﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ,ﻓ ﺠ ﻤ ﻊ ﺣ ﺮﻓ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﻗﺪرات ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺳ ﻮف
ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ رﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻪ ﻓﻲ أﻧﺘﺎج اﻟﺪواﺋﺮ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﻪ ﻓﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ واﺣﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ إن ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮم واﺣ ﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳ ﻨ ﺘ ﺠ ﻪ ﻋ ﻨ ﺒ ﺮ آ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﺎل اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺧﻼل ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻴﻮم ,أي إن اﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ أﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ اﻟﻤﺪرﺑﺔ ﻗ ﺪ ﺗ ﺤ ﻘ ﻖ ﺑ ﻨ ﺴ ﺒ ﻪ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ أﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ اﻹﻧﺘﺎج ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ,وإذا أﺿﻔ ﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻴ ﺰﻩ اﻟ ﺘ ﻄ ﺎﺑ ﻖ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺠ ﺎت اﻟ ﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺠ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﻷي ﻋ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻬ ﻤ ﺎ آ ﺎﻧ ﺖ آ ﻔ ﺎءﺗ ﻪ وﺧ ﺒ ﺮﺗ ﻪ إن ﻳ ﺨ ﺮج ﻣ ﻦ ﺗ ﺤ ﺖ ﻳ ﺪﻩ ﻣ ﻨ ﺘ ﺠ ﺎن ﻣ ﺘ ﻄ ﺎﺑ ﻘ ﺎن ﺑ ﻨ ﻔ ﺲ ﻧﺴ ﺒ ﻪ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ,وﻻ ﻧﻨﺴ ﻲ إن ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﺰﻩ إﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﻘ ﻴ ﺎم ﺑ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت ﻣ ﻌ ﻘ ﺪة ﺑﻨﻔﺲ أﻟﺠﻮدﻩ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺘ ﻮﻗ ﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻹﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﺒﺴﻴ ﻄ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟ ﺤ ﻔ ﺎظ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﻴ ﺰﻩ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳﺴ ﺘ ﺤ ﻴ ﻞ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت دون اﻻﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻬﺒﻂ ﺑ ﻜ ﻔ ﺎءة اﻹﻧﺘﺎج وﺟ ﻮدﺗ ﻪ ,وﻟ ﻖ ان ﺗ ﺘ ﺨ ﻴ ﻞ إن ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺗ ﻮﻓ ﺮ اﻣﺎآﻨﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴ ﻞ اﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺎدن ﻷﺟ ﺰاء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ,ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺑ ﺎﻟـ ﺘ ﺄآ ﻴ ﺪ أﻣ ﺎم ﺛ ﻮرة
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ رﻗﻤﻲ أﺧﺮي ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ اﻟﺠﻮدﻩ
www.altariq.ps
ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺪﻳ ﻨ ﻪ دﻣ ﻴ ﺎط ﺑ ﻼ ﻣ ﻨ ﺎزع اﻟ ﻤ ﺪﻳ ﻨ ﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ إﻧ ﺘ ﺎج اﻷﺛ ﺎث واﻟﻤﻮﺑﻠﻴ ﺎ آ ﻤ ﺎ وآ ﻴ ﻔ ﺎ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺴ ﺘ ﻮي اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ. وﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎدﻩ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗ ﻜ ﻨ ﻮﻟ ﻮﺟ ﻴ ﺎ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻣﺠﺮد اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﺰوﻳﺪ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻪ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺒﻠﺪان اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ﺑ ﺄﺣ ﺪث ﻣ ﺎ أﻧ ﺘ ﺞ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻏﺮﺑﻴﻪ اﻟﻤﻨﺸ ﺄ,
35
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻞ هﻨﺎك ﻣﺠﻤ ﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﻮد وان آﺎﻧﺖ ﻣ ﺎزاﻟ ﺖ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﻬ ﺪه ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ وأﻧﺸﺎء ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﺮﺑﻴ ﻪ ﻷﻧ ﺘ ﺎج ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑ ﺘ ﻜ ﻨ ﻮﻟ ﻮﺟ ﻴ ﺎ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ رﺑﻂ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣ ﺎ ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪرس ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺎت اﻟ ﻌ ﺮﺑ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺒﺎدئ اﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ وأﺣ ﺘ ﻴ ﺎﺟ ﺎت اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻪ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ وﻣﺸﺎآﻠﻬﺎ. ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻘﻮم اي ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻓﻲ إي ﺑ ﻠ ﺪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ إن ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋ ﻮاﻣ ﻞ اﻟ ﻘ ﻮي ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺆهﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ اﻻﻧ ﺘ ﺎﺟ ﻴ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺴ ﻮق اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺰﻣﺎم اﻟﻤﺒﺎدرﻩ اﻟ ﻲ ادﺧﺎل ﺗ ﻜ ﻨ ﻮﻟ ﻮﺟ ﻴ ﺎ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ واﻻت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺿ ﻤ ﻦ ﻣ ﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﺗ ﻄ ﻮﻳ ﺮ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺠ ﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻲ, ﻓﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ ه ﻲ ﺑ ﺤ ﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ واﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮم ﻣﻦ أﺑﺮز ﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ اﻟﻘ ﺮن اﻟ ﻌ ﺸ ﺮﻳ ﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ هﻮ ﻇﻬﻮر وﺗﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎت ﺗﺨﺪم ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎم اﻻول ﻋﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ,وهﺬﻩ اﻟﻔﺌﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ أﻃﻠﻖ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ اﺳ ﻢ "ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺎﻋ ﺪة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ" Computer Aide Designأو أﺧﺘﺼﺎرا CADوه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﺧﺪﻣ ﺖ وﻣ ﺎزاﻟ ﺖ ﺗﺨﺪم آﻞ ﻓﺌﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺪاﻳ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﻤ ﺎري ﻣ ﺮورا ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﻤ ﻬ ﻨ ﺪس اﻻﻧﺸﺎﺋﻲ وﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻬﻨ ﺪس اﻻﻧ ﺘ ﺎﺟ ﻲ, وﺗ ﻨ ﻮﻋ ﺖ ﺗ ﻠ ﻚ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ ﻓ ﺒ ﺪاﻳ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﺑﺴﻄﻬﺎ واﻟﺬي ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴ ﺎت ﺳ ﻮي اﻟ ﺮﺳ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪﻳ ﻦ ﻓ ﻘ ﻂ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻔﺮاغ ,وﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻼﻗﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻤ ﻜ ﻨ ﻚ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺮﺳ ﻢ اﻟ ﺜ ﻼﺛ ﻲ اﻻﺑ ﻌ ﺎد وﺗﻤﺜﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻄﻮح اﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪﻩ وﺗﻐﻴ ﺮ زاوﻳ ﻪ اﻟﺮؤﻳﻪ ﺑﻤﻨ ﺘ ﻬ ﻲ اﻟﺴ ﻬ ﻮ ﻟ ﻪ ,وﻻن دور ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮﻣ ﺠ ﻴ ﺎت ﻳ ﻨ ﺘ ﻬ ﻲ ﺑ ﻤ ﺠ ﺮد ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ إﺗ ﻤ ﺎم ﺗﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻤ ﻚ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ أآﻤﻞ وﺟﻪ وإﺧﺮاﺟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮرﻩ ﻣ ﻠ ﻒ رﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ,ﻓﻜﺎن ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣ ﻦ وﺟ ﻮد ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ أﺧ ﺮي ﺗ ﻜ ﻤ ﻞ ﻣ ﻌ ﻚ ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻊ ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬ هﺬا اﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﻒ اﻟ ﺮﺳ ﻮﻣ ﻲ وﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻹﻋ ﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ إن ﺗ ﺤ ﻮل ه ﺬا
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟ ﺮﺳ ﻢ إﻟ ﻲ ﺗﺴ ﻠ ﺴ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷواﻣ ﺮ واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﺮﺳ ﻞ إﻟ ﻲ اﺣﺪي ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ –واﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺳﺒﻖ إن ﺗﻨﺎوﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺒﺎدئ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣ ﻘ ﺎل ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺠ ﻠ ﺔ -ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎت ﻳﻄ ﻠ ﻖ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ "ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺎﻋ ﺪة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ ﺑ ﺄﺳ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ" Computer Aide Manufacturingواو اﺧﺘﺼﺎرا .CAM ﺗ ﺘ ﻤ ﻴ ﺰ ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ أﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺎآﺎة اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺗ ﻨ ﻔ ﻴ ﺬه ﺎ ﻓ ﻌ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳ ﻌ ﻨ ﻲ ﺳ ﻬ ﻮ ﻟ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺄآ ﺪ وﺳ ﻬ ﻮل ﺗ ﺘ ﺒ ﻊ آ ﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻟﺪ واﻟ ﺘ ﺄآ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗ ﻨ ﺎﺳ ﺒ ﻪ وﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔ ﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﺗﺒﺪأ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﻪ اﻻﺧ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎر اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ. آﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﻨ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ إﻧﺘﺎج آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻮاﻧ ﻲ ﻣ ﻌ ﺪودة وهﺬا ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﺷﺪﻳﺪة اﻟ ﺘ ﻌ ﻘ ﻴ ﺪ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ آﺎن ﻳﻠﺰم آﺘﺎﺑﻪ آﻮد ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﺸ ﺮات اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت ﻓﻲ آﺘﺎﺑ ﺘ ﻪ ﻳ ﺪوﻳ ﺎ وﻋﺸ ﺮات أﺧﺮي ﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻌﺘﻪ واﻟﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗ ﺤ ﻘ ﻴ ﻘ ﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ. وﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻲ هﺬا ﻓ ﺄن آ ﻮد اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﻻﺳﺘﺮاﺗﻴﺠﻴ ﻪ ﺗ ﺘ ﺒ ﻊ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺤﻘﻖ اﻟ ﺘ ﻮازن ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷهﺪاف ﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﻴ ﻨ ﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
وﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ أﻗﺼ ﻲ درﺟ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺘ ﻜ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻟﻠﺴﻄﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ. أن اﻟ ﻬ ﺪف اﻷﺳ ﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻳ ﻜ ﻤ ﻦ ﻓ ﻲ إﻧ ﺘ ﺎج آ ﻮد اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ Manufacturing Codeواﻟ ﺬي ﺳﻮف ﻳ ﻮﺟ ﻪ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ,وﺗﺤﺘﻮي هﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ داﺋ ﻤ ﺎ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﺞ ﺗﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ Post Processorﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﻪ وﺗ ﻐ ﺬﻳ ﺘ ﻪ ﺑﻤﻮاﺻ ﻔ ﺎت وﺧﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ وإﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺎت ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ Machine parametersاﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﻨ ﻔ ﺬ ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺬ آ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﻌ ﻮاﻣ ﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﺪأ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ,وهﻨﺎ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ ﺑ ﺄن ﺗﻤﺪﻩ آﻤﻬﻨﺪس إﻧﺘﺎج ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮاهﺎ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ,وهﻮ ﺳﻮف ﻳ ﻮﻓ ﺮ ﻟ ﻖ اﻟ ﻌ ﻮاﻣ ﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗ ﻠ ﻚ ﻟ ﻜ ﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻔﻬ ﺎ ﻟ ﻪ آ ﻤ ﺎ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﻮﺿ ﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ .دﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﺨﻴﻞ اﻧﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼ ﻨ ﻊ ﺳ ﻴ ﺎرات وان هﻨﺎك ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴ ﻢ اﻟ ﺒ ﺤ ﺚ واﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻻﺣﺪي اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﺪاﺧﻠ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ اﺣ ﺪي اﻟﺴ ﻴ ﺎرات وان ه ﺬا اﻟﺠﺰء ﻗ ﺪ أرﺳ ﻞ ﺗﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻤ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺴ ﻢ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ واﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ إﻟﻲ ﻣﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ رﻗﻢ واﺣ ﺪ ﻟ ﺘ ﻨ ﻔ ﻴ ﺬﻩ ,ﻻﺣ ﻆ إن اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺳﻮف ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ هﻴ ﺌ ﻪ ﻣﻠﻒ رﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ
36
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻴﺮادﻩ ﻣﻦ داﺧ ﻞ اﺣ ﺪي ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ وهﻨﺎ ﻳ ﻘ ﻮم اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ وهﻮ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ أو اﻻﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﻪ ,ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮم ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻤ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ Machining Operations اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ أو ﺧ ﻂ أو اﻧ ﺤ ﻨ ﺎء داﺧﻠ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺠ ﺰﺋ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻮرة ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ اﻟﺴ ﻴ ﺎرة .وأﻻن ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻗ ﺪ أﻧﺘﺞ واﻋﺪ أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ,ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺤ ﺘ ﺎج إﻟ ﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﻟ ﻪ إﻻ ﻣ ﺮﻩ واﺣ ﺪﻩ إﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴ ﻨ ﺔ وﺗ ﺜ ﺒ ﻴ ﺘ ﻬ ﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﺘ ﻔ ﻆ ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ ﻟ ﺪﻳ ﻪ Post Processorﺑ ﻬ ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺒ ﻴ ﺎﻧ ﺎت وﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ آ ﻞ ﻣ ﺮﻩ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﺗﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ .واﻵن ﺣ ﺎن دور ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﻳ ﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻧﺴ ﺐ اﻟ ﺤ ﺮآ ﺎت واﻗﺼ ﺮه ﺎ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ إن ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ هﺬا اﻟ ﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ ﻓ ﻲ اﻗ ﻞ وﻗ ﺖ وﺑ ﺄﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺟ ﻮدﻩ ﻣ ﻤ ﻜ ﻨ ﻪ وﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﺗﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺤ ﺮآ ﺎت ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ه ﻴ ﺌ ﻪ ﻣ ﺘ ﺴ ﻠ ﺴ ﻠ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻻآ ﻮاد ﺗﺴ ﻤ ﻲ آ ﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴ ﻊ Manufacturing Code واﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺼﺪر إﻟﻲ دواﺋﺮ اﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ ﻟ ﻜ ﻲ ﺗ ﻨ ﻔ ﺬ وﻳﺨﺮج اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ إﻟﻲ اﻟﻨﻮر. وﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻦ ﺗ ﻠ ﺨ ﻴ ﺺ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات أﻷﺗﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﺴﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ اﻹﺑﻌﺎد ﻟﻠﻤﻨ ﺘ ﺞ ﻋﻠﻲ هﻴﺌﻪ ﻣﻠﻒ رﺳﻮﻣﻲ اﺳﺘﻴﺮاد هﺬا اﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﻒ اﻟ ﺮﺳ ﻮﻣ ﻲ داﺧ ﻞ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺣﺴ ﺐ ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ وﻧﻮع دواﺋﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗ ﺒ ﻞ اﻟ ﻤ ﻬ ﻨ ﺪس اﻟ ﻤ ﺨ ﺘ ﺺ إﻟ ﻲ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻳ ﻘ ﻮم ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت إﻟ ﻲ ﻣﺘﺴ ﻠ ﺴ ﻠ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺤ ﺮآ ﺎت اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺘ ﺎﺑ ﻌ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺘﺎج آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺼﺪر ﻋﻠﻲ هﻴﺌﻪ ﻣ ﻠ ﻒ ﺗ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ رﻗ ﻤ ﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺪاد .NC ﻳﺼﺪر آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ إﻟﻲ دواﺋﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ ﻟ ﻠ ﺒ ﺪء ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ وﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ هﻨﺎ إن ﺑ ﻌ ﺾ ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻗ ﺪ ﻳ ﻜ ﻮن ﻣ ﺪﻣ ﺞ ﺑ ﻬ ﺎ اﺣ ﺪي ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣ ﻤ ﺎ ﻳ ﻌ ﻨ ﻲ إن اﻟﺨﻄﻮات 2و 3ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ اﺧ ﺘ ﺼ ﺎره ﻤ ﺎ, ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺎدل اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺸﻜ ﻞ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ دون ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ واﺳﺘﻴﺮاد. إﻟ ﻲ ه ﻨ ﺎ ﻧ ﺄﺗ ﻲ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﺮﺣﻠ ﻪ اﺧ ﺘ ﻴ ﺎر ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ اﻟ ﻤ ﻨ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻟ ﻠ ﺘ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻖ ﻣ ﺤ ﻞ اﻟ ﺘ ﻨ ﻔ ﻴ ﺬ, واﻟ ﺤ ﻘ ﻴ ﻘ ﺔ إن ه ﻨ ﺎك ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺁﺧﺬهﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻋﺘﺒ ﺎر وﻣﺠ ﻤ ﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻻﺳ ﺄﻟ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳ ﺠ ﺐ
هﻞ هﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻓ ﻘ ﻂ أم ﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﻪ اﻣﺎآﻴﻨﻪ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ؟ اﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺮوع ﻓ ﻲ اﺧ ﺘ ﺎر ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ وهﻲ: آ ﻢ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻤ ﺤ ﺎور ﻳﺴ ﺘ ﻄ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ إن ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ؟ ه ﻞ ه ﻲ اﺛ ﻨ ﺎن أم ﺛ ﻼﺛ ﺔ أم أرﺑﻌﻪ أم ﺧﻤﺴﻪ أم أآﺜﺮ ؟ آﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻴ ﺔ ﻳ ﺪﻋ ﻤ ﻬ ﺎ وﻳﻮﻓﺮهﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ؟ هﻞ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﺮ أﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣ ﺤ ﺎآ ﺎة ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺮوع ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬهﺎ؟ هﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑ ﺒ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ اﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻗ ﺎﺑ ﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت ﺗ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ رﻗﻤﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻩ؟
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
وآﻢ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻬﺎ دﻋﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ وﺗ ﻮﺻ ﻴ ﻒ ﺟ ﺎه ﺰ وﻗ ﺎﺑ ﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ دون ﺗﺪﺧﻞ؟ وأﺧﻴﺮا هﻞ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺤﺮر ﻧﺼﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﻣ ﻨ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺎﻟ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﻌ ﺪﻳ ﻼت اﻟ ﻴ ﺪوﻳ ﺔ أو اﻟ ﻤ ﺮاﺟ ﻌ ﺔ اﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﻪ؟ ﻳﺘﻮاﺟﺪ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺴ ﻮق اﻟ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﻤ ﻲ ﺗﺸ ﻜ ﻴﻠ ﻪ هﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﺪد وﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ وﺗﺘﺒ ﺎﻳ ﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ,ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺨﺼ ﺼ ﺔ ﻟ ﻨ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎآﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ وﻣﻘﺘﺼﺮ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻬ ﺎ ,وﻣ ﻨ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻮ ﻋ ﺎم وﻳﺼ ﻠ ﺢ ﻟ ﻜ ﺎﻓ ﻪ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت وآﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻜ ﺎﻓ ﻪ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻴ ﺔ, وﻳ ﺘ ﺮاوح ﺳ ﻌ ﺮ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮآﻪ ﻳﻌ ﺘ ﻤ ﺪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺪود 18,000ﻳﻮر!. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ EdgeCam ﺣﻄﻲ أﻻن ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم وﻣﻌ ﻨ ﻲ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ أو آ ﻤ ﺎ ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺴ ﻤ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ اﻟ ﺒ ﻌ ﺾ ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺎﻋ ﺪة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ Computer Aided )Manufacture (CAMوﺗﻌﺮﺿﻨ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ وﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ Computer ) Aided Design (CADوإﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ وﺟﻮد ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣ ﻨ ﻬ ﺎ ﺗ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮي ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ اﻟ ﻔ ﺌ ﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﻪ ﺑﻬﺎ ,وﺗﻌﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻻﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻨﻬﺎ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ واﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻦ إن ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ,وﻣﺮرﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟ ﻤ ﺮاﺣ ﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ إﺛ ﻨ ﺎء ﺗﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻤ ﻪ واﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ ,واﻧ ﺘ ﻬ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎ ﻋ ﻨ ﺪ ﻣ ﺮﺣﻠ ﻪ ﺗﺼﺪﻳ ﺮ ﻣ ﻠ ﻒ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ ذو اﻻﻣﺘﺪاد اﻷﺷﻬﺮ .NCوه ﻮ ﺑ ﺎﻷﺳ ﺎس اﻟﻬﺪف اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ واﻟ ﻐ ﺮض اﻷﺳ ﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ ﻟﺘ ﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﻒ اﻟ ﺬي ﻳ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮي ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ.
37
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﻵن ﻧﺘﻨﺎول ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮض واﻟﺸﺮح اﺣ ﺪي ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ وه ﻮ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ Edgecamاﻹﺻ ﺪار 9.5واﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻷﺗﻲ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ أﻟﺤﺰﻣﻪ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠ ﻴ ﺔ اﺣ ﺪي ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ وه ﻮ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ Part Modeler ﻣ ﺎزال ﺑ ﺈﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻪ اﺳ ﺘ ﻴ ﺮاد إي ﻣ ﻠ ﻒ رﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺼﺪر ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻜﻴﺎد ﻋﻠﻲ اﺣﺪي اﻻﻣﺘﺪادات اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣﺴ ﺎرات ﺗ ﺤ ﺮك أداة ﻗ ﻄ ﻊ ﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﺎآﺎة ﻣﺴ ﺎرات ﺗ ﺤ ﺮك أداﻩ اﻟ ﻘ ﻄ ﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ وﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣﺸﺎهﺪﻩ هﺬا آﻌﺮض ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻹﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﻦ إي زاوﻳﺔ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺠ ﻤ ﻮﻋ ﺔ آ ﺒ ﻴ ﺮﻩ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻨ ﻤ ﺎذج اﻟ ﺠ ﺎه ﺰة ﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ آ ﻮد اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ آﺒﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ أﻧ ﻮاع ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺳﻮاء اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ أو اﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪة ﻳﻮﻓﺮ أﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈ ﻬ ﺮ ﺣ ﺪﻳ ﺜ ﺎ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﺧ ﺮوج ه ﺬا اﻹﺻ ﺪار إﻟ ﻲ اﻷﺳ ﻮاق ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ ﻳ ﻮﻓ ﺮ ﻧﻤ ﺎذج ﻋ ﺎﻣ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ
ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻮﺿ ﺢ اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺎﻗ ﻂ اﻟ ﺜ ﻼﺛ ﻪ واﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ وﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ Post Processorﻗﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻟﻠ ﺘ ﻌ ﺪﻳ ﻞ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻟﺘﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ إي ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ رﻗﻤﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺑ ﻴ ﺎﻧ ﺎت ﺿ ﺨ ﻤ ﻪ ﻷدوات اﻟﻘﻄﻊ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
وﺳ ﻮف ﻧ ﺘ ﺄول ﺑ ﺎﻟﺸ ﺮح اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ آﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ وﻧﻤﺰﺟ ﻪ وإدﺧ ﺎل اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ وﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺛ ﻢ ﺗﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ آ ﻮد اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ وﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﻨ ﻬ ﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻧ ﺘ ﻌ ﺮض ﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺎﻧ ﻲ آ ﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ دﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﻔﺘﺮض إﻧﻨﺎ ﻧ ﺮﻳ ﺪ إن ﻧﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻣ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ ﺑﺴ ﻴ ﻂ آﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ: ﺳﻮف ﺗﻼﺣ ﻆ إن ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ إل Edgecamﻳ ﻮﻓ ﺮ ﻧﻤﻄﻴ ﻦ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﻴ ﺌ ﺔ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻞ, ﻧﻤﻂ اﻟﺘﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ اﻟ ﻤ ﻤ ﻴ ﺰة ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻧﻪ
وﻧﻤﻂ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻤﻴ ﺰ
ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺣﻮاري ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﺧﻴﺎرات اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺤﺎوي ﻟﻠﺸﻐﻠﻪ
,وﻳﻤ ﻜ ﻦ اﻟ ﺘ ﻨ ﻘ ﻞ ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳ ﻖ ﺗ ﻠ ﻚ اﻹﻳ ﻘ ﻮﻧ ﺎت اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﻮاﺟ ﺪة ﻓ ﻲ اﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻳ ﻤ ﻴ ﻦ اﻟ ﻨ ﺎﻓ ﺬة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ .أﻻن دﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﺄآﺪ إن ﻧﻤﻂ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ هﻮ اﻟﻔﻌﺎل –وهﻮ اﻟ ﻨ ﻤ ﻂ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﺑ ﻤ ﺠ ﺮد ﻓ ﺘ ﺢ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ- وﺳﻮف ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺗ ﻮاﺟ ﺪ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ أﺷﺮﻃﻪ اﻷدوات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟ ﺮﺳ ﻢ اﻟ ﻬ ﻨ ﺪﺳ ﻲ إﻧﺸ ﺎء اﻟ ﺨ ﻄ ﻮط واﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت وﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ آﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺤ ﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ اﻷدوات. وﺳﻮف ﺗﻠﺤﻆ أﻳﻀ ﺎ إن ه ﺬﻩ اﻷدوات ه ﻲ اﻷدوات اﻷﺳ ﺎﺳ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ ,وﻟ ﻜ ﻦ ﺗﺬآﺮ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺎزاﻟﺖ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ,ﺑﻌ ﻨ ﻲ إن إي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ رﺳﻢ هﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣ ﻌ ﻘ ﺪﻩ ﺑ ﻌ ﺾ اﻟﺸ ﻲء ﻓﺴ ﻮف ﺗ ﻌ ﺠ ﺰ ﻋ ﻦ إﺗ ﻤ ﺎﻣ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة داﺧ ﻞ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻨ ﻤ ﻂ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﻴ ﺌ ﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ وﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚ إن ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻲ ﺣ ﻞ أﺧ ﺮ وهﻮ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ أﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﺄﺗ ﻲ ﻣﻊ هﺬﻩ أﻟﺤﺰﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻣ ﺠ ﻴ ﺎت وه ﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Part Modeler ﻟﻨﻘﻢ أﻻن ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أداﻩ رﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ وأداﻩ رﺳ ﻢ ﻣ ﻨ ﺤ ﻨ ﻴ ﺎت اﻷرآ ﺎن وأداﻩ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﺰواﺋﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓ ﻪ إﻟ ﻲ أداﻩ رﺳ ﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﻪ ﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ آﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﻮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ. ﺗﺄﺗﻲ أﺧﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ واﻟﺮﺳﻢ وه ﻲ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮﻩ أﺿ ﺎﻓ ﻪ اﻟ ﺠ ﺰء اﻟﺤ ﺎوي ﻟ ﻠ ﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ Stockوه ﻮ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪن اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ اﻟ ﺨ ﺎم واﻟ ﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ إزاﻟﺘﻪ إﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﻞ ﻟ ﺘ ﺒ ﻘ ﻲ ﻟﻨﺎ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﺮﻳ ﻂ أدوات اﻟ ﺮﺳ ﻢ واﻟ ﺘ ﻌ ﺪﻳ ﻞ اﺧ ﺘ ﺎر Stockﻟ ﻴ ﻈ ﻬ ﺮ ﺻ ﻨ ﺪوق ﺣﻮاري آﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ: وﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ه ﺬا ﻟ ﻨ ﻔ ﺮض إن اﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ وهﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﺨﺎم ﻗﺒ ﻞ إي ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ ﺻ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻴ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ إﺑ ﻌ ﺎده ﺎ ) (20×70 ×120وان أﺑ ﻌ ﺎد ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ واﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ) (15×60×100وه ﺬا ﻳ ﻌ ﻨ ﻲ اﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺰم ﻗﻄﻊ وازاﻟﻪ 10وﺣ ﺪات ﻣ ﻦ آ ﻞ ﺟ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﻮاﻧ ﺐ اﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ ) (100 -120 = 20 =2×10وﻳ ﻠ ﺰم ازاﻟﻪ 5وﺣ ﺪات ﻣ ﻦ آ ﻞ ﺟ ﺎﻧ ﺐ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﻮاﻧ ﺐ ﻋ ﺮض اﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ ) (60-70=10=2×5وآ ﺬﻟ ﻚ اﻷﻣ ﺮ
38
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻨ ﺴ ﺒ ﺔ ﻟ ﻼرﺗ ﻔ ﺎع ,ﻓ ﺄﻧ ﺖ ه ﻨ ﺎ ﺗ ﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻒ إﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ اﻟﺨﺎم ﻗﺒﻞ ان ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟ ﻲ أﺑ ﻌ ﺎده ﺎ وإﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ اﻟﺼﻨ ﺪوق ﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﻌ ﺪن اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ اﻟﺨﺎم. واﻵن وﺑ ﻌ ﺪ إن اﻧ ﺘ ﻬ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﺮﺣﻠ ﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ورﺳﻢ اﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ EdgeCamوﻧ ﺄﺗ ﻲ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﺮﺣﻠ ﻪ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ وﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﻪ.
ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ أﺷﺮﻧﺎ إن هﻨﺎك ﺑﻴﺌ ﺘ ﻴ ﻦ ﻟ ﻠ ﻌ ﻤ ﻞ داﺧ ﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ EdgeCamﺑﻴﺌ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ واﻟﺮﺳﻢ وﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ,وﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘ ﺎل إﻟ ﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﺟﺪة ﻓﻲ أﻗﺼﻲ اﻋﻠﻲ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ واﺟﻬﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ وﻳﺘﻢ هﺬا ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ إن ﻧﻜﻮن ﻗﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﻴﻨﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ ورﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ .وﻳﻼﺣ ﻆ اﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻲ إي وﻗ ﺖ ﺗﺸ ﺎء اﻟ ﻌ ﻮدة إﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻷﺟﺮاء إي ﺗﻌﺪﻳ ﻼت ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل أﻳ ﻘ ﻮﻧ ﻪ واﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﻮاﺟ ﺪة ﺑ ﺠ ﻮار اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺼﻲ اﻋﻠﻲ ﻳ ﻤ ﻴ ﻦ
ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Machining Sequence واﺟﻬﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. ﺑﻤﺠﺮد اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ واﺟﻬﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺒ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﺘ ﺒ ﺪل أﺷ ﺮﻃ ﻪ اﻷدوات ﺑﺸﺮﻃﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺗ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮي ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ و أﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺎآﺎة ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴ ﻊ .وإذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ هﻲ اﻟﻤﺮة اﻷوﻟﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴ ﺌ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﻟ ﻬ ﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ,ﻓ ﺄن ﻧ ﺎﻓ ﺬة ﺗﺴ ﻠ ﺴ ﻞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ Machining Sequenceﺗ ﻈ ﻬ ﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت. ﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺘ ﺴ ﻤ ﻤ ﻪ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺎ آ ﻤ ﺎ ﺗ ﻄ ﺎﻟ ﺒ ﻚ ﺑ ﻨ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﻪ ﺗ ﻠ ﻚ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت Disciplineﻓ ﻬ ﻞ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺰ Millأم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺮاﻃﻪ Turningأو ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺳﺤ ﺐ أﺳﻼك Wireوهﺬا ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺎس ﻳ ﺘ ﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻪ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮف ﻳﺠﺮي ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ, وﺑﻤ ﺠ ﺮد اﺧ ﺘ ﻴ ﺎر ﻧ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮف ﻧﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳ ﻼﺣ ﻆ إن أﻧﻮاع ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺳﻮف ﺗ ﻈ ﻬ ﺮ ﺗ ﺤ ﺖ أﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟ ﻤ ﻨ ﺴ ﺪﻟ ﺔ Machine Tool وﻳﻼﺣﻆ إن هﺬﻩ أﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮي ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺎت ﺑﻤﻮدﻳﻼﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ,وﻗ ﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﺮ ﻣﻮدﻳﻞ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻠﻜﻬﺎ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺠﺮي ﻋﻠﻴ ﻬ ﺎ ﻋ ﻠ ﻤ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ, وﺗﻠ ﻚ ﻣﺸ ﻜﻠ ﻪ ﻗ ﺪ ﻗ ﺎم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺘ ﻮﻓ ﻴ ﺮ ﺣ ﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺻ ﺪار اﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻨ ﻚ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ ﻣﺴ ﺎﻋ ﺪ ﻳ ﺪﻋ ﻲ CodeWizard واﻟ ﺬي ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗ ﻮﺻ ﻴ ﻒ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﻐ ﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﻌ ﺮﻓ ﻪ أو اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﺣﺪﻳ ﺜ ﺎ وﻏ ﻴ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺒ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﺠ ﺪﻳ ﺪة ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟ ﺘ ﻘ ﻮم ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﺳﻠﺴﻞ ,وهﺬا ﺳ ﻮف ﻧ ﺘ ﻌ ﺮض ﻟ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺮﺣﻠ ﻪ ﻣ ﺘ ﻘ ﺪﻣ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮﺣ ﻨ ﺎ ﻟ ﻬ ﺬا اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ. ﺳﻮف ﺗﻼﺣﻆ إن ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﻞ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﻄ ﻠ ﺐ إدﺧ ﺎل ﻧ ﻘ ﻄ ﻪ اﻷﺻ ﻞ ﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ,وهﻨ ﺎك ﺧ ﻴ ﺎران ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﺮ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ,وهﻤﺎ إﻣﺎ إن ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻘﻄ ﻪ اﻷﺻ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﻧ ﻘ ﻄ ﻪ أﺻ ﻞ إﺣ ﺪاﺛ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﻧ ﻔ ﺴ ﻬ ﺎ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﻌ ﺘ ﺒ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﺎج ﺗﻐﻴﺮهﺎ أو ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ إﻟﻲ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮﻋ ﺔ آ ﺒ ﻴ ﺮﻩ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات ,أو إن ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻘ ﻄ ﻪ اﻷﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻈﺎم اﻹﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت ﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ أو اﻟﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ واﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪه ﺎ وﺗﻐﻴﺮهﺎ ﺑﻤﻨﺘﻬﻲ اﻟﺴ ﻬ ﻮﻟ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﻗ ﺎﺋ ﻤ ﺔ M-Functionsواﺧ ﺘ ﻴ ﺎر .Datum Shift ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ هﻨﺎك ﻧﻈﺎﻣ ﻴ ﻦ ﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻧ ﻘ ﻄ ﻪ اﻷﺻ ﻞ ﻓ ﻲ آ ﻠ ﺘ ﺎ اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟ ﺘ ﻴ ﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﻴﻦ ,اﻷول وهﻮ اﻟ ﻨ ﻈ ﺎم اﻟ ﺜ ﺎﺑ ﺖ
ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺻﻞ اﻻﺣﺪاﺛﻴﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﺎآﻴﻨﻪ وﻟﻠﺸﻐﻠﻪ
www.altariq.ps
أو اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻖ Absoluteوﻓﻴﻪ ﺗ ﻨ ﺴ ﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻹﺣ ﺪاﺛ ﻴ ﺎت إﻟ ﻲ ﻧ ﻘ ﻄ ﻪ واﺣ ﺪﻩ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ وﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﺮهﺎ وهﻮ ﻧ ﻔ ﺲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎم اﻹﺣ ﺪاﺛ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﻜ ﺎرﺗ ﻴ ﺰﻳ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ اﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮم ,واﻷﺧﺮ هﻮ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ أو اﻟﺘﺰاﻳﺪي Incrementalواﻟﺬي ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻧﻘﻄﻪ أﺻﻞ اﻹﺣ ﺪاﺛ ﻴ ﺎت ﻣ ﻊ آﻞ ﺣ ﺮآ ﻪ ﺟ ﺪﻳ ﺪة ﺗ ﻨ ﻔ ﺬه ﺎ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﻷﺻﻞ ه ﻲ أﺧ ﺮ ﻧ ﻘ ﻄ ﻪ اﻧﺘﻘﻠﺖ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸ ﺮوع ﻓ ﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ادوات ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﺤﺮآﺔ أو أﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ. ﺑﻤﺠﺮد اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ إدﺧ ﺎل ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻼت ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ه ﻨ ﺎ دورك آﻤﻬﻨﺪس أﻧﺘ ﺎج أو ﻓ ﻨ ﻲ ﻣ ﺪرب ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ
39
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت ﺗﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ اﻟ ﻤ ﻮاد اﻟ ﻤ ﺨ ﺘ ﻠ ﻔ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ إن ﺗ ﺤ ﺪد اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ اﻷﺟ ﺰاء اﻟ ﻤ ﺨ ﺘ ﻠ ﻔ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ واﻟ ﺤ ﺼ ﻮل ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ اﻟﺸ ﻜ ﻞ اﻟ ﻤ ﻄ ﻠ ﻮب وﻓ ﻘ ﺎ ﻟ ﺪرﺟ ﻪ أﻟ ﺪﻗ ﻪ واﻟ ﺠ ﻮدة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ .وﺳﻮف ﻧﺘﻌﺮض ﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﻔ ﺮﻳ ﺰ ﻓ ﻘ ﻂ آﻤﺜﺎل ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ إﻟ ﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳ ﻂ أدوات ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ واﻟ ﺬي ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟ ﺨ ﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﺰ واﻟﺬي ﻳﺤﺪدﻩ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻪ اﻟﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﻢ اﺧ ﺘ ﻴ ﺎره ﺎ ﻻﺣ ﻘ ﺎ وآ ﺬﻟ ﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌ ﻤ ﻞ Profileواﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳ ﻜ ﻮن اﻟ ﻮﺿ ﻊ اﻻﻓ ﺘ ﺮاﺿ ﻲ ﻟ ﻬ ﺎ ه ﻮ .Milling mmوﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺮﺟ ﻮع إﻟ ﻲ أﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ اﻟﺘﻲ اﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨ ﺎه ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗ ﺒ ﻞ وﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻧﺠﺪ إن ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻧ ﺤ ﺘ ﺎج إﻟ ﻲ أﺟ ﺮاء أرﺑ ﻊ ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت ﺗ ﺨ ﺸ ﻴ ﻦ Roughing ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﻪ إﻟﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋ ﻠ ﻤ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﺰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻲ Face Millingو اﻟﺘﻨﻌﻴﻢ اﻟﺴ ﻄ ﺤ ﻲ Profilingوﻟ ﻜ ﻦ ﺳ ﻮف ﻧ ﻜ ﺘ ﻔ ﻲ ﺑ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺨ ﺸ ﻴ ﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ. ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺮ ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺬآ ﺮ ﻣ ﻼﺣ ﻈ ﻪ إن آ ﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺻ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻴ ﺔ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ إﺟ ﺮاﺋ ﻬ ﺎ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ داﺧ ﻞ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ ﺗﻀ ﺎف إﻟ ﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﺟﺪة ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻳﺴ ﺎر واﺟ ﻬ ﻪ ﺗﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ Sequence Windowsوه ﺬا ﻣ ﻦ أﺟﻞ أﻇﻬﺎر ﺗ ﺮﺗ ﻴ ﺐ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﺬي ﺳﻮف ﻳﻨﻔﺬ وﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ إي ﻣﻨﻬﻢ. واﻵن ﺣﺎن وﻗﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ وأﺟﺮاء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺨﺸﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ آ ﻤ ﺜ ﺎل ﻷﺣ ﺪي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﺰ. اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أدوات ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ, ﻧﺨﺘﺎر اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ Roughingواﻟ ﺘ ﻲ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ ادﺧﺎل اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺨﺸﻴﻦ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ إﻟﻲ اﻻﺳﻢ اﻟﺪارج ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ أﻧ ﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺨ ﺸ ﻴ ﻦ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﻌ ﻨ ﻲ إن أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻘﻄﻊ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﺰاﺋﺪة ﻣﻦ أﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﻏ ﻴ ﺮ دﻗ ﻴ ﻖ ,وذﻟ ﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻘ ﺮﻳ ﺒ ﻲ ﻟ ﻠ ﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ,وﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒ ﻊ ه ﺬا ﻳ ﺘ ﻄ ﻠ ﺐ أداﻩ ﻗ ﻄ ﻊ ذات ﺳ ﻼح آ ﺒ ﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣ ﺮاﻋ ﺎﻩ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﺳ ﺮﻋ ﻪ ﻣ ﺘ ﻮﺳ ﻄ ﻪ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪن اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ وﻣ ﻌ ﺪن أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ.
اﻟﺘﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳ ﻮﻓ ﺮه ﺎ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ اﻟـ EdgeCam ﺑﻤﺠﺮد أﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ آﻤ ﺎ ه ﻮ واﺿﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة إدﺧﺎل ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻼت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺸﻴﻦ. وﻣﻦ اﻟﺠ ﺪﻳ ﺮ ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺬآ ﺮ إن ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣ ﻼت اﻟ ﺨ ﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺨ ﺸ ﻴ ﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺜ ﺎﻟ ﻨ ﺎ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﺘﻜﺮر ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺎﻟ ﻪ ﺗ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻖ إي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟ ﻲ ﻓ ﺌ ﺔ ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﻔ ﺮﻳ ﺰ ﻣ ﻊ ﻓ ﺮق ﺻ ﻐ ﻴ ﺮ ﻓ ﻲ إﺿ ﺎﻓ ﺔ ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺧﺎص ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺠ ﺪﻳ ﺪة أو ﺣﺬف أﺧﺮ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة. واﻵن دﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮم ﺑ ﺈدﺧ ﺎل اﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻼت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﻟﻨﺎ Milling type: optimized Percentage stepover: 50% Tolerance: 0.1 Diameter of the tool: 8 Tool type: Endmill, Clearance: 5 Level of start: 0 Depth of cutting operation: 15 Cut Increment: 2
وآﻤﺎ ذآﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﺄن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺨ ﺸ ﻴ ﻦ ه ﻲ ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ ﺗﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﻐ ﺮض ﻣ ﻨ ﻬ ﺎ ه ﻮ إﻋ ﻄ ﺎء أﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ اﻟ ﻤ ﻼﻣ ﺢ اﻟ ﺘ ﻮﻟ ﻴ ﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ واﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ إن ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺪه ﺎ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ ﻟ ﺘ ﺴ ﻮﻳ ﻪ اﻷﺳ ﻄ ﺢ وﺗﻨﻌﻤ ﻬ ﺎ واﻟ ﻮﺻ ﻮل ﺑ ﺎﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ إﻟ ﻲ اﻟ ﺪﻗ ﻪ واﻟﺠﻮدة اﻟ ﻤ ﻄ ﻠ ﻮﺑ ﺔ, وﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺨﺸﻴﻦ هﻲ آ ﺒ ﺎﻗ ﻲ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ ﺗ ﺨ ﻀ ﻊ ﻟ ﻤ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ ﻞ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﻤ ﻜ ﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ان ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺘﺎن ﺗﺨﺸﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
40
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ وﻧﺘﺮك ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت آ ﻤ ﺎ ه ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﻪ وﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﻗﺒﻮل هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻼت ﻳ ﻄ ﻠ ﺐ ﻣﻨﺎ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ اﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻟﺬي ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ,ﻓﻨﺨﺘﺎر اﺣﺪي اﻟ ﺜ ﻘ ﺒ ﻴ ﻦ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺸﻐﻠ ﻪ ,ﺛ ﻢ ﻧ ﻜ ﺮر ﻧ ﻔ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﺮ
اﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ
وﻧ ﺘ ﺄآ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗ ﻴ ﻢ ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻼت ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟﺘﺨﺸﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻄﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻄ ﺢ اﻟ ﺜ ﻘ ﺐ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻟﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺸ ﻜ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ. ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﺣﺪي اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻠﺤﻆ إن اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺪ ﻗ ﺎم ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺎر أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ داﺧﻞ وﺧ ﺎرج
ﺷﺮح ﻣﺼﻮر
اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺑ ﻨ ﺎء ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎ زودﺗ ﻪ ﺑ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﻨ ﺠ ﺰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ واﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ. واﻵن ﺣﺎن اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻨﺘﺄآﺪ إن ﻣﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑ ﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ هﻮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻔ ﻌ ﻞ ﻣ ﺎ
اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻪ ذهﺎب وأﻳﺎب أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ داﺧﻞ وﺧﺎرج اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ اﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻘﻄﻊ
ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﺰ Milling type
اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻪ اﻟﻤﺌﻮﻳﻪ ﻟﺘﻘﺪم أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ Percentage stepover
ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺤﺴﺐ آﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ
اﻟﺴﻤﺎﺣﻴﻪ Tolerance
وهﻲ اﻗﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻩ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ان ﺗﺨﻄﻮهﺎ
ﺳﺮﻋﻪ ﺗﻘﺪم اداة اﻟﻘﻄﻊ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ اﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Feedrate
وﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺄﻧﺨﻔﺎض هﺬﻩ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ
ﺳﺮﻋﻪ دوران أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ Spindle speed
وهﻲ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﻪ اﻟﺪوراﻧﻴﻪ ﻻداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ وﺗﻘﺎس ﺑﻮﺣﺪات )دورة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﻪ (RPM
ﻗﻄﺮ أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ Diameter of the tool
وهﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ هﺎم ﺟﺪا ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻪ واﺣﺮف اﻟﺸﻐﻞ
ﻧﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ زواﻳﺎ دوران ﺣﺪ أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ Corner Radius of the tool
وهﻲ ﺗﺤﺪد زاوﻳﺔ دﺧﻮل أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ وزاوﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﻏﻠﻬﺎ اﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻪ أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ Tool type
وﺗﺘﻴﺢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻪ اداة اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺗﺎ
اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ اﻻﻣﻨﻪ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻻداﻩ اﻟﺤﺮآﺔ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ دون إن ﺗﺼﻄﺪم ﺑﺄي ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ Clearance
وﻳﺠﺐ إن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺪﻗﻪ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪوث ﺗﻬﺸﻢ ﻷداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ إﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﺮآﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ
اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮي اﻟﻤﻘﺎس ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ واﻟﺬي ﻳﺤﺪد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Level of start
وهﻲ ﺗﻘﺎس ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮي اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮي اﻷﺻﻞ وﺗﻨﺴﺐ إﻟﻴﻪ آﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎت
ﻋﻤﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ Depth of cutting operation
وﺗﻘﺎس ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ Level of Start
ﻧﺴﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ إﻟﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ Cut Increment
وﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻃﻮل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ أو اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدن اﻟﻘﺎﺳﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
41
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ,واﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﻄﻨﺎ ﻟ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ودﻗ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﻨ ﻔ ﻴ ﺬ ,أذن ﻓ ﻼﺑ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻴﺰ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﺎة اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ. وﻳﻤﻜﻨﺎ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟ ﺨ ﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻔﻘﺮة اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻘ ﺎط اﻟ ﺘ ﺎﻟ ﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺠﺪول.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﺎة, أﺣﺪاهﻤﺎ ﻳ ﻌ ﻄ ﻲ ﻧ ﺘ ﺎﺋ ﺞ ﻣ ﺒ ﺎﺷ ﺮﻩ ﻟ ﻤ ﺎ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ,واﻻﺧﺮي ﺗ ﻤ ﻜ ﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺸﺎهﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺎآﺎة ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻩ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﻩ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﺑ ﻴ ﺌ ﺔ ﻋ ﻤ ﻞ ﺛ ﻼﺛ ﻴ ﻪ اﻹﺑ ﻌ ﺎد ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻦ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎ وزاوﻳﺔ اﻟ ﺮؤﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟ ﻬ ﺎ وﻣﺪي ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮهﺎ.
اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﺎة ﻣ ﻦ أآ ﺜ ﺮ ﺧﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ EdgeCamاﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰة ﻟﻪ آﺄﺣﺪ ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ه ﻲ ﻣ ﻴ ﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﺎﻩ؛ واﻟﻤﺤﺎآﺎة هﻨﺎ ﺗ ﻌ ﻨ ﻲ إن ﻣ ﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣ ﻦ ﻧ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﻪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻤ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ وﻣﺎ ﻗﺎم اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ أﻓﻀ ﻞ ﻣﺴ ﺎر ﻷداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻨ ﻔ ﺬ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت ﺳﻮف ﻧﺮاﻩ اﻵن أﻣﺎم أﻋﻴﻨﻨ ﺎ ﻳ ﻨ ﻔ ﺬ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﻋ ﺮض ﺛ ﻼث اﻹﺑ ﻌ ﺎد ﺧ ﻄ ﻮﻩ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﻩ ﺣﻄ ﻲ ﻧ ﺘ ﻤ ﻜ ﻦ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺎﻳ ﻨ ﺔ واﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ واﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺎر أو ﺗﻐﻴﺮﻩ آﻠﻴﺘﺎ ,وهﺬا ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ ﺳﻮف ﻳ ﻮﻓ ﺮ آﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي آﺎن ﻳﺒﺬل ﺳ ﺎﺑ ﻘ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺎﻟ ﻪ ﺗ ﺘ ﺒ ﻊ أواﻣ ﺮ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﺴ ﻠ ﺴ ﻠ ﺔ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﻌ ﺘ ﺒ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اآ ﺒ ﺮ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺎت اﺳ ﺘ ﻨ ﻔ ﺎذا ﻟ ﻠ ﻮﻗ ﺖ وﺗ ﺘ ﻄ ﻠ ﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﻮد آﺒﻴﺮ.
ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﺎة ﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺗ ﻜ ﻤ ﻦ اﻷه ﻤ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﻜ ﺒ ﺮى ﻟ ﺨ ﺎﺻ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآ ﺎة ﻓ ﻲ آ ﻮن ﺑ ﻌ ﺾ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ أﻣﻜﺎﻧ ﻴ ﻪ ﺗ ﺘ ﺒ ﻊ ﻣﺴﺎر ﺣﻠﺰوﻧﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أي ﻧ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺷﻐﺎل وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻤ ﻜ ﻦ ﻣ ﻼﺣ ﻈ ﻪ هﺬا ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺎآﺎة ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌ ﺪﻳﻠ ﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻄﺒ ﻴ ﻖ ه ﺬا ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﻓ ﻌ ﻠ ﻲ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ. واﻵن وﺑﻌﺪ إن ﺗﻢ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺴﺎرات ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑ ﺔ واﻟ ﺘ ﺄآ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ آ ﻮﻧ ﻬ ﺎ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻢ آﻤﺎ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﻟ ﻬ ﺎ ,ﺣ ﺎن اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﻟ ﻴ ﺪ آ ﻮد اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪا ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻪ إﻟ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ .واﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﻤﺜﻞ هﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻌﺘ ﺒ ﺮ ﻣﻦ اﺑﺴﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إن ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻪ ,ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻮي اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ زر Generate Codeﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ آ ﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ هﻴﺌﻪ ﻣ ﻠ ﻒ ذو اﻻﻣ ﺘ ﺪاد .NCﺛ ﻢ ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻦ اﻻﻃ ﻼع ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻜ ﻮد ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل اﻟ ﺘ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﻒ ﺑ ﻔ ﺘ ﺤ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل إي ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮر ﻧﺼ ﻮص ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪي ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ Notepadاﻟﻤﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ﺑﺎل وﻳﻨ ﺪوز ,وﻳ ﺠ ﺐ ﻣ ﻼﺣ ﻈ ﻪ إن ﻣ ﻠ ﻒ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﻳ ﺠ ﺐ إﻻ ﻳﺤ ﺘ ﻮي إي ﻧ ﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ أو اآ ﻮاد ﺧ ﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﻪ اﻟﻨﺺ ,إي ﻳﺠﺐ إن ﻳﻜﻮن ﺧﺎﻟ ﻲ ﻣﻦ إي ﺗﻬﻴﺌﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﺺ اﻟﻜﻮد. وﺟ ﺪﻳ ﺮ ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺬآ ﺮ إن ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
EdgeCamﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻠﺤ ﻘ ﺎ ﺑ ﻪ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮر ﻧﺼﻮص ﻣﺘﻘﺪم ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺗ ﺤ ﺮﻳ ﺮ آﻮد اﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ,ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ ﻳ ﻤ ﻴ ﺰ اﻷواﻣ ﺮ ﺑﺄﻟﻮان ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ واﻹﺑ ﻌ ﺎد ﺑ ﺄﻟ ﻮان أﺧ ﺮي ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼ ﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ اﻟﻜﻮد. وأﻻن ﻳﺄﺗﻲ أهﻢ ﺳﺆال ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ إﻟﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴ ﺪ آ ﻮد اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ,وان آﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ اﻟﺼ ﺤ ﻴ ﺢ ه ﻮ ﻗ ﺒ ﻞ ﺗ ﻮﻟ ﻴ ﺪ اﻟﻜﻮد ,وﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻠ ﻪ ﺣ ﺘ ﻰ ﻳ ﺘ ﻌ ﺮف اﻟﻘﺎرئ واﻟﻤ ﺘ ﺎﺑ ﻊ أآ ﺜ ﺮ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺮﺣﻠ ﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴ ﺪ اﻟ ﻜ ﻮد وأﻳ ﻦ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﻮﻗ ﻌ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ. وﺗﺴﺎءﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ هﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ أﻧﺘ ﺎﺟ ﻪ ﻣﻦ آ ﻮد ﺗﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﻳ ﺘ ﻨ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻓ ﻌ ﻼ ﻣ ﻊ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺳﻮف ﻧﻘﻮم ﺑﺘ ﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ اﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ؟ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ ﺗﻢ اﻷﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻋ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎر -أﺛ ﻨ ﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺎﻋ ﻴ ﺔ- إﻣﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺎت ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ,وﺗﻢ اﻟﺘﺄآ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا إﺛ ﻨ ﺎء ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اﻟ ﻤ ﺤ ﺎآ ﺎة ,وﻟ ﻜ ﻦ ﻳ ﺒ ﻘ ﻲ ﺟ ﺰء آﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻲ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻣﺜﻞ أﻗﺼﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ أﻓ ﻘ ﻴ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺤﻮر Xﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ, أو أﻗﺼﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ رأﺳﻴﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎآﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﻬﺎ ,هﻞ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻟ ﻤ ﻨ ﺤ ﻨ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺪاﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ أم ﺗﻤﻠﻚ دﻋﻢ ﻟﻠﻤ ﻨ ﺤ ﻨ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎوﻳﺔ ...اﻟﺦ آﻤﺎ ذآﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﺗ ﻨ ﺎوﻟ ﻨ ﺎ ﻟ ﺒ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ EdgeCamﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮح أن ﻣ ﻦ ﺿ ﻤ ﻦ ﻣﻤﻴﺰاﺗﻪ آﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣ ﺞ ﺗﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﻴ ﺰﻩ ﺗ ﻮﻓ ﻴ ﺮ ﺗ ﻮﺻ ﻴ ﻒ ﺟﺎهﺰ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ أﻧﻮاع ﻣﺎآﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻦ إن ﺗﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺗﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ,وﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أﻳﻀﺎ أﻣﻜﺎﻧ ﻴ ﻪ ﺗ ﻌ ﺪﻳ ﻞ اﺣ ﺪي هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻔﺎت ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ اﻗ ﺮب ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن إﻟﻲ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺘﻚ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ أو اﻟ ﻘ ﺪﻳ ﻤ ﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺒﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﻨ ﻔ ﺴ ﻚ واﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ.
ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻳﻪ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻳﺘﺮآﺐ أﺳ ﺎﺳ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ آ ﻮد ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮف Gاﻟ ﻤ ﻤ ﻴ ﺰة ﻟ ﻪ )ﻳ ﻄ ﻠ ﻖ
42
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴ ﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺣ ﻴ ﺎن (G Codeوآ ﻮد أﺧﺮ ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺤ ﺮف اﻷول .M ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴ ﻪ ﺗﺤﺮآﺎت اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨ ﺔ) Gهﻲ اﺧ ﺘ ﺼ ﺎر ﻟ ﻜ ﻠ ﻤ ﻪ (Geomet ery ﺑ ﺎﺣ ﺘ ﻮاﺋ ﻪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ أواﻣ ﺮ اﻟ ﺤ ﺮآ ﺔ واﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ وﻧ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺎرات اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﺘ ﺨ ﺬه ﺎ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ إﺛ ﻨ ﺎء اﻟﺤﺮآﺔ ﺳﻮاء آﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ أو داﺋﺮﻳﺔ واﻹﺑﻌﺎد واﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎت اﻟﻤ ﻘ ﻄ ﻮﻋ ﺔ إﺛ ﻨ ﺎء اﻟﺤﺮآﺔ ,واﻟﺜﺎﻧ ﻲ ﻣﺴ ﺌ ﻮل ﻋ ﻦ أواﻣ ﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺳ ﻮي اﻟ ﺤ ﺮآ ﺔ ) M اﺧﺘﺼﺎر ﻟﻜ ﻠ ﻤ ﻪ ( Miscellaneous ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺒ ﺮﻳ ﺪ وﺗﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ أو إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺤﻮر دوران ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ. ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ اآﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ واﺟ ﻬ ﺖ ﻣﻄﻮري ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑ ﺎﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﺧ ﺎص وﻣﻄ ﻮري ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم ه ﻮ ﻣﺸ ﻜﻠ ﻪ ﻋﺪ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﻲ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ,ورﻏﻢ إن أول ﻇﻬﻮر ﻟﻜﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ آ ﺎن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺘﻴﻨﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷ ﺮآ ﻪ ) Electronic Industries (Allianceوﻇ ﻞ ﻳ ﺨ ﻀ ﻊ ﻟ ﻠ ﺘ ﻄ ﻮﻳ ﺮ ﺣ ﻄ ﻲ ﻣ ﻨ ﺘ ﺼ ﻒ اﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎت ,إﻻ إن اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﻋ ﻠ ﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ آﻮد ﻣﻮﺣ ﺪ ﻗ ﻴ ﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ هﺬا اﻟﺤ ﺪ ﻣ ﻤ ﺎ ﺣ ﺪا ﺑ ﻤ ﻄ ﻮري وﻣ ﻨ ﺘ ﺠ ﻲ ﺑ ﺮاﻣ ﺞ اﻟﺘﺼﻨ ﻴ ﻊ وﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ إﻟﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ آﻼ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ اﻧ ﻔ ﺮادي ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ آﻮد ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘ ﺠ ﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت ,ﻓﺘﻌﺪدت اﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺎﻳ ﻴ ﺮ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ اﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﻣ ﺖ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻴ ﺎﻏ ﺔ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻜ ﻮد وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺎهﺖ آﻞ ﻣﺤﺎوﻻت ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ أو
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
CodeWizardواﻟﺬي ﺳﻮف ﻳﻤ ﻜ ﻨ ﺎ ﻣﻦ أﻧﺘﺎج آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺘ ﻨ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻮﺻﻴ ﻒ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺘ ﻨ ﺎ ﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﺞ ﺗﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ اﻟ ﻜ ﻮد وﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻤ ﺔ ﺗﺼﺪﻳ ﺮﻩ إﻟ ﻲ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ EdgeCam ﻟ ﻴ ﺨ ﺮج ﻟ ﻨ ﺎ آ ﻮد ﻳ ﺘ ﻨ ﺎﺳ ﺐ وﻗ ﺪرات ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺘﻨﺎ. أﻳ ﻘ ﻮﻧ ﻪ اﻟ ﺒ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ اﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ CodeWizard
اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻒ اﻷﻗﺮب ﻟﻠﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ إﻧ ﺘ ﺎج ﺻ ﻴ ﻐ ﻪ ﻣ ﻌ ﻴ ﺎرﻩ واﺣ ﺪﻩ ﻟ ﻜ ﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ,اﺣﺪي ﺗﻠﻚ ﻣﺤﺎوﻻت اﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻗﺪ اﺗﺒﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺸﺮآﺎت ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗ ﺎﻣ ﺖ ﺑ ﺘ ﺘ ﺒ ﻊ آ ﻮد ﺷ ﺮآ ﻪ ) (Fanucوﻟ ﻜ ﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ آﻮد ﺷﺮآ ﻪ ) (Fanucﻧ ﻔ ﺴ ﻪ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻈﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ وﺗﻌﺪد وﺗﻨﻮع ﻣﻤﺎ اﻓﺸﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺤﺎوﻟﺔ أﻳﻀﺎ!
ﻗ ﻢ ﺑ ﻔ ﺘ ﺢ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ CodeWizard اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺛ ﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺮوع ﺟﺪﻳﺪ وﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺔ أﺧ ﺘ ﺮ ) G e n e r t i c I S O G -C o d e (Metricوﺗ ﺄآ ﺪ اﻧ ﻚ ﻗ ﺪ اﺧ ﺘ ﺮت ) (Millوذﻟ ﻚ ﻟ ﺤ ﺼ ﺮ اﻟ ﻌ ﺮض ﻓ ﻘ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﺪﻋ ﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﻔ ﺮﻳ ﺰ ,وﻗ ﺪ ﻗ ﻤ ﻨ ﺎ ﺑ ﺎﺧ ﺘ ﻴ ﺎر اﻻﺧ ﺘ ﻴ ﺎر اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑ ﻖ-آ ﻤ ﺎ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﻮﺿ ﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻷﻧ ﻪ اﻗ ﺮب ﺗ ﻮﺻ ﻴ ﻒ ﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳ ﺰ ﻋ ﺎﻣ ﻪ ذات إﻣ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺎت ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻐﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ. ﻻﺣﻆ اﻧﻚ ﻟ ﻦ ﺗ ﻠ ﺠ ﺄ إﻟ ﻲ اﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ CodeWizardإﻻ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ إذا آﺎن ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ EdgeCam ﻻ ﻳ ﺪﻋ ﻢ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺘ ﻚ أو ﻻ ﻳ ﺪﻋ ﻢ اﻹﺻ ﺪار اﻟ ﺬي ﺗ ﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ إﻧﺘﺎج ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺘﻚ ,أو ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺎﻟ ﻪ إذا آﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻗ ﻤ ﺖ ﺑ ﺒ ﻨ ﺎء ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺘ ﻚ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ. ﻳﻘﻮدﻧﺎ اﻻﺧﺘﻴ ﺎر اﻟﺴ ﺎﺑ ﻖ إﻟ ﻲ ﻧ ﺎﻓ ﺬة ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﻤﺲ ﺧﻄﻮات أﺳﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ أﺗ ﻤ ﺎﻣ ﻬ ﺎ ﻟ ﻜ ﻲ ﺗ ﻘ ﻮم ﺑ ﻜ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘ ﻮﺻ ﻴ ﻒ ﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺘ ﻚ آ ﻤ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ,وﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺼﻬﺎ آﺎﻷﺗﻲ
ﺧﻤﺲ ﺧﻄﻮات ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻒ وﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﻤ ﺸ ﻜ ﻠ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪم ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ EdgeCamﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ ﺻ ﻐ ﻴ ﺮ ﻳ ﺄﺗ ﻲ ﻣ ﻠ ﺤ ﻘ ﺎ ﺑ ﻪ وﻳ ﺪﻋ ﻲ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
M a c h i n e .1 ........Parameterﻟ ﻠ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت وﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ . . . . . . . . . . Format Table .2 ﺟﺪول اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﻜﻮد .........NC style .3ﻟ ﻠ ﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ
43
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ C o d e C o n s t r u c t o r s .4 .........ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻜﻮد وآﻴﻔﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ .......اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ M-Functions اﻷواﻣﺮ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻮد ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻠ ﺨ ﻤ ﺲ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮات اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ذآﺮهﻢ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ إدﺧﺎل وﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ اﻷﺗﻲ .1اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﻮي اﻻﺑ ﺘ ﺪاﺋ ﻲ ﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ Initial Plan .2اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﻮي اﻟ ﺬي ﻳﺴ ﻤ ﺢ ﻓ ﻴ ﻪ ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺤ ﺮآ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ آﺸ ﻠ ﻞ داﺋ ﺮي Arc Plans .3أﻗﺼﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﻪ ﻳﺴ ﻤ ﺢ ﻟ ﻠ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﺮك ﺑ ﻬ ﺎ ﺧ ﺎرج ﻧ ﻄ ﺎق اﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ Max Rapid Rate .4أﻗﺼﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﻪ ﻳﺴ ﻤ ﺢ ﻟ ﻠ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﺮك ﺑ ﻬ ﺎ داﺧ ﻞ ﻧ ﻄ ﺎق اﻟﺸ ﻐﻠ ﻪ Max Feed Rate .5هﻞ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﺮك ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺴﺎر ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻹﺑﻌﺎد ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺤ ﺮك ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ 3D Rapid .6ﻋ ﺪد ﺣ ﻮاﻣ ﻞ أدوات اﻟ ﻘ ﻄ ﻊ Turret .7أﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻪ اﺳﺘ ﺨ ﺪام أآ ﺜ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ أداة ﻗﻄﻊ إﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻟ ﻤ ﻜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﻪ ﺗ ﺒ ﺪﻳ ﻞ اﻷدوات Tool Changer .8ﻧ ﻘ ﻄ ﻪ اﻷﺻ ﻞ ﻟ ﻸداة Tool Home .9اﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ اﻻداﻩ Tool Changer Dwell .10اﻟﺴ ﺮﻋ ﺎت اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺎﺣ ﺔ ﻟﺼ ﻨ ﺪوق ﺗﺮوس دوران أداﻩ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ Spindle Gear .11اﻟ ﺮﻣ ﺰ أو اﻟ ﺤ ﺮف اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﻷواﻣﺮ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ G Code .12اﻟ ﺮﻣ ﺰ أو اﻟ ﺤ ﺮف اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﻟﻸواﻣﺮ أﻟﻌﺎﻣﻪ M Code .13اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ أﻃﻼق ﺳﺎﺋ ﻞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺒ ﺮﻳ ﺪ واﺗ ﺠ ﺎﻩ دوران أداﻩ اﻟ ﻘ ﻄ ﻊ Program Defaults ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Circular Interpolationاﻟﺪاﺋﺮﻳﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
وﺗﻌﺪد اﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻼت وﺗ ﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻋ ﻦ 100 ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ وﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻨﺎ أهﻤﻬﺎ هﻨ ﺎ وﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ. واﻵن وﺑﻌﺪ إن ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴ ﻒ ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﺞ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴ ﻊ ﻳ ﺒ ﻘ ﻲ إن ﻧ ﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﻣ ﺮ Compileﻣ ﻦ ﻗ ﺎﺋ ﻤ ﺔ Fileﻟ ﻴ ﺘ ﻢ ﺗﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮﻩ إﻟ ﻲ ﺑ ﺮﻧ ﺎﻣ ﺞ EdgaCamﻟﻨﺠﺪﻩ ﻗ ﺪ ﻇ ﻬ ﺮ ﺿ ﻤ ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌ ﺮﺿ ﻨ ﺎ ﻟ ﻬ ﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻩ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﻨ ﻴ ﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ رﺳﻢ اﻟﺸﻐﻠﻪ. ﻧﻘﻮم اﻵن ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴ ﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗ ﻐ ﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﺞ اﻟ ﺘ ﺼ ﺪﻳ ﺮ Post Processorوﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺟﺎهﺰا ﻟ ﻴ ﺼ ﺪر إﻟﻲ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ اﻟ ﺮﻗ ﻤ ﻲ .وﺟ ﺪﻳ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬآﺮ إن آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟ ﺨ ﺎص ﺑ ﻤ ﺎ ﻋﺮﺿﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺜ ﺎل ﻗ ﺪ ﺗ ﻌ ﺪي 3420 ﺳﻄﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻻآﻮاد ﻓﻲ ﺣ ﺎﻟ ﻪ اﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺟ ﺎه ﺰ دون إدﺧ ﺎل أي ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼت ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ,ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ اﻧ ﻪ ﻳ ﺨ ﺘ ﺼ ﺮ إﻟﻲ 200ﺳﻄﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ إن ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧ ﺎل اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼت واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻨ ﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮف ﺗ ﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. وهﺬا ﻣﺜﺎل ﻟﻜﻮد ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ وﺷﺮح ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ G00, G01 rapid movement, Linear Interpolation (cutting (in a straight line G96, G97 Constant surface speed, Constant Spindle speed G50 Maximum spindle speed G95, G94 Feed mm per revolution, feed mm/min M03, M04, M05 Spindle CW, Spindle CCW, Spindle Stop M08, M09 Coolant/lubricant On, Coolant/lubricant Off
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
M02 Program Stop M30 Program end, rewind M98 Subprogram call M99 Subprogram end M00, M01 Program stop, optional stop F Feed S Spindle Speed Direction Co-ordinantes X, Y, Z, A, B, C, U, V, W وﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻬ ﺎﻳ ﺔ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻌ ﺮض ﻳ ﺠ ﺐ أن ﻧﻮﺿﺢ أن آﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ اﻟﺬي ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ اﺣﺪي اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺎت ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ راﺋ ﻊ ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗ ﺪﻣ ﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ أﺧ ﺮي ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣ ﻌ ﻬ ﺎ! ,ﻓ ﻴ ﺠ ﺐ اﺧ ﺬ اﻟ ﺤ ﻴ ﻄ ﺔ واﻟﺤﺬر ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ آﻮد ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻲ ﺟ ﺪﻳ ﺪ وﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮﻩ إﻟﻲ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺘﻚ.
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
44
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﺣﺮﺻﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﻓﻲ آﻞ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ أﻋﺪادهﺎ ،ﺑ ﺸﺮآﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠ ﺎل ﻗﻄ ﺎع اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ و اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳ ﺔ ،ﻓﺈﻧﻬ ﺎ أﻓ ﺮدت ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪدهﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻷول اﻟﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻋ ﻦ أول ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ،ﻋﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻘﻄ ﺎع اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ ،ﺿ ﻤﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ،و ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟﻌ ﺪد ﺳ ﻨﺘﻨﺎول ﺷﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴﺎ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ أآﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼ ﺼﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ ﺗ ﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺸﺮاﺋﺢ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ إﺳﻨﺎد ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘ ﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻟ ﺸﺮآﺎت ﻣﺘﺨﺼ ﺼﺔ ،وه ﻲ اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟ ﺴﻮق ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ ﺷ ﺮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﻄ ﻖ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ (core )logic chipsetsﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺴﻮق وﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت x86ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﻀﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ وﺗﻘﻨﻴ ﺎت ﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻄ ﻮرة واﻟﻮﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻤﺘﻌ ﺪدة واﻟ ﺸﺒﻜﺎت واﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ واﻟﺤﻠ ﻮل اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰز اﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎر ﻓﻲ أﺳ ﻮاق أﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ. رؤﻳﺔ اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ: ﺗ ﺴﻌﻰ ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ ﻧ ﺸﺮ ﻣﻔﻬ ﻮم اﻟﺘﺄﻟ ﻖ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻠﻬﺐ اﻟﺨﻴﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺰج ﺑﻴ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ وذآﺎء اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟ ﺬي ﻳﻠﻬﻢ اﻟﺸﺮآﺎء ﻹﻧﺘ ﺎج اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺬآﻴﺔ ذات اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﺤ ﺪدة اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘ ﺴﻢ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺬآﺎء ﺑ ﻞ أﻳ ﻀﺎ ﺑﻘﺪرﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻮﻓ ﻴﺮ أآ ﺜﺮ اﻟﺘﺠ ﺎرب اﻟﺤ ﺴﻴﺔ ﺛ ﺮاء وﺗ ﺴﻬﻴﻞ أآ ﺜﺮ اﻻﺳ ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺒﺘﻜﺮة ﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﺗﺮآ ﺰ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺬآﺎء اﻟﺘﻘﻨ ﻲ واﻟﺘﻔﻮق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣ ﻦ أﺟ ﻞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﺔ واﺳﻌﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻄ ﻮرة وﺣﻠ ﻮل اﻷﻧﻈﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺒﺘﻜ ﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘ ﻮي ﻋﻠ ﻰ آ ﻞ ﻣﺰاﻳ ﺎ اﻟﻮﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻤﺘﻌ ﺪدة .وﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ ﻣ ﺸﺎهﺪة ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت اﻟﺸﺮآﺎء ،وﻳﺘﻮاﻓ ﺮ اﻟﻌﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻷﺳﻮاق أو ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ.
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
VIA
ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﺷﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴﺎVia: -2ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت Via: ﺗﻘ ﺪم ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻗ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت ﻣﻨﺨﻔ ﻀﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ ﻷﺳ ﻮاق اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠ ﺔ واﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺸﺨ ﺼﻴﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت x86.ﺗ ﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﻠﻴﻌ ﺔ ﻣﺮﺣﻠ ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪة ﻣ ﻦ اﻹﺑ ﺪاع ﻓﻲ أﺳﻮاق اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ واﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟ ﺔ واﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴ ﺔ اﻻﺳ ﺘﻬﻼآﻴﺔ، وذﻟ ﻚ ﻋﻠ ﻰ أﺳ ﺎس أﺣﺠﺎﻣﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐ ﺔ اﻟ ﺼﻐﺮ وﺗﺮﺷ ﻴﺪهﺎ ﻻﺳ ﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ وﺗﻮاﻓﻘﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻊ ﺑﺎﻗ ﺔ واﺳ ﻌﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻮﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ ﺔ ذات اﻟﻤﺰاﻳ ﺎ اﻟﺮاﺋﻌ ﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴﺎ . ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ﻓﻴﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺲ ﻋ ﺎﺋﻼت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﺣ ﺴﺐ ﻣﻌ ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﺳ ﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ واﻷداء اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺘﺮاوح ﺑﻴ ﻦ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺪون ﻣ ﺮاوح ﺗﺒﺮﻳ ﺪ وﺗﺮﺷﻴﺪ اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳ ﺔ .ﺗ ﻀﻢ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌ ﺎﺋﻼت اﻟﺨﻤ ﺴﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت ﻓﺌ ﺔ ® VIA C7و C7®-Dو VIA )C7®-Mﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟ ﺔ( و VIA CoreFusion Lukeو )Markﺑ ﺪون ﻣ ﺮاوح ﺗﺒﺮﻳ ﺪ( و) ™VIA Edenﺑ ﺪون ﻣ ﺮاوح ﺗﺒﺮﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻊ ﺗﺤﻜ ﻢ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺴﺮﻋﺔ( ﺒﺎت و )VIA C3™-Mﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ( و VIA C3™.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ ،ﺗﺘﻮﻓ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﻓﻲ أﻏﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﻼف ﻣ ﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺷ ﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻜ ﺮات اﻟﻤُﺤ ﺴﻨﺔ )(EGBA وﻏﻼف nanoBGAاﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ،اﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳ ﺴﺎﻋﺪان ﺷ ﺮآﺎت اﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ أﺟﻬﺰة وﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ رﻗﻤﻴ ﺔ ﺻ ﻐﻴﺮة اﻟﺤﺠ ﻢ وذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﻔ ﻀﻞ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪات اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ -3اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎت اﻷم ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﺎ: ﺗ ﻢ ﺗ ﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺎت اﻷم ﻣ ﻦ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺳ ﺎت ﺻ ﻐﻴﺮة ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺗ ﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﺒﺘﻜﺮة ،ﻓﻘﺪ وﺻ ﻠﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺳ ﺎت اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺎت اﻷم ﻣ ﻦ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﺣﺠ ﻢ Mini-ITXإﻟ ﻰ 17ﺳ ﻢ × 17ﺳ ﻢ أﻣﺎ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺎت اﻷم ﺣﺠ ﻢ Nano-ITX ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺑﺤﺠﻢ 12ﺳﻢ × 12ﺳ ﻢ، وﺗﺘﻮﻓ ﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺎت اﻷم ﺣﺠ ﻢ Pico- ITXﺑﺄﺑﻌ ﺎد ﺿ ﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺗ ﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻰ 10ﺳ ﻢ × 7.2ﺳ ﻢ .ﺗﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺎت اﻷم ﻣ ﻦ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺒﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ ، X86وﺗﺘ ﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣ ﺔ آﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮاﺋﺢ ورﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺴﻠﻴﻜﻮن ،ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ ﻓﻴ ﺎ اﻟﻤﺪﻣ ﺞ وﺷﺮﻳﺤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻄ ﻖ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﻄ ﻮرة ﻟﻠﻮﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴ ﺔ وﺑﺎﻗ ﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ رﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ وﺧﻴ ﺎرات اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳ ﻦ واﻟﻮﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻤﺘﻌ ﺪدة ،وه ﻲ ﺟﻤﻴ ًﻌ ﺎ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﻧﻈ ﻢ اﻟﺘ ﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟ ﺴﺎﺋﺪة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺴﻮق .ﻃﺮﺣﺖ ﺷﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺔ اﻷم ﺗﺤ ﺖ ﻓﺌ ﺔ
45
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ VIA EPIAاﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗ ﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻤ ﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮة واﻷداء اﻟﻤﺘﻴ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﻮي واﻟﻌﻤ ﺮ اﻟﻄﻮﻳ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ،وﺗﺤ ﺖ ﻓﺌ ﺔ VIA VBاﻷﻗ ﻞ ﺳ ﻌﺮًا واﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻤ ﻊ ﺑﻴ ﻦ اﻷداء اﻟﺠﻴ ﺪ واﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔ ،ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﻳ ﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ إﻧﺘ ﺎج ﺣﺎﺳ ﺒﺎت ذات ﻗﻴﻤ ﺔ وﺳ ﻌﺮ
اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة ،ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻣﺤ ﻮﻻت ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓ ﺬ 18و 24و 26ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت اﻟﺠﻴﺠ ﺎ ﺑ ﻪ ﺗﺘﻤ ﻴﺰ رﻗﺎﺋ ﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ Gigabit Ethernet ﻣ ﻦ ﻓﺌ ﺔ ™ VIA Velocityﺑ ﺄداء ﻗ ﻮي ﻣﺘﻄ ﻮر ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻮرة ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت ﺷﺪﻳﺪة اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ.
ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻴﻦ.
ﺣﻠﻮل ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻋﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت ﺑﻄﺎﻗ ﺎت اﻟ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ VIA Rhineرﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗ ﺎت وﺻ ﻼت اﻟ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ NICﻓﺌ ﺔ Fast Ethernetﺑ ﺴﺮﻋﺔ 100/1000 ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻧﺎﻗﻞ PCI.
ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔ اﻟ ﺼﻮت VIA Vinyl Audio ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﺤﺔ اﻟ ﺼﻮت VIA Vinyl Audioإﻟ ﻰ ﺑﺎﻗ ﺔ ﺷ ﺮاﺋﺢ اﻟ ﺼﻮت اﻟﺸﻬﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ إﻧﺘ ﺎج ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ،وﺗﺘﻤﻴ ﺰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﺮاﺋﺢ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻘ ﺎء ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺼﻮت وأﻓ ﻀﻞ اﻟﻤﺰاﻳ ﺎ واﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻮق .ﻇﻠﺖ ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﺑﻌ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻋ ﺮش ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ اﻟ ﺼﻮت ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺒﺎت اﻟﺸﺨ ﺼﻴﺔ وذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﺎﺑﺘﻜﺎره ﺎ ﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺪﻗﺔ 24ﺑﺖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻻت أﺧﺬ اﻟﻌﻴﻨ ﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻰ 96/192آﻴﻠﻮهﻴﺮﺗ ﺰ، وآﺎﻧ ﺖ أول ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺪم ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎ ﻳﺪﻋ ﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات. اﻟﺤﻠ ﻮل اﻟﻼﺳ ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﺑﻨﺸﺎط آﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ أﺣ ﺪث اﻟﺤﻠ ﻮل اﻟﻼﺳ ﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑ ﺪءا ﻣ ﻦ ﺣﻠ ﻮل اﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗ ﻮث وﺣ ﺘﻰ أﺣ ﺪث ﺷ ﺮاﺋﺢ ورﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ. اﻟﻤﺤ ﻮﻻت )اﻟ ﺴﻮﻳﺘﺶ( ﺗ ﺴﺘﻬﺪف ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ رﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﻤﺤ ﻮﻻت ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت اﻟ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺴﻮﻳﺘ ﺸﺎت ذات اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓ ﺬ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮة ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺆﺳ ﺴﺎت
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺣﻠﻮل PHY ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻋﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت VIA Tahoe ﻣ ﻦ ﺣﻠ ﻮل وﺣﻴ ﺪة اﻟﺮﻗﺎﻗ ﺔ ﻣ ﺰودة ﺑﻮﺻ ﻠﺔ اﻻﺳ ﺘﻘﺒﺎل واﻹرﺳ ﺎل Transceiver Interfaceواﻟﻄﺒﻘ ﺔ
اﻟﻤﺎدﻳ ﺔ Fast Ethernet Physical Layerﺑ ﺴﺮﻋﺔ 10/1000ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑ ﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
أﺟﻬﺰة ﻓﻴﺎ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺗﺘﻜ ﻮن أﺟﻬ ﺰة ﻓﻴ ﺎ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻓﺌ ﺔ VIA Vectroﻣ ﻦ رﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴ ﺔ ورﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ USB 2.0ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬ ﺎز اﻟﻤ ﻀﻴﻒ ،وﻓﺌ ﺔ VIA Fireﻣ ﻦ رﻗﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ IEEE 1394اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ Firewireواﻟﺸﺮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ VIA Serial ATA RAIDاﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺠﻴ ﻞ اﻟﺠﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴ ﺮ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت وﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺄﻋﻠﻰ أداء ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘ ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ورﻗﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ VIA Super I/Oﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ. ﻣ ﻦ إﺣ ﺪى اﻟ ﺴﻤﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ ﻟ ﺸﺮاﺋﺢ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻤﺘﻄ ﻮرة ﻓ ﻲ إدارة اﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼك ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺟﻤﻴ ﻊ ﻣﺮاﺣ ﻞ اﻟﺘ ﺸﻐﻴﻞ ،ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﻳ ﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ أﻋﻠ ﻰ آﻔ ﺎءة ﺣ ﺘﻰ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﻨ ﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻳﺘﻌ ﺬر ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ .ﺗﻌ ﺪ رﻗﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ VIA Vectro أوﻟ ﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت USB 2.0ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﺷ ﻬﺎدة اﻋﺘﻤ ﺎد اﻟﻄﺎﻗ ﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔ ﻀﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻨﺘ ﺪى ﻣﻄﻮريUSB. ﻧﻈ ﺎم VIA C7-Mﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة ﻗﻄﻌ ﺖ ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ ﻋ ﺪة ﺧﻄ ﻮات واﺳ ﻌﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻮاﺟﻬ ﺔ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،وذﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت x86اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻼﺋ ﻢ ﺑﺎﻗ ﺔ آﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ وﺟﺪﻳ ﺪة ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟ ﺔ .وﺗﺘﺠ ﺴﺪ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺠﻬ ﻮد ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠ ﺎت VIA C7®-Mاﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺪوء أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ دون ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣ ﺮارة أو ﺳ ﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﺘﻮﻓ ﻴﺮ اﻟﻔﺎﺋ ﻖ ﻓ ﻲ اﺳ ﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑ ﺎء .ﺗ ﻢ ﺗ ﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ VIA C7-M ULVﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺳ ﺎس ﻟﻴﺤﻘ ﻖ أدا ًء ﻓﺎﺋﻘ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣﻴ ﺚ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ. ﺧﺘﺎﻣ َﺎ : .ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﺎ أآ ﺴﺐ ﺷ ﺮآﺔ ﻓﻴ ﺎ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺮﻳ ﺎدةة ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠ ﺎل ﻋ ﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻷﺟﻬ ﺰة اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة اﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔ ﺔ ه ﻮ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺘﻨ ﻮع اﻟﻘ ﻮي ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠ ﺎت ذات اﻟﺘ ﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﻔﺮﻳ ﺪة واﻟﺮؤﻳ ﺔ اﻟﺤﻜﻴﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺬآﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺒﻐ ﻲ أن ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
46
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس أﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﻬﻴﺎر ﺑ ﺪأت اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑ ﺄول ﻣ ﺴﺠﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻩ اﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻮرة وهﻮ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻮل ﺻﻠﻰ اﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ وﺳ ﻠﻢ ، وآﺎن اﻟﻤﺴﺠﺪ ﺑ ﺴﻴﻄﺎ وه ﻮ ﻋﺒ ﺎرة ﻋ ﻦ ﻣ ﺴﺎﺣﺔ آﺒ ﻴﺮة ﻣ ﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ اﻟ ﺸﻜﻞ ﺗ ﻢ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻬ ﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺴﻒ اﻟﻨﺨﻴ ﻞ دون اﻟﺘﻄ ﺮق إﻟﻰ أي أﺷﻜﺎل أو زﺧﺎرف ﻣﻌﻤﺎرﻳﺔ . وﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ آﺎن هﻨﺎك اﻟﻌﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎس ﻗ ﺪ اﻋﺘﻨﻘ ﻮا اﻟ ﺪﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﻨﻴ ﻒ ، ﻓﻤﻨﻬ ﻢ ﻣ ﻦ آ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺠﺰﻳ ﺮة اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ وﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ آ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﻼد اﻟ ﺸﺎم وﻣﻨﻬ ﻢ ﻣﻦ آﺎن ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ،وهﻨ ﺎ ﺑ ﺪأ اﻟﻨ ﺎس اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺒ ﺎدئ اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﺎرة ) اﻟﺤﺸﻤﺔ – اﻟﻄﻬﺎرة ( وﺑ ﺪأوا ﺑﺘ ﺸﻜﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻟ ﺘﻲ آ ﺎﻧﻮا ﻳﻨﺘﻤ ﻮن إﻟﻴﻬ ﺎ ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﻟ ﻀﻮاﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎرﻳ ﺔ اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻈﻬ ﺮ ﻟ ﺪﻳﻨﺎ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ .
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻣﻘﺎﻻت ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﻟﻤﺔ وﻣ ﻊ ﻣ ﺮور اﻟ ﺰﻣﻦ وزﻳ ﺎدة رﻗﻌ ﺔ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ اﺗﺨﺬت ﺎرة اﻟﻌﻤ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ أﺷ ﻜﺎﻻ ﻋﺪﻳﺪة ارﺗﺒﻄﺖ ﺑﻌﺪة أﻣﻮر أﺛﺮت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﺎرة اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ : ﻓﺘﻮﺣ ﺎت اﻹﺳ ﻼم ﻓ ﻲ ﺑ ﻼد ﻣﺘﺤﻀﺮة ﺷﺮﻗًﺎ وﻏﺮﺑًﺎ واﺗ ﺴﺎع ﻧﻄ ﺎق اﻹﻣﺒﺮاﻃﻮرﻳﺔ اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻬﻨﺪ إﻟﻰ اﻷﻧﺪﻟﺲ . اﻟﺒﻮاﻋ ﺚ اﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴ ﺔ واﻟﻨﻈ ﻢ اﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ واﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ واﻟﺘ ﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ أوﺟ ﺪهﺎ اﻹﺳ ﻼم ،وﻣﻔﻬ ﻮم آ ﻞ ﺷﻌﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ . ﻓﻨ ﻮن اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻲ اﺳ ﺘﻮﻃﻨﺖ أﻃ ﺮاف اﻟﺠﺰﻳ ﺮة وﻣﺠﺎورﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻟﻸﻣ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﻤﺪﻳﻨ ﺔ ،وﺗﺄﺛﻴ ﺮ ﻓﻨﻮن هﺬﻩ اﻷﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻨﻮن اﻟﻌﻤﺎرة . ﻇﻬ ﻮر اﻟﻄ ﺮاز اﻟﻤﻌﻤ ﺎري اﻷول ﻓﻲ ﺳﻮرﻳﺎ ،ﺣﻴﺚ أﻗﺎم اﻷﻣﻮﻳ ﻮن دوﻟﺘﻬﻢ ،ﻓﺘﺄﺛﺮت ﻋﻤﺎرﺗ ﻪ ﺑﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻟﻔ ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺰﻧﻄﻲ. ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻃﻮﻟ ﻮن ﻣ ﻦ أﺳ ﺎﻟﻴﺐ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة إﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﺼﺮ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ اﻟﺪوﻟﺔ اﻟﻄﻮﻟﻮﻧﻴﺔ. اﻻﻗﺘﺒ ﺎس ﻣ ﻦ ﻓﻨ ﻮن اﻷﻣ ﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ أﺻ ﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﺤ ﺖ ﺣﻜ ﻢ اﻟﻌ ﺮب ﻣ ﻊ ﺻ ﺒﻐﻬﺎ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺮوح اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ وﺑﻘ ﺎء ﺻﺒﻐﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺎ ،واﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟ ﺼﻨﺎع ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ اﻟﺒ ﻼد وﺗ ﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻬ ﺎرﺗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻔﻨﻮن اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ. اﻧﺘ ﺸﺎر اﻟﻮﻋ ﻲ اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﺮﺑ ﻲ ﻋ ﺒﺮ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺄﺳ ﺮﻩ ﺑ ﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺬهﻠﺔ أﺛﺎرت اﻟﺪهﺸﺔ.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺗﻌ ﺪد ﻣ ﻮاد اﻟﺒﻨ ﺎء وأﻧﻮاﻋﻬ ﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ . اﺧﺘ ﻼف اﻟﻄﻘ ﺲ واﻟﻤﻨ ﺎخ ،ﺑﺤﻴ ﺚ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻣﻌﺘ ﺪﻻ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺳ ﻮاﺣﻞ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺮ اﻷﺑﻴ ﺾ ،ﻏﺰﻳ ﺮ اﻷﻣﻄ ﺎر ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺸﺘﺎء ،ﺷ ﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺤ ﺮارة وﻣﺸﻤﺴًﺎ ،وﻳﻜﻮن هﻨﺎك أﻣﻄﺎر ﻧ ﺎدرة ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌﻈ ﻢ أﻧﺤ ﺎء اﻟﺒﻠ ﺪان اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ، أﻣﻄ ﺎر ﻏﺰﻳ ﺮة وﺛﻠ ﺞ ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﻧ ﺪﻟﺲ، وﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺠﺒﻠﻴﺔ . اﻻﻣ ﺘﺰاج ﺑﻴ ﻦ اﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓ ﺔ اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ واﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋ ﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑ ﻼد ﻓﺎرس . أﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ زﻣﺎﻧﻨ ﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﺿ ﺮ وﻓ ﻲ ﻋ ﺼﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﺔ ،ﺑﺪأت اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺗ ﺼﺒﺢ ﺷ ﻴﺌﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿ ﻲ ،وأﺻ ﺒﺤﻨﺎ ﻻﻧﺮاه ﺎ إﻻ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤ ﺴﺎﺟﺪ واﻟﻘﻠﻴ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺎزل ..وه ﺬا ﻟﻌ ﺪة أﺳ ﺒﺎب وأهﻤﻬ ﺎ ﻇﻬ ﻮر ﻓﺌ ﺔ ﻣﻌﺎدﻳ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻜ ﺮ اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻲ واﻋﺘﺒ ﺎرﻩ ﺷ ﻲء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﺿ ﻲ وﻳﺠ ﺐ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ،وﻣ ﻦ هﻨ ﺎ ﻧ ﺸﺄت ﻓﺮﻗﺘ ﺎن واﺣ ﺪة ﺗﻌ ﺎدي اﻟﻔﻜ ﺮ اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻲ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻄﻠ ﻖ وأﺧ ﺮى ﺗﺘﻤ ﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤ ﻀﺎرة اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻣ ﻊ رﻓ ﻀﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﻄ ﻮر واﻟﺘﺄﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ،وﻣﻦ هﻨﺎ أﺻ ﺒﺢ آ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﻳﺮﻳ ﺪ أن ﻳﻄ ﻮر أو ﻳﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﻌ ﺎدى ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﻨﺘﻘﺪ ،وهﺬا ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻹهﻤ ﺎل اﻟ ﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻤ ﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤ ﻀﺎرﺗﻬﻢ
47
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ وﺻ ﻒ ﺷ ﻌﻮرﻩ ﺣﻴ ﻦ ﻃ ﺎﻟﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻠﻮﺣ ﺎت ﻟﻨﻤ ﺎذج ﻣ ﻦ ﻓ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ" :وﺟﺪﺗﻨﻲ أﻧﻔﺬ إﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﺤﺮ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﺘ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ
اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻳﺤ ﺎول اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮﻳﻦ أن ﻳ ﺪﻓﻨﻮهﺎ ، واﻋﺘﺒ ﺎر اﻟﺤ ﻀﺎرة اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺷ ﻲء ﺛﺎﺑ ﺖ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟ ﺰﻣﻦ ه ﻮ أﻳ ﻀﺎ ﻳ ﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ دﻓﻨﻬ ﺎ ،ﻓﺎﻟﺤ ﻀﺎرة اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ أﺛﺒﺘﺖ وﺟﻮدهﺎ ﻓﻲ آﻞ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ وﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣ ﺪى 1400ﻋ ﺎم وﺣ ﺘﻰ إﻟ ﻰ اﻵن ﻧ ﺮى ﻧﻤ ﺎذج ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻄﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺿ ﺮ ﻟﺘ ﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮر هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻀﺎرة اﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ . وأﺧﺘﻢ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﺒﺬة اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻘ ﻮل ﺷ ﻴﺦ اﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎرﻳﻴ ﻦ اﻟﺮاﺣﻞ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﻲ -رﺣﻤ ﻪ اﷲ -ﻓ ﻲ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻣ ﺸﺎرف ﺷ ﺮق ﺁﺳ ﻴﺎ ﺣ ﺘﻰ أﻃ ﺮاف ﻏ ﺮب اﻟ ﺸﻤﺎل اﻷﻓﺮﻳﻘ ﻲ ،أﺗﻨﻘ ﻞ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﺁﺛﺎر ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﺪان ،وﻳﺴﻜﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ دﻓﻘﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرع واﻹﻣﺘ ﺎع، ﻻ أﺗﻮﻗﻒ أﻣ ﺎم ﺗﺤﻔ ﺔ ﺗﺘﻤ ﺎوج ﺟﺎذﺑﻴﺘﻬ ﺎ ﺣ ﺘﻰ أﺟ ﺪ ﺻ ﻮﺗﺎ أﻟﻴﻔ ﺎ ﻳﻜ ﺸﻒ ﻟ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ هﻤ ﺲ ﺷ ﺎﻋﺮي وادﻋ ﺎ أﺳ ﺮار ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺠﺎذﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺪﻓﻴﻨﺔ".
اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻊ : اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ...اﻷﺻ ﺎﻟﺔواﻹﺑ ﺪاع واﻟﺤ ﻀﺎرة -د .ﻧﺒﻴ ﻞ ﺪ ﻲ ﻣﺤﻤ ﻓﻮﻟ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎرة اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺻ ﻮرة ﻣ ﻦﻗﺮﻳﺐ -ﻫﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﻣﻮﻗ ﻊ إﺳ ﻼم اون ﻻﻳ ﻦwww.islamonline.net ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺨﻴﺮﻳﺔ اﻹﺳ ﻼﻣﻴﺔاﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ www.iico.net
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
48
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻤﻬﻨﺩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻁﻊ
ﻻﺷﻚ ﺑﺄن هﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻋﺪﻳﺪة ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ أﺳﻌﺎر اﻟﻮﻗﻮد ،وﻗﺪ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أﺧﺘﻼﻓ ًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻌﺮ وﻗﻮد اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ وﻗﻮد واﺣﺪة ، ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺴﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻷوآﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮد ،ﻟﻜﻦ هﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺛﻤﺔ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﺁﺧﺮي هﺎﻣﺔ أﻳﻀ ًﺎ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ دورًا هﺎﻣ ًﺎ وأﺳﺎﺳﻴ ًﺎ ﻓﻲ أﺳﻌﺎر اﻟﻮﻗﻮد ﺳﻮا ًء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ اﻟﺨﺎم أم ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ ،ﻓﻤﺎ هﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ؟ وﻣﺎﻟﺪور اﻟﺬي ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ أﺳﻌﺎر اﻟﻮﻗﻮد ؟ وآﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻧﺤﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﻮﻗﻮد ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ ؟ أن اﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم ﻳﺤﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻮاع ﻋﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام وهﻮ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺘﻪ اﻟﺨﺎم، ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻐﺎز اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻪ وﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺰع اﻟﻤﺎء واﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻞ واﻟﻄﻴﻦ واﻷﻣﻼح وذﻟﻚ ﻓﻮر اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج اﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻵﺑﺎر وﻳﺘﻢ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪات ﺧﺎﺻﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﻘﻮل اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ وﺗﺴﻤﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادﻳﺔ ، وﺑﻌﺪهﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ اﻟﻨﻔﻂ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ وﺣﺪات ﻣﺘﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ اﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮدﺗﻪ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎت وﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﺮًا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن واﻷﺣﻴﺎء اﻷﺧﺮى ، ﻟﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪهﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮد اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم واﻟﺬي ﺑﺎت ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺼﺐ اﻟﺤﻴﺎة اﻟﺤﻀﺎرﻳﺔ وﻣﺼﺪر أﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺘﻄﻮر اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ واﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ وﺗﻘﺪم اﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ.
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
وﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﻋﺮض ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ أهﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ وهﻲ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﻬﺪروﺟﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ،ﻓﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ هﻲ ﻣﻦ أوﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﺮاﺋﻖ اﻟﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ إﻣﺮارهﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻦ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺿﻐﻮط ودرﺟﺎت ﺣﺮارة ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ وهﺪﻓﻬﺎ أو ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻪ واﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﻐﺮض . ﺳﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ : ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﺗﺠﺎهﻴﻦ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ : اﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻷول :اﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ،واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ ،ﻓﺎﻟﺨﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ آﻤﺎ ذآﺮﻧﺎ ﺗﺤﻮي ﺷﻮاﺋﺐ وﻣﺮآﺒﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ أهﻤﻬﺎ اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ واﻵزوت واﻷوآﺴﺠﻴﻦ واﻟﻬﺎﻟﻮﺟﻴﻨﺎت ،وآﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺂآ ً ﻼ ﻋﻦ ﻼ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدن ﻓﻀ ً أﺿﺮار ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﻠﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ واﻷﺣﻴﺎء ،آﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﻮي اﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻢ اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻓﻠﺰات ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﺎهﻢ ﻓﻲ أﺣﺪاث ﺗﺴﻤﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﻄﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ . ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ آﺒﺮﻳﺖ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻦ واﻟﺬي ﺗﺘﻢ أزاﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﺮق ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة وذﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﺈذا آﺎﻧﺖ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮدا اﻟﻜﺎوﻳﺔ أﻣﺎ إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪهﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻮاﺋﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻣﺘﺼﺎص ﻏﺎز آﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺪ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻦ . آﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم أﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ ﺑﺘﺨﻠﻴﺺ اﻟﻮﻗﻮد ﻣﻦ اﻵزوت ﻋﺒﺮ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ إﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﺎدر وآﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺨﻠﺺ اﻟﻮﻗﻮد ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮآﺒﺎت اﻷوآﺴﺠﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﺨﺮﻳﺒﻬﺎ وﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺎء وﻓﺤﻮم هﻴﺪروآﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺔ .وﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﺺ اﻟﻨﻔﻂ ﻣﻦ أهﻢ اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮدﺗﻪ آﻮﻗﻮد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام . اﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ :ﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ))اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ (( أو ))اﻟﺘﻜﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻦ (( وﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﺜﻘﻴﻠﺔ واﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺎت اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ،واﻟﻬﺪف ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ هﻮ ﺗﺤﻄﻴﻢ رواﺑﻂ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروآﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ درﺟﺎت ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ وأﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﻬﺎ
49
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺎت واﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﻲ آﺎﻟﺘﻴﻮﻓﻦ ،وﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﻔﻜﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ آﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻔﺼﺎل اﻟﺘﻴﻮﻓﻦ اﻟﻔﺤﻢ وﺗﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻦ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروآﺮﺑﻮﻧﻲ اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻖ ،وﻧﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﺿﻐﻂ هﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻟﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ هﻴﺮوآﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﺸﺒﻌﺔ ،اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺬي ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ اي ﻳﻌﻄﻲ وﻗﻮد أآﺜﺮ ﺛﺒﺎﺗًﺎ وأﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮدة وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ذات درﺟﺎت ﻏﻠﻴﺎن ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ .
2RH + 2H2S
ﻟﻘﺪ أوﻟﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ اهﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ آﺒﻴﺮًا ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻬﺎ اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ وإﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺰاﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺣﺪاﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻬﺎ إرﺑﺎﺣﺎ أآﺒﺮ وﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ذات ﺟﻮدة أﻋﻠﻰ وﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ أن ﺣﺪدت ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺪول ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮهﺎ ﻼ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻮﻳﻖ ،وﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮد ﻟﻴﻜﻮن ﻗﺎﺑ ً ﺳﻨﺖ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﻬﺬا اﻟﺸﺄن ﺗﺤﺪد ﻧﺴﺐ اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﻮد وﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﺒﺐ اآﺒﺮ ﺿﺮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ واﻹﻧﺴﺎن . وﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻟﺖ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ اهﺘﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﺧﺎﺻًﺎ وﺗﻄﻮرت ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ اﻟﺴﻨﻮات اﻷﺧﻴﺮة ﺗﻄﻮرًا آﺒﻴﺮًا ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻏﺎز اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺠًﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺎً رﺧﻴﺼًﺎ وﻧﻈﺮًا ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎق ﺗﺠﺎري واﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ . إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ : ﺳﻨﺴﺘﻌﺮض
آﻴﻔﻴﺔ
إزاﻟﺔ
وﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮآﺒﺎت اﻟﻌﻀﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺎء هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت وﺗﻜﻮن ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ذآﺮﻧﺎهﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ : CH3CH2CH2CH3 + H2S
ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺔ
هﻴﺪروآﺮﺑﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻦ . وﻣﺮآﺒﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﺘﻮاﺟﺪ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻔﻂ ،وأﺑﺴﻄﻬﺎ هﻲ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺘﺎﻧﺎت ، RSHوﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﻮل اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺘﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة إﻟﻰ آﺒﺮﻳﺖ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻦ H2Sوﻓﺤﻢ RHوذﻟﻚ هﻴﺪروآﺮﺑﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
RH+H2S
وآﺒﺮﻳﺖ
RSH+ H2
واﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮآﺒﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺔ هﻮ اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺪات ،وﺗﺘﻢ هﺪرﺟﺔ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت وﻓﻖ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ :
أهﻢ
اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ اﻟﻨﻔﻄﻴﺔ واﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ RH+RSH ،وذﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ أهﻤﻴﺔ RH + H2S
RSH + H2
إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ
وﻣﺒﺪأ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻊ Cﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﻀﻢ اﻟﺮاﺑﻄﺔ S اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻦ إﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ اﻟﺮاﺑﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
+ H2 S
RSR+H2
وأوﻟﻮﻳﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ .
H2
2RSH
H2
RSSR
وﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻮاﺟﺪ ﻣﺮآﺒﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ آﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺪات ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ أﻳﻀًﺎ RSSR وﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬﺎ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ردهﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺘﺎﻧﺎت وﻓﻖ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ : وﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻮاﺟﺪ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
> ﺗﻴﻮﻓﻨﺎت > اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺪات اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺪات اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ > اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺘﺎﻧﺎت ﺧﺘﺎﻣ ًﺎ: ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻘﻮل ﺑﺄن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ واﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ آﺎﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت واﻟﻨﺘﺮوﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺔ واﻷوآﺴﺠﻴﻨﻴﺔ واﻟﻬﺎﻟﻮﺟﻴﻨﻴﺔ وذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ أﺟﺰاء ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻄﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻘﻄﺮة ، اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺪﻋﻮ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ اﻟﻀﻮء أآﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ،واﻟﺪﻋﻮة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺠﺎد ﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ وﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ اﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ أداء اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ آﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ أو إﻳﺠﺎد ﺣﻔﺎرات ﺗﺴﺎهﻢ ﻓﻲ أآﻤﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺮ وﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﻬﺪرﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ .
50
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺴﺘﺎﺫ .ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﺩﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭ
web
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ
ﻣﻊ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻇﻬﺮت ﺑﺮاﻣ ﺞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ) web (applicationوهﻲ ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰود أو ﻣﺨﺪم ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑ ﺮﻣ ﺠ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻳﺐ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ،وﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼل اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺢ ،ﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﻤ ﻴ ﺰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت أن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ ﺗ ﺜ ﺒ ﻴ ﺘ ﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺟ ﻬ ﺎزﻩ ،وﺳ ﻴ ﺤ ﺼ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم داﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻧﺴ ﺨ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺘ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻖ ﻓ ﻼ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﺮﻗ ﻴ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒ ﺔ ﻟ ﻪ ،آ ﺬﻟ ﻚ ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻦ اﻟ ﻮﺻ ﻮل ﻟ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل أﻧﻈ ﻤ ﺔ ﺗﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ ﻣ ﺨ ﺘ ﻠ ﻔ ﺔ، وﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻠ ﺒ ﻴ ﺎﺗ ﻬ ﺎ أﻧ ﻬ ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ آ ﺎﻓ ﻲ، ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺰود ﻳﺮﺳﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﺼ ﻔ ﺢ ﺛ ﻢ ﻳ ﻨ ﻘ ﻄ ﻊ اﻻﺗﺼ ﺎل ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ اﻟ ﻤ ﺰود واﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺢ ﺣ ﺘ ﻰ ﻳ ﻘ ﻮم اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐ ﻂ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ زر ﻣ ﺎ أو راﺑ ﻂ ،ﻋ ﻨ ﺪ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳ ﺮﺳ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻩ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟ ﻤ ﺰود اﻟ ﺬي ﺑ ﺪورﻩ ﻳﺮﺳ ﻞ ﺻ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ ﺟ ﺪﻳ ﺪة إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ،وه ﻜ ﺬا ﺗ ﺘ ﻜ ﺮر هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ.
ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺮوف أن ﻇ ﻬ ﻮر اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻗﺪ اﺣﺪث ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻧ ﻮﻋ ﻴ ﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﻬﻮم ﺗﺒﺎدل اﻟﻤﻌ ﻠ ﻮﻣ ﺎت واﻟ ﺤ ﺼ ﻮل ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ , وﺗ ﻄ ﻮرت ﻣ ﻌ ﻬ ﺎ ﻃ ﺮق اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻃﺮق اﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ,واﻟﺬي ﻳ ﻬ ﻤ ﻨ ﺎ هﻨ ﺎ ه ﻲ ﺗ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻟ ﻮﻳ ﺐ . Application Webﺑ ﻤ ﻘ ﺎرﻧ ﻪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟ ﻌ ﺎدﻳ ﺔ او ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ اﻟ ﻤ ﻜ ﺘ ﺐ , Desktop Application ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﻄﻴ ﺌ ﺔ وﻟ ﻴ ﺴ ﺖ ﺑ ﻤ ﺮوﻧ ﺔ وروﻋ ﺔ ﺗ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ .وﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺮﻏ ﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ذﻟ ﻚ أﺣ ﺐ اﻟ ﻨ ﺎس "وﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ" ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺑ ﻄ ﺮق ﺷ ﺘ ﻰ , ﻓ ﻬ ﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟ ﻬ ﺎ ﻳﺴ ﺘ ﻄ ﻴ ﻌ ﻮا اﻟ ﺤ ﺼ ﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت "وذﻟﻚ ﺑ ﻮاﺳ ﻄ ﺔ اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺢ ﻓﻘﻂ" ﻣ ﻦ آ ﻞ ﻣ ﻜ ﺎن , وﻳﻌﺒ ﺮون ﻋ ﻦ ﺁراﺋ ﻬ ﻢ وأﻓﻜﺎرهﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ . ﻇﻬﺮت ﺗﻘﻨ ﻴ ﺎت ﺟ ﺪﻳ ﺪة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺴ ﻨ ﻮات اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ،وﺣﺎول اﻟﺒﻌﺾ اﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪاﻣ ﻬ ﺎ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻟﺘﺤﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ،ﻓﻈﻬﺮت اﻟﺠﺎﻓﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮآ ﺔ ﺻﻦ وآﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﻨ ﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻼش ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺮآ ﺔ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻣﻴﺪﻳﺎ ،و ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎً اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﺪﻻﻟﻲ ) ( Symantec Webإﻻ أن ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑ ﻌ ﺾ اﻟﺴ ﻠ ﺒ ﻴ ﺎت، ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗ ﺘ ﻮﻓ ﺮ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺘ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺎت ﻟ ﺒ ﻌ ﺾ أﻧ ﻈ ﻤ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ وﻗ ﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺴ ﺘ ﻄ ﻴ ﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﺗ ﺜ ﺒ ﻴ ﺘ ﻬ ﺎ ﻷﺳ ﺒ ﺎب ﻋ ﺪﻳ ﺪة. هﻨﺎ ﻳ ﺄﺗ ﻲ دور أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ ..ﻣ ﺎذا ﻳ ﻌ ﻨ ﻲ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ أﺟﺎآﺲ؟ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ ) (Ajaxﻟ ﻴ ﺴ ﺖ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ آﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻦ اﻟ ﺒ ﻌ ﺾ و إﻧ ﻤ ﺎ هﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ ذاﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻞ ه ﻮ ﻣﺼ ﻄ ﻠ ﺢ اﺑﺘﻜﺮﻩ ﺟﻴﺲ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﺟﺎرﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘ ﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان أﺟﺎآﺲ :اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻄﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ، ﺳﺘﺠﺪ رواﺑﻂ ﺣﻮل هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻧﺸﺮهﺎ ﻣﻦ هﻨﺎ : http:www.adaptivepat h.com/team/jjg.php http:www.adaptivepat h.com/publications/ e s s a y s achives/000385.php ﺎ: ﻬ ﻔ ﺮﻳ ﻌ ﺗ AJAXاﺧ ﺘ ﺼ ﺎر ﻟ ﻌ ﺒ ﺎرة A s y n c h r o n o u s JavaScript and XML وﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: HTML .1أو XHTMLو CSSﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت : JavaScript .2و
51
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ (Document Object Model)DOMﻟﻌﺮض واﻟ ﺘ ﻔ ﺎﻋ ﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل JavaScript
اﻟ ﺘ ﻘ ﻠ ﻴ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﺣ ﺎﻻت اﻟ ﻌ ﻮدة إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﺮ و إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ .. ي ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ وﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ أ ٍ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺬآﻮرة ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ
: ﻦ ﺎﺋ .3آ XMLHttpRequestﻟ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎدل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ اﻟ ﻤ ﺰود او اﻟﺨﺎدم. ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ XMLوهﻲ ﺟﺰء اﺧ ﺘ ﻴ ﺎري ﻟ ﻦ ﻧﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ. اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ: هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم آ ﻮﺳ ﻴ ﻠ ﺔ ﻣﺴ ﺎﻋ ﺪة ﻓﻲ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺗﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻟ ﻮﻳ ﺐ اﻟ ﺘ ﻔ ﺎﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻧﻘﻮم ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟ ﺤ ﺎﺟ ﺔ ﻹرﺳ ﺎل أو ﺟﻠﺐ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت و ﻋ ﺮﺿ ﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺪون إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﺪﻳ ﺪ ,ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ اﻧ ﻪ ﺑ ﻮاﺳ ﻄ ﺘ ﻬ ﺎ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ
• Explorer Internet • Fire Fox • Opera وﻏﻴﺮهﺎ. آﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟـ : AJAX ﻟ ﺘ ﻮﺿ ﻴ ﺢ ﻣ ﻔ ﻬ ﻮم ﻋ ﻤ ﻞ اﻻﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ , ﺳﻮف ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﺘﻘﻠ ﻴ ﺪﻳ ﺔ و ﺗ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻟ ﻮﻳ ﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺟﺎآﺲ .
ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ : -2ﺗ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻟ ﻮﻳ ﺐ اﻟ ﻘ ﺎﺋ ﻤ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ اﻻﺟﺎآﺲ :
ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﺘﻘ ﻠ ﻴ ﺪﻳ ﺔ ,ﺗ ﻜ ﻮن اﻏﻠﺐ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣ ﺘ ﻤ ﺜﻠ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ إرﺳﺎل ﻃﻠ ﺒ ﺎت إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺴ ﻴ ﺮﻓ ﺮ ,ﻳ ﻘ ﻮم
ﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠ ﻴ ﺔ ﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ اآ ﺒ ﺮ , دﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺜ ﺎل ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻮاﻗ ﻊ :وه ﻮ أﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ ﺔ List
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺴ ﻴ ﺮﻓ ﺮ ﺑ ﻤ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﺠ ﺔ اﻟ ﻄ ﻠ ﺒ ﺎت , واﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ ﺎت ﺛ ﻢ إرﺳ ﺎﻟ ﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻮرﻩ HTMLإﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺢ اﻟﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم وﺑ ﺎﻟ ﺘ ﺎﻟ ﻲ ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺚ آ ﺎﻣ ﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟ ﻤ ﻮﺟ ﻮدة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺢ . ﺗﻮﺟﺪ هﻨﺎك ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﻪ ه ﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ آ ﻞ هﺬﻩ "اﻟﻘﺼﺔ" ,وهﻲ : أﺛ ﻨ ﺎء ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﺠ ﺔ اﻟﺴ ﻴ ﺮﻓ ﺮ ﻟ ﻄ ﻠ ﺒ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ,ﻣﺎ اﻟﺬي ﻳ ﻘ ﻮم اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﺑ ﻌ ﻤﻠ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻮﻗ ﺖ ؟ ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﻄ ﺒ ﻊ , اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر و اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﻖ ﺑ ﻤ ﺆﺷ ﺮ اﻟ ﻤ ﺎوس اﻟﺬي ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺷ ﻜ ﻞ ﺳ ﺎﻋ ﺔ رﻣ ﻠ ﻴ ﻪ ,أو ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﻪ ,ﺗﺸ ﻐ ﻴ ﻞ ﻧﺴ ﺨ ﻪ أﺧ ﺮى ﻣ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺢ ,وﺗﺼ ﻔ ﺢ ﻣ ﻮﻗ ﻊ اﻟ ﺠ ﺰﻳ ﺮة ﻣ ﺜ ﻼ .و ﺑ ﺎﻷﺧ ﺺ ذوي اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺒﻄﻲء Dial Up ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ اﻻﺟﺎآﺲ ,ﻓﺄن اﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺨﺘ ﻠ ﻒ .ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ أن اﻟﻄﻠ ﺒ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ إرﺳ ﺎﻟ ﻬ ﺎ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﺮ هﻲ اﻟﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج إﻟ ﻰ ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺚ ﻓ ﻘ ﻂ ,وﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ذﻟ ﻚ ﺑ ﻮاﺳ ﻄ ﺔ ﻣﺤﺮك اﻻﺟﺎآﺲ Engine AJAX وهﻮ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ آﻮد JavaScript ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﺗ ﺤ ﻤ ﻴﻠ ﻪ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ,وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﺟﻪ إﻟ ﻰ إﻋﺎدة ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳ ﺚ آ ﻞ اﻟﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ ,ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻮاﺻﻠﻪ اﻟﻌ ﻤ ﻞ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤ ﺔ ,ﺑ ﻴ ﻨ ﻤ ﺎ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ إرﺳ ﺎل اﻟ ﻄ ﻠ ﺐ وﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻘ ﻂ و ﺑﺴ ﺮﻋ ﺔ آ ﺒ ﻴ ﺮة ﻣ ﻘ ﺎرﻧ ﺔ ﻣ ﻊ اﻷﺳﻠﻮب اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ.
اﻷﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻔ ﺎﻋ ﻞ اﻟﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ,ﻓ ﻲ آ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴ ﺪﻳ ﺔ ,وﺗ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻟ ﻮﻳ ﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺟﺎآﺲ :
52
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
. ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮض إن ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ وﻳﺐ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﻓ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ ﻋ ﺮض ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮض إﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء ,وأﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻳ ﻮﺟ ﺪ ﻣ ﺮﺑ ﻊ ﻧ ﺺ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟ ﻪ أﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ .ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻤ ﻔ ﺘ ﺮض اﻧ ﻪ ﻋ ﻨ ﺪﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻀ ﻐ ﻂ اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم زر "إﺿ ﺎﻓ ﺔ" ,ﻓ ﺄﻧ ﻪ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟ ﺠ ﺪﻳ ﺪة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﺮ ,وذﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒﻴ ﺎﻧ ﺎت ,وﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻔ ﺲ اﻟ ﻮﻗ ﺖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻔﺤ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة . ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳ ﺐ اﻟ ﺘ ﻘ ﻠ ﻴ ﺪﻳ ﺔ ,ﺗ ﺘ ﻢ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺴ ﻴ ﺮﻓ ﺮ , ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﻤﻠ ﻴ ﻪ ﻣ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﺠ ﺔ ﻟ ﻬ ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت )ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺒ ﻴ ﺎﻧ ﺎت ﻼ( ,وﻣﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﻳﺴ ﺘ ﺠ ﻴ ﺐ اﻟﺴ ﻴ ﺮﻓ ﺮ ﻣﺜ ً ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗ ﺎﺋ ﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﻌ ﺪ ﻟ ﻪ ,ﺑ ﺤ ﻴ ﺚ ﺗ ﻜ ﻮن ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﻪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﻌ ﻨ ﺼ ﺮ اﻟ ﺬي ﺗ ﻤ ﺖ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ .ﻧﻼﺣﻆ اﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻘ ﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ إﺿﺎﻋ ﺔ ﻟ ﻠ ﻤ ﺼ ﺎدر واﻟ ﻮﻗ ﺖ , ﺣﻴﺚ اﻧﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻆ ان اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺠ ﺪﻳ ﺪة اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ اﻋ ﺎده ﺎ اﻟﺴ ﻴ ﺮﻓ ﺮ ه ﻲ ﻧ ﻔ ﺲ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ,ﻣ ﻊ ﻓ ﺮق اﻟ ﺘ ﻌ ﺪﻳ ﻞ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ,وهﺬا اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﻳ ﻌ ﺘ ﺒ ﺮ ﻣﺸ ﻜﻠ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﺎﻟ ﻪ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ذات اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮى اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺜ ﻞ ﻼ ,ﺣﻴﺚ اﻧ ﻪ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﺻﻮر وﻓﻼﺷﺎت ﻣﺜ ً إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ آﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻣ ﻊ ﺗ ﻌ ﺪﻳ ﻞ ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ .. ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﻪ اﻻﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ ,ﻓ ﺈﻧ ﻬ ﺎ ﺗ ﻘ ﺪم إﺟ ﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺆال اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ " :آﻴ ﻒ ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻨ ﻨ ﻲ ان اﻋ ﺪل اﻟ ﺠ ﺰء اﻟ ﻤ ﺮاد ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ اﺿﻄﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻋﺎدﻩ ﺗ ﺤ ﻤ ﻴ ﻠ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ؟ " .ذﻟ ﻚ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﺑﺎن ﺗﻘﻮم ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻻﺟﺎآ ﺲ ﺑ ﺈرﺳ ﺎل اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬ ﺎ اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ "ﺑﺤ ﻴ ﺚ ﻻﻳﺸ ﻌ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨ ﺪم ,ﺣ ﻴ ﺚ ﻳ ﺘ ﻢ ﻓ ﺘ ﺢ إﺗﺼ ﺎل ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﺮ " ,وﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﺗ ﻌ ﺪﻳ ﻞ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻤﺮاد ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ ,وﻟ ﻜ ﻦ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
هﺬا اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم "ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺳﻜﺮﺑﺘﺎت ﻳﺸ ﻐ ﻠ ﻬ ﺎ اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺢ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ " .ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ,اﻧ ﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓ ﻴ ﺮ آ ﺜ ﻴ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدر اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻻن آﻤﻴﻪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺎدﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻪ )ﺣﻴﺚ اﻧﻪ ﻻ داﻋﻲ اﻵن أن ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﺮ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة إرﺳ ﺎل آ ﺎﻣ ﻞ اﻟﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ( ,وأﻳﻀًﺎ اﻟ ﻮﻗ ﺖ ,وﺳ ﻮف ﺗﺼ ﺒ ﺢ اﻟﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ ,أآ ﺜ ﺮ اﺳ ﺘ ﺠ ﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم و ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓ ﻲ ﺟ ﺰء ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ..... هﺬا و ﻳﺠﺪر ﺑﺎﻟﺬآﺮ أن اﻟ ﺘ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ أﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻘﺪ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟﺸ ﻲء ,
ﺧﺼ ﻮﺻ ُﺎ ﻓ ﻲ آ ﺘ ﺎﺑ ﻪ اﻟﺴ ﻜ ﺮﺑ ﺘ ﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟـ , Javascriptﻟ ﺬﻟ ﻚ ﻗﺎم اﻟﻤﻄﻮرﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣ ﻜ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎت ﺗﺴ ﻬ ﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ : DWR : http:www.getahead.lt d.uk/dwr/ Sajax: http:www.modernmethod.co m/sajax/ Ajax.NET: http:ajax.schwarzinteractive.de csharpsample/ default.aspx و أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻻﺟﺎآ ﺲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﻨ ﺼ ﻪ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
اﻟ ﺪوت ﻧ ﺖ ﻗ ﺎﻣ ﺖ ﻣ ﺎﻳ ﻜ ﺮوﺳ ﻮﻓ ﺖ ﺑﺘﻀﻤﻴﻦ دﻋﻢ اﻻﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﻨ ﺼ ﺔ اﻟﺪوت ﻧ ﺖ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﻌ ﺮف ﺑـ , Atlasﻟﻤﻌ ﻠ ﻮﻣ ﺎت ﻋ ﻨ ﻪ ,ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ هﺬا اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ http://www.asp.net/ ?default.aspx tabindex=9&tabid=47 ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺘ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺎت ﻹﻧﺸ ﺎء ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت وﻳﺐ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻮر أن ﻣﺼ ﻄ ﻠ ﺢ أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ ﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﻈ ﻬ ﺮ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻮد ،آﻢ هﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﺐ أن أﺗﺤ ﺪث ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم آﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺎت ،ﻓ ﻠ ﻢ ﻻ ﻧﺨﺘﺼﺮهﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ واﺣ ﺪ؟ ه ﺬا ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺟﻴﺲ ،واﻧﺘﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ذﻟ ﻚ وﺑﺸ ﻜ ﻞ ﺳ ﺮﻳ ﻊ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﻤ ﻮاﻗ ﻊ واﻟﻤﻨ ﺘ ﺪﻳ ﺎت ،وﻳ ﻜ ﻔ ﻲ أن ﺗ ﺰور ﻗﺴ ﻢ أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ )http://del.icio.us/ (tag/ajaxﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﻮﻗ ﻊ del.icio.usﻟﺘﺮى ﻣﺌﺎت اﻟ ﺮواﺑ ﻂ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺪث ﻋﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ. ﻣﺎ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻴﺰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت أﺟﺎآﺲ؟ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨ ﺪم ﺗ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺎت ﻼ أﺟﺎآﺲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ أآﺜﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻋ ً ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم وﺗﻀ ﻴ ﻖ اﻟ ﻔ ﺠ ﻮة ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ واﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﻲ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ ﻲ ﺟ ﻬ ﺎزﻩ ،وﻟ ﻨ ﺄﺧ ﺬ ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ. ﻣﺜﺎ ً ﺧ ﺪﻣ ﺔ ﺗ ﺎدا ﻟﺴ ﺘ ﺲ )http:// ( /w w w . t a d a l i s t . c o m ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت أﺟﺎآﺲ ،اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ وﻳﺐ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ وﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ ،ﺗﺴﺘﻄ ﻴ ﻊ إﻧﺸ ﺎء ﻋﺸ ﺮة ﻗ ﻮاﺋ ﻢ آﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ وﻓﻲ آﻞ ﻗ ﺎﺋ ﻤ ﺔ ﺗﺴ ﺘ ﻄ ﻴ ﻊ ﻼ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺪد ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ،ﻓﻤﺜ ً ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﺮﻳ ﺪ إﻧﺠﺎزهﺎ ،أو ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎت أو ﻗ ﺎﺋ ﻤ ﺔ ﻣﺸﺎرﻳﻊ ،وهﻨﺎك أﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪة )http://tadalist.com/ (lists/public/1605ﺗﺒﻴ ﻦ آ ﻴ ﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
53
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
اﻟﺨﺪﻣ ﺔ ﺳ ﻬ ﻠ ﺔ اﻻﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام ،إذا ﻗ ﻤ ﺖ ﻻ أن ﺗ ﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓ ﻴ ﻬ ﺎ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻚ أو ً ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ،ﺛﻢ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ،ﻟﻮ آﺎﻧﺖ اﻟ ﺨ ﺪﻣ ﺔ ﺗ ﻌ ﺘ ﻤ ﺪ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ اﻷﺳﻠﻮب اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪي ﻟﺘ ﻄ ﻮﻳ ﺮ ﺗ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺳﺘﻜﻮن ﺑﻄﻴﺌ ﺔ ،ﻓ ﻠ ﻜ ﻲ ﺗﻀ ﻴ ﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻓ ﻲ ﻗ ﺎﺋ ﻤ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻋ ﻠ ﻴ ﻚ أن ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺘ ﻈ ﻬ ﺮ ﻟ ﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻹﺿ ﺎﻓ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ،ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت ﺛﻢ ﺗﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻴ ﺮﺳ ﻞ اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺢ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺰود وﺗ ﻈ ﻬ ﺮ ﻟ ﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ وﻗﺪ أﺿ ﻴ ﻒ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة. ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﻣ ﺨ ﺘ ﻠ ﻒ ،ﻗ ﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ،ﺛﻢ أﺿ ﻒ اﻟ ﻨ ﻘ ﺎط ،إذا أدﺧﻠﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺴﺘﺮاهﺎ ﻣ ﺒ ﺎﺷ ﺮة وﻗ ﺪ أﺿﻴﻔﺖ إﻟﻰ اﻟ ﻘ ﺎﺋ ﻤ ﺔ دون أن ﻳ ﺤ ﺘ ﺎج اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ إﻟﻰ إﻇ ﻬ ﺎر ﺻ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ ﺟ ﺪﻳ ﺪة ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ،اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔ ﺢ ﻳ ﻘ ﻮم ﺑ ﺘ ﻐ ﻴ ﻴ ﺮ ﺟ ﺰء ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﻨ ﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻟﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺔ ﺛ ﺎﺑ ﺖ ﻻ ﻳ ﺘ ﻐ ﻴ ﺮ ،ﻳ ﻤ ﻜ ﻨ ﻚ ﻣﺸ ﺎه ﺪة ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻌ ﺮض )http:// www.tadalist.com/ (theaterﻟﺘﻔﻬﻢ آﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺘﺨ ﺪم ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت أﺟﺎآﺲ.. ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎت اﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ ﻟ ﺘ ﻄ ﻮﻳ ﺮ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت! • اﻟ ﻨ ﻘ ﻄ ﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻰ :ﻣ ﻌ ﻈ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﺗ ﺪﻋ ﻢ ﺗ ﻘ ﻨ ﻴ ﺎت أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ، ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ه ﻨ ﺎك ﻧﺴ ﺒ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻨ ﺎس ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﺣ ﺪﻳ ﺜ ﺔ ﻟﺴ ﺒ ﺐ أو ﻵﺧﺮ ،ﻓﺎﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻣ ﺜ ﻼً اﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام ﻣ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺎت ﻧﺼ ﻴ ﺔ ﻻ ﺗ ﺪﻋ ﻢ اﻟﺠﺎﻓﺎﺳﻜﺮﺑﺖ ،واﻟﺒ ﻌ ﺾ ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﻣ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺎً ﺣ ﺪﻳ ﺜ ًﺎ ﻟ ﻜ ﻨ ﻪ ﻳ ﻠ ﻐ ﻲ دﻋ ﻢ اﻟﺠﺎﻓ ﺎﺳ ﻜ ﺮﺑ ﺖ ﻷﺳ ﺒ ﺎب أﻣ ﻨ ﻴ ﺔ ،وﻗ ﺪ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻳﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم اﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺺ ه ﺎﺗ ﻔ ﻪ اﻟ ﻨ ﻘ ﺎل أو ﺣﺎﺳﻮﺑﻪ اﻟﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ واﻟﻜﺜﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﺟ ﻬ ﺰة ﻻ ﺗ ﺪﻋ ﻢ اﻟﺠﺎﻓﺎﺳﻜﺮﺑﺖ ،آﺬﻟﻚ ذوي اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن أﺟﻬﺰة وﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺠﺎﻓﺎﺳﻜﺮﺑﺖ ،وﺗﻘﻨﻴ ﺎت أﺟﺎآﺲ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻔﻴﺪة ﻟ ﻬ ﺆﻻء ،ﻟ ﺬﻟ ﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ﻄ ﻮري ﺗ ﻄ ﺒ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎت اﻟ ﻮﻳ ﺐ أن ﻳﻮﻓﺮوا وﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺆﻻء. اﻟ ﻨ ﻘ ﻄ ﺔ اﻟ ﺜ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺔ :ﺗ ﺘ ﻌ ﻠ ﻖ ﺑ ﺪﻋ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎت ،ﻓﻠﻴﺲ آﻞ اﻟ ﻤ ﺘ ﺼ ﻔ ﺤ ﺎت ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت أﺟﺎآﺲ ،وهﻨﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﻣﻄﻮر اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت أو ﻣﻄﻮر اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ أن ﻳﻮﻓﺮ دﻋﻤًﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ، وه ﺬا ﻳ ﻌ ﻨ ﻲ ﺗ ﻌ ﻘ ﻴ ﺪ ﻋ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ آ ﺘ ﺎﺑ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت وزﻳﺎدة ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ. ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺷﺮآﺔ ﺟﻮﺟﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺟ ﻲ ﻣﻴﻞ و ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮﻋ ﺎت ﻏ ﻮﻏ ﻞ وﺧ ﺮاﺋ ﻂ ﺟﻮﺟﻞ و آﺬﻟﻚ ﺧﺪﻣ ﺔ ﺗ ﺨ ﺰﻳ ﻦ وإدارة اﻟﺼﻮر ﻓﻠﻴﻜﺮ http://www.gmail.com http:groupsbeta.googl e.com http:www.google.com/ webhpcomplete = 1 & hl =en http:maps.google.com http://www.flickr.com ﺗﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ وﻣ ﺤ ﺮك ﺑ ﺤ ﺚ أﻣﺎزون http://a9.comوﻏ ﻴ ﺮه ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﻊ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ أﺟﺎآﺲ ﻣﺠﺮد ﻣﻮﺿﺔ ﻋﺎﺑﺮة ﺑﻞ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎق واﺳﻊ وﺑﺪأ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟ ﻨ ﺎس ﻳﺸ ﺎرآ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮهﺎ وﺗﺤﺴﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
رواﺑﻂ أﺟﺎآﺲ ﻓﻲ http:// del. icio. us/tag / ajax أﺟﺎآﺲ ﻓﻲ وﻳﻜﻴﺒﻴﺪﻳﺎ http : en . wikipedia . org wikiAJAX ﻗﺴﻢ أﺟﺎآﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻜﻨﻮراﺗﻲ http://technorati.com/ tag/ajax Very Dynamic Web Interfaces ) http : www . xml . com / pub/a/2005/02/09/ xml-http-request.html أﺟ ﺎآ ﺲ وﺗﺼ ﻤ ﻴ ﻢ اﻟ ﻮاﺟ ﻬ ﺎت ) http:/ www.lukew.com resources/articles/ ajax_design.asp درس ﺑﺴ ﻴ ﻂ ﺣ ﻮل آ ﻴ ﻔ ﻴ ﺔ اﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام أﺟﺎآﺲ http:www.webpasties. com/xmlHttpRequest ﻣﺜﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﻲ: ﺳﻨﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺛﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻨﺘﻴ ﺠ ﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺪون إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ. ﻳﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﺬي ﺳﻨﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﻴﻦ: ﻣ ﻠ ﻒ index.htmlوﻳﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﻟﻌ ﺮض اﻟ ﺒ ﻴ ﺎﻧ ﺎت ﻟ ﻠ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم داﺧ ﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ >'<div id='fooهﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت>.</div ﻣﻠ ﻒ validate.phpوﻳﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪم ﻟﺠﻠﺐ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت . ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻣﻠﻒ index.html ) اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ رﻗﻢ ( 3 ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻣﻠﻒ validate.php ﻳﻌﻤﻞ هﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﺪاﻟﺔ )( validateﻹﻧﺸﺎء آﺎﺋﻦ اﻻﺗﺼ ﺎل ﺑﺎﻟ ﺨ ﺎدم ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﻒ اﻷول ) .أﻧ ﻈ ﺮ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ رﻗﻢ (4
54
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺘ ﻌ ﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟ ﻠ ﻐ ﺔ اﻟ ﻌ ﺮﺑ ﻴ ﺔ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗ ﺮﻣ ﻴ ﺰ UTF-8ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ أﺗﻤﻨﻰ أن أآﻮن ﻗ ﺪ ﻗ ﺪﻣ ﺖ ﻟ ﻜ ﻢ ﻓﻜﺮة ﺟﻴﺪة ﻋﻦ اﻷﺟﺎآﺲ و أن ﺗ ﻜ ﻮن أﻣﺜﻠﺘﻲ واﺿﺤﺔ و ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﺔ و أن ﺗ ﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻤﺼﺎدر اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة واﻓﺮة .
ﺷﻜﻞ رﻗﻢ 3
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ اﻻﺟﺎآﺲ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎت آﺒﻴ ﺮة ﻟ ﻈ ﻬ ﻮر اﻟ ﻤ ﻮاﻗ ﻊ ﺑﺼ ﻮرة ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ و ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ
ﺷﻜﻞ رﻗﻢ 4
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
55
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺜﻭﺭﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋـﻥ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺎ ﺍل"ﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ " Wi-Max ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻴﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﺫ ﻗﺴﻁ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ! ﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻨﺴﻤﻊ ﺒﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴـﺩﺓ ﻭﻨﺒﺩﺃ ﻨﺘﻠﻤﺴﻬﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺃﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺭﺍﺤل ،ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺯﻟﻨـﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭل ﺴﻜﺭﺓ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻓـﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻼﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻁﺒـﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻓـﻲ ﺃﻤﺎﻜـﻥ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﺎﺒﻊ ،ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻜﻪ !ﺒﺩﺃﻨـﺎ ﻨﺴﻤﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟـﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜـﺱ WiMAXﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻌـﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜـﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﺤﺩﺜﹰﺎ ﺜﻭﺭﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋـﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻻﺘـﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻨﻀﺠﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ.
ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍل" ﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ " Wi-Max ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﺩﻴﺜـﺔ ﺘـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﻼﺘﺼﺎل ﺍﻟﻼﺴﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﺭﻴﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎل ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴـﻲ) IEEE ( 208.61ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﺒـﺎﺭﺓ
(Worldwide Interoperability )for Microwave Accessﺍﻯ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ . ﺘﻌﺘــﺒﺭ ﺍﻟـــ WiMAXﺍﻤﺘــﺩﺍﺩﺍ ﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟـ WiFiﻤـﻥ ﺤﻴـﺙ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺴﻊ .ﻭﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺎ ﺍﻟـــ WiMAXﻤــﻥ ﺍﻟــﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺴـﻠﻜﻴﺔ Wireless Metropolitan Area Network ) (MANﻭﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﺴـﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ،ISDN ، DSL ﻭﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺒل ﺍﻷﺭﻀـﻴﺔ ﺒﺤﻴـﺙ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻻﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻤﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻠــ WiFi ﺒﺎﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﻻﺴـﻠﻜﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﻴـﺯ WiMAXﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟـﻰ ، Mb/s 280ﻭﺘﻨﻘـل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴـﺩﻴﻭ ﺒﻴـﻥ ﺍﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻭﺘﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺘﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻟـﺔ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ DSLﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺒل ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴـﺼل ﻤﺩﺍﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ 50ﻜﻡ. ﻭﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩﻱ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴـﻥ 11 – 2ﺠﻴﺠﺎﻫﻴﺭﺘﺯ ﻭﺘﻌـﺩ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻟﻤـﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﻨﺤـﻭ ـﺴﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ـﺔ ﺍﻟـ ـﺎﻁﻕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓـ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﻤـﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺒﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ. DSL
ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤـل ﺍﻟـﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜـﺱ Wi-Max ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ Wi-Max ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻓـﺎﻱ ﺤﻴـﺙ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺴﻼم ﻣﺤﻤﺪ
ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺸﺭﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ ﺒﺈﺭﺴـﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺨـﺭ ﻋـﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻴﻭ ) Radio (Waveﻓﻰ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ 2ﻭ 11ﺠﻴﺠﺎﻫﻴﺭﺘﺯ ﻭ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ 70ﻤﻴﻘﺎ ﺒﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ .ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﻪ ﻤﻘﻤﺴﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻜﺜـﻴﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺸﻔﺭﻩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻻﺒﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ .ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺝ ﺒﺒﺙ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻗﻁـﺭ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻤﺩﺍﻩ ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ 5ﺍﻟﻰ 10ﻜﻠـﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺝ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺝ ﻟـﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴـﻕ ﻭﺤـﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺯل ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺢ ﺍﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠـﺒﺭﺝ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟـﺒﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤـﺯﻭﺩ
56
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﻲ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﺭﺴﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺝ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻋـﻥ ﻁﺭﻴـﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﺭﺴـﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋـﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻜﻴﺒل ﻤﻤﺩﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻴﻘـﻭﻡ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻭﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ. ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﺍﻟﻙ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺒﺘﻭﺯﻴـﻊ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺯل ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒل ﺍﻭ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻻﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ. ﻭﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤـﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﻭﺴـﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـل ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓـﻲ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻭﻴﺵ ﻭﺘـﺸﻔﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜـﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻤﺎﻥ
ﻤﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ Wi-Max ﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ : -1ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺴﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺘﺼﺎل ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ ﻟﻺﺭﺴﺎل ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺨﻁ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ,ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻲ ﻟـﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻋﻭﺍﺌـﻕ ﺃﻭ ـﺎل ﺤﻭﺍﺠـﺯ ﺒﻴـﻥ ﺃﺠﻬـﺯﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺴـ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓـﻲ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ. -2ﺘﺘﻴﺢ ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺴﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ ﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺒﻴـﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯل ﻭﻤﺯﻭﺩﻱ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟـﻰ 280ﻤﻴﺠﺎﺒﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ,ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺌـﺎﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺒـﺴﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻨﻘـل ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠـﺔ ﻟــﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﺘــﺼﺎﻻﺕ ل T1ﻭE1 ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﺨﺩﻤـﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺭﻨـﺕ ﻵﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯل ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺘﻤﺎﺜـل ﺴـﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﺒﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ .DSL
-3ﺘﺘﻴﺢ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺎ ﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜـﺱ ﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺨﺼﻴﺹ ﺃﺤﺠﺎﻡ ﺘـﺭﺩﺩ ﻗﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺴﺎل ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻭﺍﺕ ,ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺴـﻌﺔ ﺨﻼﻴﺎ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﻤﻊ ﻨﻤـﻭ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ , ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﻴﻥ . -4ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ ﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﺤﺠﻡ ﻗﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﺒﺩﺀﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺘـﺭﺩﺩ 1.75ﻤﻴﺠــﺎﻫﻴﺭﺘﺯ ﻭﺤــﺘﻰ 20 ﻤﻴﺠﺎﻫﻴﺭﺘﺯ ,ﻭﺃﻱ ﻁﻭل ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺒﻴـﻥ ﻫﺎﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﻭﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺘﺘﻁﻠـﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل 20ﻤﻴﺠﺎﻫﻴﺭﺘﺯ ﻟﻜل ﻗﻨـﺎﺓ ﻭﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ 22ﻤﻴﺠﺎﻫﻴﺭﺘﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻁـﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩ 2.4ﺠﻴﺠﺎﻫﻴﺭﺘﺯ ,ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﻗل ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨـﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ ,ﻭﻟﻜـﻥ ﺼـﻤﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜـﺱ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﺤﺘـﻰ ﻤﺎﺌﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻟﻜل ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻤـﻥ ﻗﻨـﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩ . -5ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜـﺱ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺴﺎل ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻱ ﺸـﺒﻪ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ. . -6ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜـﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺭﻭﺘﻭﻜﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴـﺎﺌﻁ ,ﻤﻤـﺎ ﻴـﺼل ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺴـﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻭﺼﻠﺔ ل T1ﻭ E1ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺴﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ DSL ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺯل ﻭﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻔﺭﺓ ﺒﺒﺭﻭﺘﻭﻜﻭل tdmv ﺍﻹﻨﺯﺍل ﻭﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻭﺒـﺒﺭﻭﺘﻭﻜﻭل tdmeﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺴﺎل ,ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ . -7ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺘــﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻻﺘــﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺴــﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻜﺒـﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﻤﺜـل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴـل ـﺼﻭﺕ ـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟـ ـﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨـ ﻻﺘـ ﻭﺍﻟــﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟــﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨــﺎﺯل ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁﺔ . -8ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺸـﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺘـﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘـﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ,ﻭﺍﻟـﺘﻲ ﻴﺘـﻡ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻨـﻲ ﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺘﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺭﻨـﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻨـﺎﺯل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﻤﺩ ﻜﺎﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺏ ﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﺴـﻴﺔ، ﻭﺘﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠـﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻁﻭﻴـل ﻤﻠـﻲﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﺎﺏ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺘﻭﺼـﻴل ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻻﺴـﻠﻜﻴﺎ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴـﻥ ﻤﻭﺠـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﻭﺍﻱ ﻤﺎﻜﺱ ﻭﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﻱ : ﺘﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـ ) ( WiMAXﺘﻌﻤل ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ) ( WiFiﻭﻫـﻲ ﺘﻘـﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﺭﺴﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺨـﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴـﻕ ﻤﻭﺠـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻴـﻭ ) ( Radioﻭﺍﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻭﺘﺭ ﻤﺜﺎل ) ( Laptopﻴﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﺴـﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ ﻤـﺸﻔﺭﻩ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﻤﺎﻴـﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻭﺼـﻴﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻭﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻱ ﺘﺠﺴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ .ﺍﻻﻥ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟــ ) ( WiFi ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﺭﺴﺎل ) ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﺤﺩ ( 54 ﻤﻴﻘﺎ ﺒﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ .ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﺨـﺭ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ) ( WiMAXﺒﺈﺭﺴـﺎل 70ﻤﻴﻘﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﻪ .ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻤﻘﺴﻤﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻜﺜـﻴﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺇل ) . ( Cable
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
57
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻭ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﻤﺴﺠل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡAPI ﺩﻭﺍل اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ اﻟﺒﻐﺪادي :ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ :ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT HKEY_CURRENT_USER HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
ﻓﻘﻁ ﻗﻡ ﺒﻭﻀﻌﻪRegistryDef.bas ﺜﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺩﻋـﺎﺀProject ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ .ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ : ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG HKEY_DYN_DATA HKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA
HKEY_USERS
ERROR_SUCCESS
ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFE R READ_CONTROL KEY_QUERY_VALUE KEY_CREATE_LINK
MAX_PATH
KEY_SET_VALUE KEY_CREATE_SUB_KEY KEY_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS
KEY_EVENT SYNCHRONIZE STANDARD_RIGHTS_WRITE
KEY_NOTIFY STANDARD_RIGHTS_ALL STANDARD_RIGHTS_READ
ﻓﻘﺩ ﻗﺭﺃﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺘﺩﻯ ﻓﻴﺠﻭﺍل ﺒﻴـﺱ ﻓﻲwww.vb4arab.com ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺏ ﺴـﺅﺍل ﻋـﻥAPI ﻗﺴﻡ ﺩﻭﺍل ﺍﻟـ Registry ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟــ ﻓﻔﻜﺭﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺠﻌل ﺒﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺘـﻲ ﻟﻺﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﻟﺘﻨـﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻟﻥ ﺃﺸﺭﺡ ﻤﺎ،ﻫﺫﻩ ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤـلRegistry ﻫﻲ ﺇل ﻼ ﻷﻨـﻪ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻴﺩﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﺸﺭﺤﹰﺎ ﻤﻔﺼـ ﹰ ﻴﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤـﻊ.ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻤـﻥ. ﻭ ﺤﻴﺜﻴﺎﺘﻪ،ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎل ﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺸﺭﺡ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﻜﺜﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠـﻼﺕ.ﻭ ﺘﻨﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺇل ﻟﻘﺩ ﻗﻤﺕ ﺒﺘﻀﻤﻴﻥ ﻜـلRegistry ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺍﺒﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺒــــﺎﺴــــﻡ Modules
KEY_ALL_ACCESS
REG_BINARY
RegCreateKey
RegConnectRegistry RegCreateKeyEx
REG_CREATED_NEW_KEY
REG_DWORD
RegDeleteKey
RegDeleteValue
KEY_READ
KEY_WRITE
RegCloseKey
REG_DWORD_BIG_ENDIAN
REG_DWORD_LITTLE_ENDIAN
RegEnumValue
RegEnumKey
REG_EXPAND_SZ
REG_NOTIFY_CHANGE_NAME
RegEnumKeyEx
RegFlushKey
RegGetKeySecurity
RegLoadKey
RegNotifyChangKeyValue RegQueryInfoKey
RegOpenKey
REG_LINK REG_NONE REG_NOTIFY_CHANGE_SEC URITY REG_OPTION_BACKUP_RES TORE REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATI LE REG_OPTION_VOLATILE
REG_MULTI_SZ REG_NOTIFY_CHANGE_LAST_SET REG_OPENED_EXISTING_KEY REG_OPTION_CREATE_LINK REG_OPTION_RESERVED
REG_NOTIFY_CHANGE_AT TRIBUTES
RegReplaceKey RegSaveKey
REG_REFRESH_HIVE
REG_RESOURCE_LIST REG_WHOLE_HIVE_VOLATI LE REG_LEGAL_OPTION
RegQueryValues
REG_SZ REG_LEGAL_CHANGE_FILTER REG_FULL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPT OR REG_RESOURCE_REQUIREMENTS _LIST
www.altariq.ps
RegSetValue
RegQueryMultipleValues RegQueryValueEx RegRestoreKey RegSetKeySecurity RegSetValueEx
RegUnloadKey SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
FILETIME
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ACL
58
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟـ Registryﻁﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻤـﻥ Keysﻭ .Valuesﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟـ Keys :ﻫﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ SubKeysﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ Keysﻭﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋـﻠـﻰ
ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ :ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟـ Registryﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻏـﻼﻕ ﺍﻟـ Keyﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻌﻤـﺎل ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﻟـﺔ RegFlushKeyﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟـﺔ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴـﺭ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻓـﻲ
Valuesﻭ ﺒﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟــ Registry ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤـﺞ regedit.exe ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟـ keysﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟـ Values ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ. ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﺫﻟﻙ:
ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ.
ﻋﻥ subkeyﻟﻠـ keyﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻭﺠـﺩ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟـ handleﺍﻟﺨـﺎﺹ ﺒـﻪ. ﺘﺘﺴﺂﺀل ﺍﻵﻥ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﻤﻌـﺭﻑ ﺍﻟـ handleﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟـ key ﺍﻷﺏ؟ ﺇﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻋﻨﺩﻱ ﻭﷲ ﻴﻌﻁﻲ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺩ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ. ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل Windowsﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺜﺎﺒـﺘـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺸﻐـﻴـل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـ keysﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟـ handlesﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ:
_Const=HKEY_CLASSES ROOT = &H80000000 _Const=HKEY_CURRENT USER = &H80000001 Const=HKEY_LOCAL_M ACHINE = &H80000002 = Const HKEY_USERS & H 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ: ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟـ :keyﻴﺠﺏ ﻗﺒل ﻓﺘﺢ key ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ handleﻟـ keyﺁﺨﺭ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﻴﺠـﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟـ keyﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺓ
ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭﺍﻟـ keysﻭﺍﻟـ Valuesﻴﺩﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻜﻴـﻑ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻓﻌل ﻜل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻠﻐﺔ Visual Basic؟ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻤﻌـﺭﻓـﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟـ :Registry ﻴﺠﺏ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟـ Keyﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟـ valuesﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ. ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟـ Keyﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﻓﺘـﺤـﻪ. ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤـﻥ ﺩﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ .Registry
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
_Const=HKEY_CURRENT CONFIG = &H80000005 Const HKEY_DYN_DATA = &H80000006 Const=HKEY_PERFORMA N C E _ D A T A = &H80000004
59
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟـ keysﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒـﻘـﺔ ﺒـ ـﺩﻭﺍل ﻭﺍﻟـ predefined keys ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟـ keysﻫﻲ : R e g O p e n K e y , R e g O p e n K e y E x RegCreateKey,RegCreateKe yEx ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻭﺤﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ :ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔRegSetValueEx, : RegSetValueﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴـﺹ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ) (Dataﻟـ keyﻤﻌـﻴـﻥ. :RegSetValueﺘﺘﻌﺎﻤـل ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟــﻨــﺼــﻭﺹ ﻓــﻘــﻁ. :RegSetValueExﻴﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻜﺘﺎﺒـﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﻟـﺔ keyﻭ value ﺒﺈﻤﻜﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻨﺸـﺎﺀ ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ! ﻭﻟﺤـﺫﻑ Valueﻤﻥ keyﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﻟـﺔ RegDeleteValue ﻭﻟﺤﺫﻑ keyﻨﺴﺘﺨـﺩﻡ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﻟـﺔ RegDeleteKeyﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـ keyﺍﻟﻤﺤﺫﻭﻑ ﻻﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﻔل ﺁﺨﺭ handleﻟﻪ .ﻭﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴـﺭ keysﻨﺴـﺘـﺨـﺩﻡ ﺃﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟــ RegSetKeySecurityﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺠﻠﺏ ﺍﻟـ subkeysﻟـ keyﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ keyﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨـﺎﺕ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘـﺨـﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﻟـﺔ: ـﺔ ـﺩﺍﻟـ RegEnumKeyﺃﻭ ﺍﻟـ RegEnumKeyExﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟـﻰ ﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟـ subkeysﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟـ subkeysﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟـ Classesﻹﺭﺠﺎﻉ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻔﺼـﻠـﺔ ﺤﻭل subkeyﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨـﺎﻤـﺞ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴـﺘـﺩﻋـﻲ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﻟـﺔ ـﺔ ـﺩﺍﻟـ RegQueryInfoKeyﻭﺍﻟـ RegGetKeySecurityﺘـﺭﺠـﻊ ﺍﻟـ ﻤـــﻥ ﻨﺴـــﺨـــﺔ SecurityDescriptionﺍﻟـﺘـﻲ ﺘﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﻟـ keyﻭﻟﺠﻠﺏ ﺍﻟـ values ﻟـ keyﺘﺴـﺘـﺨـﺩﻡ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﻟـﺔ .RegEnumValue
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟـ keyﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ RegCloseKeyﻜل ﻤﺎﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ) ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻔﻬﻡ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻤﻨﻪ ( ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ: ﻴﺠﺏ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟـ keyﺜﻡ ﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻓﻌـل ﻤﺎﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺜﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻪ . ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻤـﻰ Examp 01ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ. ﺷﺮح ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺪوال ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل :ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟـ Keys ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟـﻰ:RegCloseKey : ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺯ ﻋﻥ key ﺘﻡ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل: ﺘﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻫﻭ: : hKeyﻫﻭ ﺍﻟـ handleﻟـ key ﺘﻡ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻨﺠﺤﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻨﻬـﺎ ﺴــﺘــﺭﺠــﻊ ﺍﻟــﻘــﻴــﻤــﺔ ERROR_SUCCESSﻭﺍﻟـﺘـﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ , 0ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺨﻔﻘﺕ ﻓﺈﻨـﻬـﺎ ﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺭ. ﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟـ handleﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻡ ﻗﻔﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟـ keyﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـ handleﺴﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ .ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺘﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟـ keyﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻓـﻴـﻪ .ﻤـﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟـ Registry ﻓﻌﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﻔل ﺍﻟـ .Key ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ Registryﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻀﻊ ﺜﻭﺍﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ .Registry ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔRegCreateKey : ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ keyﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﹰﺍ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻔﺘﺤﻪ. ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻤـﻊ ﻨـﻅـﺎﻡ .Windows 3.1ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟـﺒـﺭﺍﻤـﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ win32ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﺍﻟــﺩﺍﻟــﺔ ﺍﺴــﺘــﺨــﺩﺍﻡ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
RegCreateKeyExﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺄﻗﻭﻡ ﺒﺸﺭﺤﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ .ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟـﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﻌـﺎﻤـﻼﺕ : hKey, lpSubKey,phkResult : hKeyﻤــﻥ ﻨــﻭﻉ Longﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ handleﻟـ key ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎﹰ ،ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟـ ) Predefinedkeysﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺼـل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﻌـﺭﻓـﺔ ﻤـﺎﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟـ ( PredefinedKeysﻭﺍﻟـ key ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻫﻭ subkeyﻟــ key ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ .hKey lpSubKeyﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ String ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺇﺴﻡ ﺍﻟـ Keyﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﻨﺸـﺎﺀﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟـ Keyﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﺭﻋﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟــKey ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ .hKeyﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺇﺴﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜـل: ""SOFTWARE ﺃﻭ \"\SOFTWARE\Microsoft Windows\CurrentVersion\R "un Long phkResultﻤﻥ ﻨـﻭﻉ ﻴﺅﺸﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻴﺴﺘـﻘـﺒـل ﺍﻟـ Handleﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟـ Keyﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻡ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ .ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻌﺔ :ﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟــﺩﺍﻟــﺔ ﺍﻟــﻘــﻴــﻤــﺔ ERROR_SUCCESSﺇﺫﺍ ﻨﺠﺤﺕ. ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ :ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟـ Keysﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ .ﻭﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟـﻤـﺴـﻤـﻰ Examp 02 ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔRegCreateKeyEx : ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ Keyﺃﻭ ﺘﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟـﺔ ـﻼﺕ hKey, : ـﺎﻤـ ـﻌـ ـﻊ ﻤـ ﺘﺴـ lpSubKey, vReserved, lpClass, dwOption, s a m D e s i r e d lpSecurityAttributes,
60
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
phkResult, lpdwDisposition :hKeyﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ Longﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟـ Handleﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﺤـﺎﻟـﻴـﹰﺎ ) ﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺒـﻘـﺔ ( String :lpSubKeyﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻨﺼﻲ ﻴﺤﻤل ﺍﺴـﻡ ﺍﻟـ subkeyﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﻔﺭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒـ .hKeyﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـﻨـﺹ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺒـ " \ " ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴـﻜـﻭﻥ ﻓـﺎﺭﻏـﺎﹰ. : Reservedﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ Longﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯ ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴـﻜـﻭﻥ ﺼﻔﺭ. :lpClassﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ String ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻨﺼﻲ ﻴﺤـﻭﻱ ﻨـﻭﻉ ﺍﻟـ Objectﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟـ key ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟـ keyﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻫل. ﻟﻥ ﺃﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟـ Classesﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻤـﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺠﻬﺩ. :dwOptionﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ Long ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ :ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ Windows NTﻭ Windows 2000 ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ Windows 9xﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺘـﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻬﺎ. ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﺒﺎﻟـ .Key ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: REG_OPTION_NON_VOL A T I L E o r REG_OPTION_VOLATIL E REG_OPTION_NON_VOL ATILE ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒـﺕ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺎﻨـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﻪ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟـﺨـﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﻀﻲ .ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠـﻭﻤـﺎﺕ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺘﺨﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻠﻑ ﻭﺘﺤﻤﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺤـﻔـﻅ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ. REG_OPTION_VOLATIL ﺍﻟـ Keyﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﺘﺨﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﺓ ﻭﻏـﻴـﺭ ﻤﺤﻔﻭﻅﺔ ﺤﻔﻅ ﺠﻴﺩ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟـ keyﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ. _REG_OPTION_BACKUP RESTORE ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺘﺘﺠـﺎﻫـل ﺍﻟـﻤـﻌـﺎﻤـل samDesiredﻭﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺼﻼﺤـﻴـﺔ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟـ keyﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺃﺴـﺎﺱ Restore, Backup samDesiredﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ Long ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﻤـﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻟﻠـ keyﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ. ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺯﻴﺠﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: KEY_ALL_ACCESSﻴﻤﻜﻨـﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺄﻱ ﺸﻲﺀ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ KEY_CREATE_LINKﺼﻼﺤﻴ ﺓ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﺒﻁ ﺭﻤﺯﻱ KEY_CREATE_SUB_KEY ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﻔﺎﺘﻴﺢ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ KEY_ENUMERATE_SUB _KEYSﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﺩ ﻭﻤـﻌـﺭﻓـﺔ ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻋﻴﺔ KEY_EXECUTEﺼﻼﺤـﻴـﺔ ـﺫ ـﻴــ ـﻔــ ـﻨــ ﻭﺘــ ـﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻗــ KEY_NOTIFYﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ KEY_READﺨﻠﻴـﻁ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼـﻼﺤـﻴـﺎﺕ KEY_SET_VALUEﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔـﺭﻋـﻴـﺔ KEY_WRITEﺨﻠـﻴـﻁ ﻤـﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺼـﻼﺤـﻴـﺎﺕ lpSecurityAttributesﻤﻥ ﻨـﻭﻉ ﺍﻟـــﺘـــﺭﻜـــﻴـــﺒـــﺔ: SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﻫل ﺍﻟـ handle ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻭﺭﻭﺜــﹰﺎ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﺒﻥ ) ﻭﻟﻥ ﺃﻓﺼل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﻤـﻥ ﻭﻗـﺕ ﻭﺠﻬﺩ(. ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل NULL ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟـ handleﻻ ﻴﻤـﻜـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﺭﺙ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺇﺒﻥ .ﻭﺴﺄﺸﺭﺡ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻠﻴل .ﺘﺤﺕ ﻨـﻅـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل :Windows NT ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ lpSecurityDescriptor ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﺔ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜـﺎﻥ NULL ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺩ ﺍﻟـ Defaults ﺘﺤﺕ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل Windows :9x ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭ lpSecurityDescriptor ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻪ :phkResult .ﻤـــﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ Longﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﻟـﺔ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟـ handleﻟﻠــ key ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺞ. : lpdwDespositionﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨـﻭﻉ: Longﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: REG_CREATED_NEW_K EY REG_OPENED_EXISTING _KEY ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔـﺘـﺎﺡ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻭﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀﻩ ،ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨـﻲ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻤـﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﻡ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ. ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴـﻤـﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻫل ﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻭل ﻤﺭﺓ ﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍ ﻨﺠﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺭﺠـﻊ ﺍﻟـﻘـﻴـﻤـﺔ ERROR_SUCCESS
61
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ
ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ The System of Profound knowledge
Knowledge Of Variationﻣﻌﺮﻓـــﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳـــﻦ اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎن ﺧﻄﺎب
ﻧﻮاﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻌ ﺎ ﺗﻨ ﺎول ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮع ﻧﻈ ﺎم اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ إدوارد دﻳﻤﻨ ﺞ وهﻮ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺬي ﻗ ﺎد اﻟﻴﺎﺑ ﺎن واﻟ ﺪول اﻷورﺑﻴ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ﺛ ﻮرة ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﺎﻟ ﻢ إدارة اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎت ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮب ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ وﻣﺮﺗ ﺐ وﻳﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗﻮاﻋ ﺪ وأﺳ ﺲ ﺛﺎﺑﺘ ﺔ وه ﻰ اﻟﻤﻨ ﺎﻃﻖ اﻷرﺑ ﻊ اﻟﺘ ﻲ أﺷﺮﻧﺎ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول وهﻰ : -1ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم knowledge of a system variation -2ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ knowledge of -3ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔknowledge Theory of -4ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ knowledge of psychology وﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺎوﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻄ ﻘ ﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ وهﻰ ﻣﻌ ﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟ ﻨ ﻈ ﺎم ) اﻟ ﻌ ﺪد اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ( وآﺎن اﻟ ﻬ ﺪف ﻣ ﻨ ﻬ ﺎ ه ﻮ أن ﺗ ﺤ ﺪد ﻟ ﻨ ﻔ ﺴ ﻚ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎم ﻳ ﻜ ﻮن واﺿ ﺢ اﻟ ﻤ ﻌ ﺎﻟ ﻢ واﻟ ﺤ ﺪود وأن ﺗ ﻌ ﺮف ه ﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﻳ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻮن ﻣ ﻌ ﻚ وأﻧ ﻪ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻚ ﻟ ﻨ ﺠ ﺎح ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻣ ﻚ ه ﺬا أن ﺗﻌﺮف ﻣﺎ هﻮ اﻟﻬﺪف ﻣﻦ اﻟ ﻨ ﻈ ﺎم وأن ﺗﺼﺒﻐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﺔ وأن ﺗ ﻮﺻ ﻠ ﻪ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم. وﻧﺘﻨﺎول ﻓﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻦ هﺬا اﻟﻨﻈﺎم وهﻰ ﻣ ﻌ ﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎﻳ ﻦ واﻟﺬي ﻳﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ أدق وأه ﻢ ﻣ ﺮاﺣ ﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ: -1-2ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻴﻥ :ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ variation: special and common causes -1-1-2ﻣﺤﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ S إن اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻊ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺮاﺋ ﻂ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺠﻮدة هﻮ ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮدة داﺧﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ .ﺣﻴﺚ أﻧﻚ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻬﻤﺖ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت ﻓﺈﻧ ﻚ ﺣﺘﻤ ﺎ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﺪرك اﻟﻘﺮار اﻟﺼﺎﺋﺐ,وﺗﺤﺪد اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ اﻟ ﺬي ﻋﻠﻴ ﻚ ﻓﻌﻠ ﻪ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴ ﻞ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ) special ( causesوأن هﺬا اﻟﻘﺮار أو اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻟﺨﻔﺾ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺎ آﻠﻴ ﺔ إذا ﻣ ﺎ آﺎﻧ ﺖ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ه ﺬا اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ه ﻲ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ) , ( common causesآﺬﻟ ﻚ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻔﻬ ﻢ ﻟﻤ ﺎذا ﺗﻨﺨﻔ ﺾ اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻦ اﻟﺠ ﻮدة وأن اﻟﻠ ﻮم اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻹدارة إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴ ﻦ واﻻﻋﺘﻘ ﺎد ﺑ ﺄﻧﻬﻢ ﺳ ﺒﺐ آ ﻞ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺎآﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﺒﺪد وﻳﺘﺒﻴﻦ أﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺊ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ. -2-1-2اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ أﻣﺮ ﺣﺘﻤﻲ:
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻧﻘﻄﺔ هﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻧﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺟﻴ ﺪا وهﻮ أن وﺟﻮد اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ه ﻮ أﻣ ﺮ ﺣﺘﻤ ﻲ وﻣ ﺴﻠﻢ ﺑ ﻪ ﻷن آ ﻞ ﺷ ﺊ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ وﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ,وأن اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ﻟﻔﻬ ﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ ﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮدة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ,ﻟ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨ ﺎ أن ﻧﻜ ﻮن ﺣ ﺬرﻳﻦ ﺟ ﺪا ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻄ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ وه ﻰ أن اﻟﻌﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻄﺒ ﻖ دراﺳ ﺎت ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻪ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﺿ ﻤﻦ أو ﺧ ﺎرج اﻟﻤﻮاﺻ ﻔﺎت .ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ أﺧ ﻲ اﻟﻤﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ اﻟﺠ ﻮدة ﻧﺤ ﻦ ﺑﺤﺎﺟ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ﺗﻐ ﻴﺮ ﻓﻜﺮﺗﻨ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ وﻋﻠﻴﻨ ﺎ أن ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻈ ﺮة واﺳ ﻌﺔ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺪة ﺗﺘﺠ ﺎوز أﻓﻜﺎرﻧ ﺎ اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﻐﺎﺋ ﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺿ ﺮ ﺑﻘ ﻮة ﻓ ﻲ أي ﻧﻈ ﺎم ﺟ ﻮدة أو ﺗﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ أو ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ وه ﻮ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻤ ﺎرد اﻟﺨﻔ ﻲ واﻟﻤ ﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ واﻟ ﺬي أن اﺳ ﺘﻄﻌﺖ ﺗﺮوﻳ ﻀﻪ وﺗ ﺴﺨﻴﺮﻩ ﻟﻠﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ أﻣﺮك ﻓﺄﻧﻚ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺘﻚ وﻣﻨﻈﻤﺘﻚ إﻟﻰ أﻓﺎق أرﺣﺐ وأوﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺠ ﺎح ,ﻟ ﺬا ﻓﺄﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨ ﺎ ﻓﻬ ﻢ أﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﺟﻴ ﺪا واﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳ ﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬ ﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﺎ إذا آ ﺎن اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺷ ﺊ ﻋ ﻦ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ) special ( causesأو أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ) ﻰ ( common causesوه اﻟﻨﺎﺷ ﺌﺔ ﻋ ﻦ اﻹدارة واﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﻣ ﺖ ﺑﺘ ﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وه ﺬا ه ﻮ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ اﻟﻔﺎرق و اﻟﺤﻴﻮي ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎل إﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺣﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ. -2-2ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻴﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺒﻪ ﻭﻤـﺎ
62
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻪ: -1-2-2ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ : اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ه ﻮ اﻟﺘﻘﻠ ﺐ أو اﻟﺘﺬﺑ ﺬب ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻌ ﻨﻰ ﺁﺧ ﺮ ﺗﻐﻴ ﺮ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﺔ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺤ ﺪدة ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻮاﺻ ﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ وﻗ ﺪ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ أو اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻮﺿ ﻮع ﻟ ﻪ ﻣﻮاﺻ ﻔﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ وﺣﺪ أدﻧ ﻰ وﻳﻜ ﻮن ﺗﺬﺑ ﺬب ﺧ ﺮج اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺿ ﻤﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤ ﺪود ورﺑﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘﺠ ﺎوز اﻟﺨ ﺮج ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤ ﺪود ﻟﻴ ﺼﺒﺢ اﻹﻧﺘ ﺎج ﺧ ﺎرج اﻟﻤﻮاﺻ ﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ أو ﺧ ﺎرج ﺣ ﺪود اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ,وﻳﺘ ﻢ ﻗﻴ ﺎس اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳ ﻄﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻻﻧﺤﺮاف اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎري واﻟﺬي هﻮ ﻋﺒ ﺎرة ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻘﻴ ﺎس ﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻂ اﻟﺘ ﺸﺘﺖ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ,وهﻨﺎك ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺎس ﻳ ﺴﻤﻮن اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺑﻀﻮﺿﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ )( noise -2-2-2أﺳﺒﺎب وﻋﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ آﻤ ﺎ ﻗﻠﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ أن وﺟ ﻮد اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ه ﻮ أﻣ ﺮ ﺣﺘﻤ ﻲ وﻣ ﺴﻠﻢ ﺑ ﻪ وذﻟ ﻚ ﻷن آ ﻞ ﻋﻮاﻣ ﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ه ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻐ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ و اﺳﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ اﻟﻈ ﺮوف اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ ﻟﺨ ﺮﺟﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴ ﻦ أو ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦ إﻻ ﻧ ﺎدرا واﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺪوث اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ هﻲ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺴﺘﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ : .1اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺒﺸﺮى ) ( Man .2اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ) ( Machine .3اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﻬ ﺎ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ ) ( Method .4اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟ ﺨ ﺎم اﻟ ﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﻣ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ) ( Material .5ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﻴ ﺎس ﻟ ﻨ ﺎﺗ ﺞ اﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ ) ( Measurement .6اﻟ ﻌ ﻮاﻣ ﻞ اﻟ ﺒ ﻴ ﺌ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﻤ ﺤ ﻴ ﻄ ﺔ ) ﺑ ﺎﻟ ﻌ ﻤ ﻠ ﻴ ﺔ ( Environment -1-2-2-2أوﻻ :اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ اﻟﺒ ﺸﺮى ) ( Man
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺗ ﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ اﻟﺒ ﺸﺮى ﻋﻠ ﻰ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ه ﻮ ﻣ ﻦ أﺣ ﺪ أآ ﺒﺮ ﻋﻮاﻣ ﻞ ﺣ ﺪوث اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻓﻠﻴ ﺲ آ ﻞ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص ﻣﺘ ﺸﺎﺑﻬﻴﻦ وﻳﻤﻠﻜ ﻮن ﻧﻔ ﺲ اﻟﺨ ﺒﺮات واﻟﻤﻬ ﺎرات وﺗﻮﺟ ﺪ ﻓ ﺮوق ﻓﺮدﻳ ﺔ آﺜ ﻴﺮة ﺑﻴ ﻦ آ ﻞ ﺷ ﺨﺺ وﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻓﻤﻨﻬ ﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﻮ ذو ﺧ ﺒﺮة وﺁﺧ ﺮ أﻗ ﻞ ﺧﺒﺮة ,ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ هﻮ ﻣﺆه ﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وﻣ ﻦ ه ﻮ ﻏ ﻴﺮ ﻣﺆه ﻞ, آ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻓ ﺄن اﻟ ﺴﻤﺎت ﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺠ ﻟﻸﺷ ﺨﺎص وﻣ ﺪى ﺗﻮاﻓﻘﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺆدﻧﻪ ﺗﺆﺛ ﺮ آﺜ ﻴﺮا ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وﺗ ﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻇﻬ ﻮر اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ,ﻓﻬﻨ ﺎك اﻟﺮﺟ ﺎل ﻃ ﻮال اﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ وﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺼﺎر اﻟﻘﺎﻣ ﺔ,وهﻨ ﺎك ﻣ ﻦ ه ﻢ ذوى اﻟﻌ ﻀﻼت اﻟﻘﻮﻳ ﺔ وﺁﺧ ﺮون ﺿﻌﺎف اﻟﻌﻀﻼت ,ﺑ ﻞ أن هﻨ ﺎك ﻣ ﻦ ﻳ ﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮن اﻟﻴ ﺪ اﻟﻴﻤ ﻨﻰ وﺁﺧ ﺮون ﻳ ﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮن اﻟﻴ ﺪ اﻟﻴ ﺴﺮ .وﻗ ﺪ ﻳﻈ ﻦ آ ﻞ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص أﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮن ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ هﻨ ﺎك اﺧﺘﻼﻓ ﺎت ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ آﺜﻴﺮة وﺣ ﺘﻰ اﻟ ﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻔ ﺴﻪ ﻳﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺣ ﺴﺐ ﺷﻌﻮرﻩ ﻓﻲ آ ﻞ ﻳ ﻮم ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﻳ ﺎم وﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺣ ﺴﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺘ ﻪ اﻟﻤﺰاﺟﻴ ﺔ واﻟﺠ ﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣ ﺘﻰ أﻧ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻷوﻗ ﺎت ﻳﻘ ﻮم ﺑﻌﻤﻞ أﺧﻄﺎء ﺑﺈهﻤﺎل ﺷﺪﻳﺪ. -2-2-2-2ﺛ ﺎﻧ ﻴ ﺎ :اﻟ ﻤ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ( Machine ) ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻳﺘ ﻢ إﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ﺎآ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ واﺣ ﺪة إﻻ إﻧ ﻨ ﺎ ﺳﻮف ﻧﺠﺪ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ آﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ واﻵﺧﺮ وﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺳﺒﺐ هﺬا اﻟ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎﻳ ﻦ إﻟ ﻰ ﺣ ﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻟ ﺤ ﻈ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ أﺧﺮى وﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ إﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ ﺁﺧ ﺮ, ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ رﺑﻤﺎ ﺗ ﺘ ﻐ ﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﺎ ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﻟ ﺤ ﻈ ﺔ وأﺧ ﺮى ,وﺣ ﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺗ ﺰﻳ ﺖ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ,وﺣﺎﻟﺔ أداة اﻟﻘﻄﻊ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺣ ﺪﺗ ﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ ﻵﺧ ﺮ .آ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮة وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ه ﻮ ﺣﺪوث ﺗ ﺒ ﺎﻳ ﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﻤ ﻨ ﺘ ﺞ أو ﺧ ﺮج
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ. -3-2-2-2ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ :اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ) ( Method وهﻰ ﻃﺮق وإﺟﺮاءات وﺧﻄ ﻮات ﺗﻨﻔﻴ ﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ واﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ وﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ أﺧ ﺮى وﻣ ﻦ ﻓ ﺮد إﻟ ﻰ ﻓ ﺮد واﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻴﺮ آﺒ ﻴﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﺧﺘ ﻼف وﺗﺒﺎﻳ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻓﻜﻤ ﺎ ﻗﻠﻨ ﺎ أن آ ﻞ اﻷﺷﺨﺎص ﻳﻈﻨﻮن أﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﻤﻠ ﻮن ﺑﻨﻔ ﺲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ ﺔ وﻧﻔ ﺲ اﻟﺨﻄ ﻮات إﻻ أن ه ﺬا ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻮاﻗﻊ. -4-2-2-2راﺑﻌ ﺎ :اﻟﻤ ﺎدة اﻟﺨ ﺎم اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ) ( Material ﻟﻠﻤ ﺎدة اﻟﺨ ﺎم اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻴﺮ آﺒ ﻴﺮ ﺟ ﺪا وواﺿ ﺢ ﻟﺤ ﺪوث اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ,ﻓﻌﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺮﻏﻢ ﻣ ﻦ زﻋﻤﻨ ﺎ ﺑ ﺄن اﻟﻤ ﺎدة اﻟﺨ ﺎم اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ وﻟﻨﻔ ﺲ اﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ ه ﻲ ﺧﺎﻣ ﺔ واﺣ ﺪة إﻻ أن ه ﺬا ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮة ,ودﻋﻨﺎ ﻧ ﺴﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺜ ﺎل اﻟﺘ ﺎﻟﻲ وه ﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺛ ﻨﻰ أﻟ ﻮاح ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻓﻲ أﺣﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘ ﺸﻜﻴﻞ, إن آﻞ أﻟ ﻮاح اﻟ ﺼﻠﺐ ﺗﺒ ﺪو وآ ﺄن ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﻧﻔ ﺲ اﻟ ﺴﻤﻚ وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﺳ ﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻗ ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺠﺪ أن اﻟﺴﻤﻚ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻟ ﻮح إﻟﻰ أﺧﺮ ﺑﻞ أآ ﺜﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠﻮح اﻟﻮاﺣ ﺪ ﻓ ﺈن ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻷﺟ ﺰاء ﺗﻜ ﻮن ذات ﺳ ﻤﻚ أآ ﺜﺮ أو أﻗ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺧﺮى وإذا ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻘﻨ ﺎ أآ ﺜﺮ ﻟﺪراﺳ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴ ﺐ اﻟﺒﻠ ﻮري ﻟﻠ ﻮح اﻟ ﺼﻠﺐ واﻟﻤﻜ ﻮن ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ واﻟﻜﺮﺑ ﻮن واﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻷﺧ ﺮى ﺳ ﻨﺠﺪ اﺧﺘﻼﻓ ﺎت آﺜ ﻴﺮ ﺟ ﺪا ﺑﻴ ﻦ اﻷﺟ ﺰاء اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻠ ﻮح اﻟﻮاﺣ ﺪ ,وﻣ ﻦ هﻨ ﺎ ﻳﻈﻬ ﺮ أﺛ ﺮ اﻟﻤ ﺎدة اﻟﺨ ﺎم ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺣ ﺪوث ﺗﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ. -5-2-2-2ﺧﺎﻣ ﺴﺎ :ﻃﺮﻳﻘ ﺔ اﻟﻘﻴ ﺎس ﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ) ( Measurement إن اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ اﻟ ﺬي ﻳﺤ ﺪث ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﺎﺗ ﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﻄ ﺎء ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت اﻟﻘﻴ ﺎس واﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴ ﺶ ﻟﻴ ﺲ ﻟ ﻪ ﻋﻼﻗ ﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻨ ﺎﺗﺞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ أﺻ ﻼ وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻻﺷ ﻚ أﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺗﺆﺛ ﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ
63
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣ ﺎ إذا آ ﺎن ﻧ ﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻄ ﺎﺑﻖ أم ﻏ ﻴﺮ ﻣﻄ ﺎﺑﻖ ,وإذا ﻧﻈﺮﻧ ﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺤ ﺪث ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴ ﺎس ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺠﺪ أن ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﻘﻴﺎس ﺗﺘﻐ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ أداة ﻗﻴﺎس ﻷﺧﺮى وﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣ ﺪى دﻗﺘﻬ ﺎ وﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺗﻬ ﺎ وآ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬ ﺎ وﻋﻤﺮهﺎ اﻹﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻰ ,وإذا ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ اﻵﺧ ﺮ وه ﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت اﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴ ﺶ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻨﺠﺪ أن ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ هﻨﺎ آﺜﻴﺮة وﻣﻨﻬﺎ أن آﻞ ﺷ ﺨﺺ ﻗ ﺎﺋﻢ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴﺶ ﻟ ﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ وﻧﻈ ﺮة ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟ ﺸﻲء ﻋ ﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ أﺧﺮ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨ ﻪ ﻗﺒ ﻮل أو رﻓ ﺾ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣ ﻦ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑ ﺼﻮرة ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨ ﺔ ,ﺑ ﻞ إن ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴ ﺶ ه ﺬﻩ ﻗ ﺪ ﻳﺘ ﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺰاﺟﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻘﺎﺋ ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴﺶ. -6-2-2-2ﺳﺎدﺳ ﺎ :اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ ﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴ ﺔ ﺔ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄ ) ( Environment واﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮد هﻨﺎ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤ ﺪث ﺑ ﺴﺒﺐ وﺟ ﻮد ﺗﻐ ﻴﺮات ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ,ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﻄﻘ ﺲ ﻣ ﻦ درﺟ ﺔ ﺣ ﺮارة إﻟ ﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ وﻏﻴﺮهﺎ ,آﺬﻟﻚ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮى اﻹﺿ ﺎءة أو وﺟ ﻮد رﻳ ﺎح ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﺪﻣ ﻪ, اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ,اﻟﻤﻠﻮﺛﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗ ﻀﺎﻳﻖ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻘ ﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ,ﻣﺜﻞ آﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮات اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴ ﺔ ﺗﺆﺛ ﺮ وﺑﻠ ﻰ أدﻧ ﻰ ﺷ ﻚ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وﺗﺤﺪث ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻮاﺗﺠﻬﺎ. -3-2ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻑ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻷﻨـﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻴﻥ آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ ﻞ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺳ ﺒﻘﺖ ه ﻲ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﺴﺘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣ ﺪوث اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ ﺔ واﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت. واﻵن ﻧﺘﺠ ﻪ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺘ ﺼﻨﻴﻒ اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ ﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ وه ﻰ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ واﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ: -1-3-2أوﻻ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ) ( common causes اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋ ﻦ ﺳ ﺒﺐ ﻋ ﺎم ه ﻮ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮد ﻷن اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ آﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ هﻜﺬا وﻳﺘﻢ إدارﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻬ ﺬﻩ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﺎﻧ ﺐ اﻹدارة وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺸﻴﺮ إﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﺼﺎدر ﻋ ﺪة ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮد ﺑ ﺼﻮرة ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴ ﺔ ﺿ ﻤﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ,وﻟﻨﺄﺧﺬ هﺬا اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﺘﻮﺿ ﻴﺤﻲ ﻟﻨﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ. ﻟﻨﻔﺮض ﻣﺜﻼ إﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻮف ﻧ ﺪرس ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻗﻴﺎدﺗﻚ ﻟﻠ ﺴﻴﺎرة ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺒﻴ ﺖ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑ ﺼﻮرة ﻳﻮﻣﻴ ﻪ وﻟﻨﻔ ﺮض أﻧ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻂ ﺗ ﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘ ﺎ ﻣﻘ ﺪارﻩ 20 دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ اﻧﻄﻼﻗ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻟ ﻚ وﻟﻨﻔ ﺮض إﻧ ﻚ ﺗﻌﻠ ﻢ أﻧ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤ ﻞ أن ﺗ ﺼﻞ ﻗﺒ ﻞ أو ﺑﻌ ﺪ ه ﺬا اﻟﻮﻗﺖ وأﻧﻚ ﺗﻌﻄ ﻰ ﻟﻨﻔ ﺴﻚ ﺗﺠ ﺎوز ﻣ ﺎ ﺑﻴ ﻦ 15إﻟ ﻰ 25دﻗﻴﻘ ﺔ ﻟﺘ ﺬهﺐ إﻟ ﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ وهﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻰ أﻧ ﻚ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﺗ ﺼﻞ ﻓ ﻲ أﺣ ﺪ اﻷوﻗ ﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ ) 15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22, ( 23,24,25دﻗﻴﻘ ﺔ وه ﻮ وﻗ ﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﻲ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺳ ﻂ وﻗ ﺖ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل وﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ أن ﻧﻼﺣﻆ هﻨﺎ أن هﺬا اﻟﻤﺪى ﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل هﻮ ﻣﺎ ارﺗﻀﻴﺘﻪ أﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ وﻣ ﺎ ﺻ ﻤﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ اﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤ ﻨﺰل إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ,وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﺗﻌ ﺎﻟﻰ ﻧ ﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﺎ ﻧﺮﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﺜﺎل وهﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻌﺎم ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ وﻧﺠ ﺎوب ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺴﺆال ﻟﻤ ﺎذا ﻻ ﺗ ﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻰ ﻋﻤﻠ ﻚ آ ﻞ ﻳ ﻮم ﻓ ﻲ زﻣ ﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ أن اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ واﻟ ﺴﻴﺎرة واﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻐ ﻴﺮوا وه ﻰ آﻠﻬ ﺎ ﻋﻮاﻣ ﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ؟ اﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺴﺆال ه ﻮ أن هﻨ ﺎك ﻋﻮاﻣ ﻞ أﺧ ﺮى ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟ ﺴﻴﺎرة واﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻟ ﺬي ﺗ ﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﻴ ﻪ وآﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ ﻞ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴ ﺔ اﻷﺧ ﺮى وه ﻰ ﺗﺆﺛ ﺮ ﻓ ﻲ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل وه ﻰ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺴﺒﺐ ه ﺬا اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ,آ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣ ﻞ هﻲ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴ ﺔ أي ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ﻗﺎﺑ ﻞ أن ﻳﺰﻳ ﺪ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻴﺮﻩ أو ﻳﻘ ﻞ وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪود ﻣﺎ أﻋﻄﻴﺘﻪ أﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻗ ﺪرﻩ 20دﻗﻴﻘ ﺔ وﺑﺘﺠ ﺎوز ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ 15:25دﻗﻴﻘ ﺔ وه ﺬﻩ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب ه ﻲ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴ ﺔ أو أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺗﺆدى إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ. ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋ ﺪد آﺒ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ واﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﺗﺤ ﺪث ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ وآﻞ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟ ﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴ ﺮ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
وﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳ ﻪ وﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮة ,ﻓﻤﺜ ﻼ ﻟﻨﻔ ﺮض أﻧ ﻚ ﻓ ﻲ أﺣ ﺪ اﻷﻳ ﺎم وﺻ ﻠﺖ إﻟ ﻰ ﻋﻤﻠ ﻚ ﻓ ﻲ 17 دﻗﻴﻘ ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧ ﻚ ﻻ ﺗ ﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﺗﻘ ﺮن ه ﺬا اﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل اﻟﻤﺒﻜ ﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴ ﺎدة ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨ ﺔ ﻣﺜ ﻼ أو أن ﺗﻘ ﻮل أن اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻗ ﺪ أﺧﺘﻠ ﻒ أو أن ﺳ ﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﺮت وهﻜ ﺬا ,وﻣ ﻦ هﻨ ﺎ ﻧ ﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻰ أن ﻇ ﺮوف اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺘ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻳﻮم ﻷﺧﺮ وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻓﺄن اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ه ﻲ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮدة ﻃ ﻮل اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ وﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮه ﺎ ﻣ ﺴﺘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳ ﺎدة أو اﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ,وأﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ أن ﻧﺤ ﺪد ﺗ ﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳ ﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ. -2-3-2ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ﺎ :اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ) ( special causes اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ه ﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘ ﺔ اﻟﻤ ﺼﻤﻢ ﺑﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﺎﻧ ﺐ اﻹدارة وﺗﻌﺘﺒ ﺮ أﺳﺒﺎب ﻏ ﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴ ﺔ ,وه ﺬا ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻌﻨ ﻰ أن ﺷﻲء ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺣﺪث أﺛﻨﺎء ﺳ ﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ,وﻟﻨﻌﻮد ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟ ﺴﺎﺑﻖ وه ﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وﺻ ﻮﻟﻚ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﻨﺰل إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ واﻟ ﺬي اﺗﻔﻘﻨ ﺎ أن ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ زﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل ه ﻮ 20دﻗﻴﻘ ﺔ ﺑﺘﺠﺎوز ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴ ﻦ 15:25دﻗﻴﻘ ﺔ ﺑﻔ ﺮض أﻧ ﻚ ﻓ ﻲ أﺣ ﺪ اﻷﻳ ﺎم وأﺛﻨ ﺎء ﻗﻴﺎدﺗ ﻚ ﻟﻠ ﺴﻴﺎرة أﻧﻔﺠ ﺮ أﺣ ﺪ اﻹﻃ ﺎرات ﻓﻤ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺆآﺪ أﻧﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﺤ ﺪث اﻟﻄ ﺎرئ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻠ ﻚ ﻓ ﻲ أي ﻣ ﻦ أزﻣﻨﺔ وﺻﻮﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ وإﻧﻚ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ 40دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻋﺘﺒ ﺎر إﻧ ﻚ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺒﺪال اﻹﻃ ﺎر اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺠ ﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﻃ ﺎر اﻹﺣﺘﻴ ﺎﻃﻰ وإن ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ إﻃﺎر إﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻰ ﻓﺄﻧ ﻚ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗ ﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻰ ﻋﻤﻠ ﻚ ﺑﻌ ﺪ وﻗ ﺖ أﻃ ﻮل ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ,هﺬا اﻟ ﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﺘ ﺄﺧﺮك ه ﻮ ﺳ ﺒﺐ ﺧ ﺎص ) ( special causeوﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺪوث أآﺜﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﺒﺐ ﺧ ﺎص ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘ ﺴﺒﺐ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ وﺻ ﻮﻟﻚ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﻌ ﺎرف ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﺜ ﺎل ﻳﺘ ﻀﺢ ﻟﻨ ﺎ أن اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ه ﻲ
64
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ وﻏ ﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴ ﺔ ﺗﺤ ﺪث ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ وﻣ ﻦ ﻏ ﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻤﻜ ﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ ,واﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈ ﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺟ ﺪا ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ أﻧ ﻪ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ اآﺘ ﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ وﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪهﺎ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ. -3-3-2آﻴﻔﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ أﻧ ﻮاع اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ: إن اﻷﺳ ﻠﻮب اﻟﻤﺘﺒ ﻊ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ أﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ه ﻮ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟ ﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ واﺳﺘﻴﻀﺎح هﻞ أﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺟ ﻊ
اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴ ﺔ ,ﺣﻴ ﺚ أن اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄ ﺔ ﺑﻤﺎآﻴﻨ ﺔ واﺣ ﺪة أو ﺷ ﺨﺺ واﺣ ﺪ أو ﺟ ﺰء واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ أو ﻧﻮع واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎدة اﻟﺨﺎم.....اﻟﺦ. إذا اﻟﻤ ﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴ ﺴﻴﺔ ه ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ واﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻌﺘ ﺒﺮ ﺟ ﺰء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم أو اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ,وﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻓﺈﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻚ أن ﺗﻐ ﻴﺮ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم أو اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وه ﺬا ﻣ ﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ اﻹدارة ,ﻧﻌ ﻢ اﻹدارة ﻓﻘ ﻂ وﻟﻴ ﺲ ه ﺆﻻء اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮدون ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺨﻄ ﻮط اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ واﻹدارة ﻓﻘ ﻂ ه ﻲ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﻠ ﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم أو اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ. ﻧﻌﻮد ﻣ ﻦ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪ إﻟ ﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻨ ﺎ وﺻ ﺎﺣﺐ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ اﻟﺪآﺘﻮر /إدوارد دﻳﻤﻨ ﺞ وﻟ ﻨﺮى ﻣ ﺎ رأﻳ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﻮﺿ ﻮع ,ﻟﻘ ﺪ ﻗ ﺎم دﻳﻤﻨ ﺞ ﺑﺤ ﺴﺎب
اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺧﺮاﺋﻂ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻲ
إﻟ ﻰ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ أم إﻟ ﻰ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﺧﺎﺻﺔ. ﺣﻴﺚ أﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺟﺪا ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وذﻟ ﻚ ﻷن اﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻮه ﺮي ﻋﻠﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ .ﻋﻤﻮﻣ ﺎ آﻤ ﺎ ذآﺮﻧ ﺎ ﻓ ﺄن اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ه ﻲ ﻟﻴ ﺴﺖ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ وﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻬﻞ اآﺘ ﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ وه ﻰ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻣ ﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮدون ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺨ ﻂ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ وﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ هﻢ إزاﻟ ﺔ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬ ﺎ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻧﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻮد أﺳﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ وﺟﻮد ﺗﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت ﻧﺎﺷ ﺊ ﻋ ﻦ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ وﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ وﺗﺒﻴ ﻦ ﻟ ﻪ أن 94%ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ ﺗﻌ ﻮد إﻟ ﻰ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟ ﻲ ﺗﻌ ﻮد ﻣ ﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﺎآﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻹدارة ﻓﻘﻂ, وأن ﻧﺴﺒﺔ إل 6%اﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻌ ﻮد إﻟ ﻰ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ أي ﺗﻌ ﻮد إﻟ ﻰ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮدون ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣ ﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
-4-2ﺨﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟـﻀﺒﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻴـﻥ control charts and variation ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﺎ ﻓﺈﻧ ﻚ ﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﺗﺤ ﺪد ﻧ ﻮع اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ وإن آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻰ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ أن ﺗﻔ ﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤ ﺎ ,وﺗﻮﺟ ﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘ ﺔ واﺣ ﺪة وﻓﻌﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻧ ﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ أن ﻧﻤ ﻴﺰ وﻧﻔ ﺼﻞ أﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ وه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ هﻲ اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام ﺧ ﺮاﺋﻂ اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ اﻹﺣ ﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت ) control ,( chartsﺧ ﺮاﺋﻂ اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻌﻄ ﻰ ﺻ ﻮرة واﺿ ﺤﺔ ﻟ ﺴﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻋﺒ ﺮ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ وﺗﺨ ﺒﺮك ﺑﻮﺟ ﻮد اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ إذا ﻣﺎ آﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮدة أو ﺗﺨ ﺒﺮك ﺑﻮﺟ ﻮد اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ إذا ﻣﺎ آﺎﻧ ﺖ ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮدة ,ﺧﺮﻳﻄ ﺔ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ آﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺘ ﻢ أﻧ ﺸﺄهﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ ﺗ ﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ ﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ وﻣﻦ ﺛ ﻢ ﺣ ﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻂ وﺣﺪود اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺛ ﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻴ ﻊ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ ﺎت ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺧﺮﻳﻄ ﺔ اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ,ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎهﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ أن آﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط ﺗﻌﺘ ﺒﺮ داﺧ ﻞ ﺣ ﺪود اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻌ ﻨﻰ ﻋ ﺪم وﺟ ﻮد أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ وأن اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮد ﻓﻘ ﻂ ه ﻮ أﺳﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ أي أﺳﺒﺎب ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ أو ﻧﻘ ﺎط ﺧ ﺎرج ﺣ ﺪود اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ وأن ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻌﺘ ﺒﺮ ﻣﻨ ﻀﺒﻄﺔ إﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎ. إن اﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﺑ ﺎﻟﻔﺤﺺ اﻟﻜﻤ ﻲ ﻟﻨ ﺎﺗﺞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﺑﺘﺮآﻴﺰﻧ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ذاﺗﻬ ﺎ
65
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ وذﻟ ﻚ ﺑﻬ ﺪف ﺗﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ وﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ وﻳ ﺄﺗﻲ ه ﺬا ﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﻴﺎق ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻧ ﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ,وﻟﻘ ﺪ آﺎﻧ ﺖ ه ﺬﻩ ه ﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﻋ ﺸﺮ ﻟﻠﺪآﺘﻮر دﻳﻤﻨﺞ وهﻰ ) أﻧﻬﻰ اﻻﻋﺘﻤ ﺎد ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻔﺤ ﺺ اﻟﻜﻠ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻮﺻ ﻮل إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺠ ﻮدة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑ ﺔ ( .إذا اﻟﺨﻄ ﻮة اﻷوﻟ ﻰ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ه ﻲ اآﺘ ﺸﺎف اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳ ﻦ وإزاﻟﺔ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب واﻟﺨﻄ ﻮة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ ه ﻲ أن ﻧﻘﻠ ﻞ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﻤﺮار ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴ ﺮ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ واﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم وآﺎﻧ ﺖ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﻄ ﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣ ﺴﺔ ﻟ ﺪي ﻣﻨ ﺞ ) ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻧﻈ ﺎم اﻹﻧﺘ ﺎج أو اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ واﻟﻰ اﻷﺑ ﺪ ( وه ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻌ ﻨﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﺠ ﻮدة واﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴ ﺔ وﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ. -5-2ﺍﻟﺨــﺭﺯ ﺍﻷﺤﻤــﺭ The Read Beads اﻟﺨﺮز اﻷﺣﻤ ﺮ ه ﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑ ﺔ ﺗﻌ ﺮض ﻋﺒ ﺚ أﻏﻠ ﺐ أﻧﻈﻤ ﺔ اﻹدارة ﻟﻔﻬﻤﻬ ﻢ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﺠ ﻮدة ,وﻗ ﺪ آ ﺎن دﻳﻤﻨ ﺞ ﻳ ﺸﻴﺮ اﻟ ﻰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑ ﺔ آﺜ ﻴﺮا ﺣﻴ ﺚ أن ﻣ ﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬ ﺎ ﺻ ﻌﺐ ﺟ ﺪا ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ أن ﻳﻨﺴﻰ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ وراﺋﻬﺎ. اﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟ ﺪﻳﻨﺎ وﻋ ﺎء آﺒﻴﺮ وداﺧﻞ هﺬا اﻟﻮﻋﺎء ﺳﻮف ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻣﻤﻠ ﻮء ﺑﻨ ﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺨ ﺮز وهﻤ ﺎ اﻟﺨ ﺮز اﻷﺑﻴ ﺾ وﺑﻨ ﺴﺒﺔ 80% واﻟﻨ ﻮع اﻷﺧ ﺮ ه ﻮ اﻟﺨ ﺮز اﻷﺣﻤ ﺮ ﺑﻨ ﺴﺒﺔ 20%وﺳ ﻮف ﻧﺤﺘ ﺎج ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑ ﺔ أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟ ﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟ ﺎروف ﻧ ﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺑﻮاﺳ ﻄﺘﻪ اﻟﻐ ﺮف ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻹﻧﺎء ﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ أآﻴﺎس ﺑﺠ ﻢ أﺻ ﻐﺮ وأن آ ﻞ ﻏﺮﻓ ﺔ ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﺑﻬ ﺎ 50 ﺧﺮزة ,وﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ اﻹدارة ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻋﺪد ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎل ﺑ ﺎﻟﻐﺮف ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﻮﻋ ﺎء اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ واﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻴﺲ,ﻟﻜﻦ هﻨ ﺎك ﺷ ﺮط ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮد ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وﻗﺪ ﺧ ﺒﺮت ﺑ ﻪ اﻹدارة ه ﻮ أن اﻟﻌﻤﻴ ﻞ اﻟ ﺬي ﻃﻠ ﺐ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷآﻴ ﺎس اﻟﻤﻌﺒﺌ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺨﺮز ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳ ﺪ ﺑﺎﻷآﻴ ﺎس ﺳ ﻮى اﻟﺨﺮز اﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻓﻘﻂ أي أﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺧﺮز
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
أﺑﻴﺾ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ 100%وﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﺒ ﻞ ﺑﻐﻴ ﺮ ذﻟ ﻚ ,وﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ ﺑ ﺪء اﻟﻌﻤ ﺎل ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﺌ ﺔ اﻷآﻴﺎس ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻮﻋ ﺎء اﻟﻜﺒ ﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺠﺎروف آﻤﺎ آﻠﻔﺘﻬ ﻢ اﻹدارة ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ ﻹﺗﻤ ﺎم ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ,ﻣ ﺎذا ﻧﺘﻮﻗ ﻊ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ؟ ه ﻞ ﻧﺘﻮﻗ ﻊ أن ﻧﺤﻘ ﻖ رﻏﺒﺎت اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ أم أن هﻨﺎك ﺣﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻷن ﻳﻜ ﻮن هﻨ ﺎك ﻣﻌﻴ ﺐ وه ﻮ اﻟﺨ ﺮز اﻷﺣﻤ ﺮ واﻟ ﺬي ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺘ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ آﻞ آﻴﺲ؟ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺳﻮف ﺗﻔﺸﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ رﻏﺒﺎت اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻏ ﻢ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻮ رﺳﻤﻨﺎ ﺧﺮاﺋﻂ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﻬ ﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ وﺷﺎهﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﺴﻮف ﻧ ﺮى أن ﺧﺮﻳﻄ ﺔ اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ ﺗ ﺸﻴﺮ إﻟ ﻰ أن اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻨ ﻀﺒﻄﺔ وأن آ ﻞ ﻧﻘ ﺎط اﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄ ﺔ ه ﻲ ﺿ ﻤﻦ ﺣ ﺪود اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ وأن اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮد ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ه ﻮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻷﺳﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ وأﻧ ﻪ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﻧﺤﻘ ﻖ هﺪف اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وه ﻮ ﻋ ﺪم وﺟ ﻮد ﺧ ﺮز أﺣﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷآﻴﺎس ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﻓـﺄن هﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ وﺗﻌﺎد ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻄﻠ ﻮب ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ﻷﻧ ﻪ ﻻ اﻟﺘ ﺸﺠﻴﻊ وﻻ اﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳ ﺪ وﻻ اﻟﻮﻋﻴ ﺪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎل ﺳﻮف ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ وﻟ ﻦ ﻳﺤ ﺴﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ وهﺬﻩ هﻲ اﻟﻤﺄﺳﺎة اﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ أﻏﻠ ﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤ ﺎت اﻹدارة ﺗﺨﻄ ﺊ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗ ﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وﺗﻮﻓ ﻴﺮ اﻟﻈ ﺮوف اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻷداﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ وﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻠﻮم وﻳﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ه ﻮ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ واﻟﺬي ﻻ ﺣﻮل ﻟﻪ وﻻ ﻗﻮة وﻟ ﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ أي أﻋ ﺬار ﻟﻔ ﺸﻠﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻣﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب. وﻟﻘ ﺪ آﺎﻧ ﺖ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻨﻘﻄ ﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﺷ ﺮة ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﻋ ﺸﺮ ﻟ ﺪي ﻣﻨ ﺞ ) أزل آ ﻞ اﻟ ﺸﻌﺎرات و اﻟﻤﺤ ﺎذﻳﺮ وأﺟﻌ ﻞ ه ﺪف اﻟﻘ ﻮة اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ه ﻮ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻧ ﺴﺒﺔ ﻣﻌﻴ ﺐ ﺻ ﻔﺮﻳﺔ وﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻹﻧﺘ ﺎج ( وأﻋﻠ ﻢ أن أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﻣﺸﺎآﻞ اﻹﻧﺘﺎج واﻟﺠﻮدة هﻲ أﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻹدارة وﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻓﻘﻂ. -6-2ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺔ Over controlling ﻃﺒﻌ ﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨ ﺎس ﻟﺪﻳﻬ ﻢ ﺗﺮآﻴﺰ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ وﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ أﻳ ﻀﺎ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻟﻴ ﺴﻮا آ ﺬﻟﻚ ,واﻹدارة ﻋﻠ ﻰ وﺟ ﻪ اﻟﺨﺼﻮص ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨ ﻰ اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ وﻳﺠ ﺐ أن ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻬ ﺬا اﻟﻔﻬ ﻢ ﺗ ﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟ ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻠ ﻮن داﺧ ﻞ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم .ﺣﻴ ﺚ أن ﻣﻜﻮﻧ ﺎت اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم ﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻣﻌﺘﻤ ﺪة ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ. ﻳﻘ ﻮل د.دﻳﻤﻨ ﺞ أن اﻹدارة ه ﻲ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺤ ﺪث أآ ﺒﺮ اﻷﺧﻄ ﺎء ﻓ ﻲ إدارﺗﻬ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت وأﻧ ﻪ ﻳﻮﺟ ﺪ ﻧ ﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻟﻬ ﺬﻩ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء: اﻟﺨﻄﺄ اﻷول وهﻮ اﻓﺘﺮاض أن اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳ ﻦ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻧ ﺎﺗﺞ ﻋ ﻦ أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ ﺎ هﻮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮاﻗﻊ ﻷﺳﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣﺔ. اﻟﺨﻄﺄ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ وهﻮ اﻓﺘﺮاض أن اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳ ﻦ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ أﺳﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ه ﻮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮاﻗﻊ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻷﺳﺒﺎب ﺧﺎﺻﺔ. ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ اﻟ ﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻨ ﻚ ﺗﺠﻨ ﺐ ﻋﻤ ﻞ ﺧﻄﺄ واﺣ ﺪ ﻓ ﻲ أﺣ ﺴﻦ اﻟﻈ ﺮوف آﺤ ﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻤ ﺪﻳﺮ اﻟﻤ ﺪرب ﻳﻤﻜﻨ ﻪ أن ﻳﺘﺠﻨ ﺐ اﻟﺨﻄ ﺄﻳﻦ ﻣﻌ ﺎ واﻟﻬ ﺪف ﻣ ﻦ وراء ذﻟ ﻚ ه ﻮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴ ﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﻗﻴ ﺪﻩ اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠ ﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﺄﻳﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ,ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﺴﺆال ﻣﺎ هﻮ اﻟﺸﻲء اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ أو ﻣﺎ هﻲ اﻟﻮﺳ ﻴﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﻤﺪﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﻨ ﺐ ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﺧﻄ ﺎء؟ أﺟ ﺎب دﻳﻤﻨ ﺞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟﺘﺴﺎؤل ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﻮاﻓﻴﺔ وهﻮ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧ ﺮاﺋﻂ اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ واﻟﻔﻬ ﻢ اﻟﺠﻴ ﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ. ﻧﻨﺘﻘ ﻞ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﻄ ﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺬا اﻟﺠ ﺰء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻘ ﺎل وه ﻰ أﻧ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻄ ﺮ آﺒ ﻴﺮ وه ﻮ ﺧﻄ ﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺰاﺋ ﺪ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ Over . controllingوﻗﺪ ﻗ ﺎل د /دﻳﻤﻨ ﺞ " إذا ﻣﺎ ﺣﺎول أي ﺷ ﺨﺺ أن ﻳﻌ ﺪل ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ه ﻲ ﻣﻨ ﻀﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌ ﻞ ﺳ ﻮاء أآ ﺎن ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ ﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑ ﺔ أو اﻟﺤ ﺼﻮل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ أﻓ ﻀﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﻟ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺬا اﻟﺘﻌ ﺪﻳﻞ ﺳ ﻮف ﺗﻜ ﻮن أﺳﻮء ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﻟ ﻮ أﻧ ﻪ ﺗ ﺮك اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺗ ﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬ ﺎ .وﻣﺜ ﻞ ه ﺬا اﻷﺳ ﻠﻮب ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﺒﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ,وهﺬا اﻟﻌﺒﺚ ﻋﺎدة ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠ ﻪ اﻷﺷ ﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮدون ﻓ ﻲ
66
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟ ﺼﻔﻮف اﻷوﻟ ﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ واﻷﻏﻠ ﺐ أآ ﺜﺮ أﻧ ﻪ ﻳ ﺄﺗﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﻹدارة .إن ه ﺬا اﻟﻌﺒ ﺚ ﻳﺰﻳ ﺪ اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ وﺑﺎﻟﺘ ﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺰﻳ ﺪ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﻗﻴﺪ.
•
•
ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﻟﺨﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻴﻥ: •
ﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ اﻹﺣ ﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﻷي ﻧﻈ ﺎم ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻘﻴ ﺎدة أو اﻹدارة ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ إزاﻟﺔ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ) اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ أﻋ ﺮاض ﻓﺠﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ( ﺛ ﻢ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ذﻟ ﻚ ﺗﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ وﺗﻘﻠﻴ ﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴ ﺮ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ ) اﻷﻋ ﺮاض اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺪﻳﻤﺔ( ﻟﻠﻤ ﺸﻜﻠﺔ آﻠﻤ ﺎ آ ﺎن ذﻟ ﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻨ ﺎ ,وﻟﻨﻌﻠ ﻢ أن اﻹﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب ﻹﻳﺠﺎد وإزاﻟﺔ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺎص هﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ اﻹﺟ ﺮاء اﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ. وﻧ ﺴﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﻠﻘ ﺔ اﻟﻨﻘ ﺎط اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ وذﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟ ﻀﺒﻂ اﻹﺣ ﺼﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ: • اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ هﻮ ﺷﺊ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮدﻩ ﻓ ﻲ آ ﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺎت وه ﻮ ذﻟ ﻚ اﻟﻐﺎﺋ ﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻘﻮة ﻓﻲ آﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
• •
•
•
•
اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺘ ﺞ ﻣ ﻦ ﻧ ﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب وهﻤ ﺎ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﺔ واﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ه ﻮ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ اﻟﻮاﺿ ﺢ ﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ وﻋﺪم اﻟﺨﻠﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻚ أن ﺗﻜﺘ ﺸﻒ وﺗﺤ ﺪد آ ﻞ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﻳ ﻦ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ. أزل آﻞ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺄآ ﺪ أن اﻟﺘﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ اﻟ ﺬي ﻣ ﺎزال ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ه ﻮ ﺗﺒ ﺎﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺗ ﺞ ﻋﻦ أﺳﺒﺎب ﻋﺎﻣﺔ. راﻗﺐ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻔ ﺘﺮة ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺰﻣﻦ, إذا ﻟ ﻢ ﺗﻈﻬ ﺮ أي أﺳ ﺒﺎب ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﺨﻄ ﻮة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ ه ﻲ اﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ واﻟﺪاﺋﻢ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ. أﻋﻠﻢ أن ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ إن ﻳﻜﻮن ذو ﺟﺪوى وﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪام اﻟﻀ ﺒ ﻂ اﻹﺣﺼ ﺎﺋ ﻲ واﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮارﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ. اﺳ ﺘﻘﺮار أو وﺟ ﻮد اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم ﻟﻸﺑ ﺪ ﻧ ﺎدرا ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴ ﺔ, وﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻌﺠﺰة.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﺔ إزاﻟ ﺔ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔ • واﺣ ﺪا ﺑﻌ ﺪ اﻵﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻹﺷ ﺎرة اﻹﺣ ﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ه ﻮ إن ﺗ ﺘﺮك ﻓﻘ ﻂ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮة. • ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻻﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﺎن اﻟﺨﻄ ﻮة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ ه ﻲ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ,اﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ رﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ : .1ﺣﺼﺎر اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ .2ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻂ أﻋﻠ ﻲ أو أﺳ ﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى .3ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎ • اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻻﺣ ﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﻠﺠ ﻮدة ﻳﺠ ﺐ إن ﻳﻄﺒ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ آ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ وﺗ ﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ وإذا ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﺤﻘ ﻖ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻋﻨ ﺪهﺎ ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﺗ ﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻘ ﻮل ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﻏ ﻴﺮت ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺎم اﻻﺻ ﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد. أن ﺗﺠﺪ اﻷﺧﻄ ﺎء ﻟﻴ ﺲ آﺎﻓﻴ ﺎ إذ • اﻧ ﻪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﻀﺮوري إن ﺗﺠ ﺪ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب اﻟ ﺘﻲ ه ﻲ وراء ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﺎء ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻪ اﻗﻞ ﻋﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ) ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ (
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
67
2025 almost 3.5 times the present demand shall be needed.(1) The majority of distillation plants are installed in Saudi Arabia , Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates. Half of world desalting capacity is used to desalt sea water in the Middle East and North Africa, Saudi Arabia ranks first in total capacity about 24% of world's capacity. (2 )
A Review of Solar Desalination اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪس أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﺎدل رﺋﻴﺲ اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
-1Introduction
1-1Overview
Desalination is a water treatment processes that produced fresh water, that is low in total dissolved solids (TDS), from brackish or seawater, that is high in TDS. So that it can be used for drinking, agriculture and industrial processes. In many places of the world only seawater, brackish water is available. This leads to
an increasing interest in desalination technologies, so that, drinking water of acceptable quality has become a scarce commodity. Fresh water forms only about 1% of total water available on earth. In the gulf area 95% of its water supply is obtained by desalination of seawater. A recent study shows that the demand for portable water in Egypt is estimated to be 12.9 x109 m3/yr, by the year
www.altariq.ps
2 -1 H i s t o r i c a l background The hydrologic cycle provides the Earth with a continuos supply of fresh and for most part distilled water. The sun drives the cycle by providing the energy to evaporate water from ocean. This water vapor, which accumulates as clouds, condenses in the cooler upper atmosphere and
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
أﺑﺤﺎث و دراﺳﺎت
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
68
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ falls to the earth’s surface in the form of rain or snow. A major step in desalination development came in the 1940, during war II, when various military establishments in arid areas needed water to supply their troops. The potential that desalting offered was recognized more widely after the war and was continued in various countries. (2) -2 D e s a l i n a t i o n Technologies 1 -2 Classification of desalination processes. Several methods are known for the production of fresh water by desalting of seawater or brackish waters. The methods of water desalination can be are classified in many ways, one of it is t h e d e p e nde ncy o f thermal energy for desalination. The different processes can be divides into thermal, solar thermal and nonthermal processes. (3) 1-1-2Thermal processes
This processes can be subdividing into : -Multi-stage flash (MSF) -Multi effect distillation (MED) -Vapor Compression (VC) All are thermal processes which producedistilled water typically this distillate is very pure with low TDS. Energy required is not dependent on the salinity of the feed water. 2 -1 -2 S o l a r processes
thermal
This processes reveal two sub-groups, direct solar thermal and indirect solar thermal. i- Direct solar thermal processes : -solar still In which the solar collector and the desalination unit are one integral unit.
tion plant. 3 -1 -2 N o n Processes
Thermal
Non thermal processes can be subdivided into: i- Membrane processes -Reverse Osmosis (RO) Electrodialysis (ED) Both technologies remove water from the salt, which means that their performance is directly influenced by the salinity of the feed water. ii- Chemical processes (4) -Ion exchange Desalination processes with technical important are, multi stage flash, multi effect distillation, reverse osmosis, solar still, vapor com-
ii- Indirect solar thermal processes : -solar pond -Solar collectors -Photovoltaic Where solar energy is first converted to usable heat or electric power, which is then used as the energy source for the desalinaFig. 1 Distribution of solar radiation, annual average values in kWh/m2/day
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
69
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ pression and electrodialysis.(3) The multi-stage flash distillation and reverse Osmosis are the most common ones, these two processes make up about 86% of the total. The remaining 14% are made up of the other methods, e.g. multi effect, electrodialysis, vapor compression, …etc. (1) 2 -2 S o l a r Desalination.
Assist
ideal source of fresh water for broth drinking and agriculture in arid zones.(5) Particularly in desert arid areas, where the incident solar radiation averages 5 6 million kWh/day/km 2 (see Fig. 1)(6). These areas are often developing countries; funds and local support for sophisticated technical systems may be difficult to find.
Arid and sime-arid zones constitute approximately 40% of the earth’s land area and high level of solar radiation and shortages of fresh water in general, characterize them. Such regions often possess reservoirs of either brackish or saline water that may be used for both drinking and irrigation after suitable treatment. Solar desalination
The future depletion of conventional fuel resources will ultimately lead to a widespread harnessing of solar energy. An accelerated utilization in near future, particularly for the purpose of sea water desalination, will however only take place at an important scale, if desalinated water can be produced at costs which are competitive to those resulting from the production of water with already existing plant options consuming fossil fuels (e.g. reverse osmosis, vapor compression or direct fuel fired multi stage evaporation plants). (6)
systems may be an
It’s likely to be a
Sunlight is one of the several forms of heat energy that can used to power the desalination plant. It has the advantage of zero fuel cost but, it required more space for it’s collection.
www.altariq.ps
key technological development in Meddle East region for the strategic objective of saving fossil energy and the global environment. The use of fossil energies for desalination leads to an environmental load. The water supply system using big plants running with fossil energies, however is not always an economic solution.(1) Egypt would be considered as one of the richest countries of the world in the solar energy potential. Most of the Egyptian receive considerable annual average of solar radiation between 5.6 (kWh/m2/ day) at Marsa Matrouh in the north coast to 6.5 (kWh/m 2 /day) at Aswan in the south of Egypt.(7) There are three basic ways in which solar energy is used to desalinate saltwater. These are(8): i- Solar humidification An example of this type of process is solar still, in which saline water is heated in a basin on the floor of the still and the va-
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
70
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ por condensed on the sloping glass roof that cover the basin. Application of this type of solar desalination is best suited for small scale used by a single family or small village. ii- Solar Distillation In this process, a solar collector is used to concentrate solar energy to heat the feedwater so that it can be used in the high temperature end of standard thermal desalination processes. This is usually a multiple effect or multistage flash process. iii- Desalination with Photovoltaics Desalting units that use Photovoltaics electric energy have also been built to operate standard desalting processes like reverse osmosis or electrodialiaysis.
3- A review of solar desalination plant . Solar thermal systems that produced potable water from salty water have been studied for quite some years, and the use of solar energy to produce potable water was known in ancient Egypt. Various solar thermal systems have been presented in the literature, these different technologies ware tested in many parts of the world under several conditions with respect to some criteria such as plant capacity , quality of product water , simplicity of technology, Cost, etc…, the most studied model is the solar still type solar
distiller, has the advantage of low installation cost, but it has important disadvantage , low efficiency. 3-1 Multi flash desalination unit coupled to a solar pond(9). A prototype multi flash desalination unit in conjunction with a salinity gradient solar pond is being investigated at the “ Laboratoire de Techrmique Industriell”, Tunisia, with the financial support of the secretary of state for research and technology. The purpose is to increase the efficiency of such plant, preserve fuel resources and reduce environment pollution. Fig. (2), show the multi flash system cou-
3-2Scope of this Review This review provides a state of the art reporting some of the technologies that were developed to desalinate water with assist of solar energy. Fig. (2), Multi flash system coupled to a solar pond.
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
71
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ pled to a solar pond. A laboratory prototype was constructed and tested under different conditions, such as brackish water temperature and its flow rate, vacuum inside the evaporator chamber and spray methods, etc…., to test its efficiency at temperature similar to those of the solar pond. The experiences covered a wide range of temperature (55oC to 80oC) and vacuum (-0.6 bar to –0.9 bar). To increase evaporation, spraying of the brackish water was experimented. In this case 8.6 L/h was distilled at 70oC and – 0.9 bar. Since this result a new simulation of the solar pond coupled to 10 desalination u n i t s o f 1 m 2 e a ch showed that 15 m3/day of distillate can be produced.
"Autoflash" desalination unit; one of the cheapest ways to use the solar heat is achieved with a solar pond. The schematic operating principles of the solar pond powered desalination system are shown in Fig. (3). Performance and layout data were obtained both from computer simulation and experimental results with a small sized solar pond and desalination subsystem in Switzerland. The economical assessment, which is presented for North African climate
conditions for actual small scale systems. Potential further cost reductions through upscaling and serial manufacture will lead to the use of solar desalinated water at competitive price levels. The Autoflash process is based on the Multiple Stage Flash process (MSF). In this process, the sea water is sucked through a de aerator into the desalination unit. From there it is pumped through all condenser stages (tube heat exchangers) and is
End-heater
Autoflash desalination plant
Deaerator
3-2 Small scale solar pond powered seawater desalination systems 6 The described desalination system consists of a solar pond as the heat source and an Atlantis
Flushing layer Gradient layer Storage layer Seawater
Product
Brine
Fig. (3) Autoflash desalination system powered by a solar pond conditions, shows the economical boundary
www.altariq.ps
preheated by vapor conde nsing on the
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
72
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ outer tube surface, which thereby releases its latent heat.
The vapor is generated under subatmospheric conditions in the adjacent evaporators Fig. (3) by extracting heat from the preheated sea water. Both, the distillate and the remaining seawater are directed separately to the next stage where flashing occurs again because of the lower pressure prevailing in that stage. This process is repeated in the following stages. The bulk energy used to evaporate sea-water is recovered by the sea-water flowing through the condensers. The required external heat is added in the end heater. When a MSF plant is coupled to a solar pond or to any variable heat source it cannot be operated at a
constant temperature or raw water flow rate, which results in an ongoing change of the pressure differences between the stages. Thus conventional plants with fixed orifices and weirs to control interstage pressures and levels are not suited for this kind of applications. Atlantis has solved these problems with a proprietary passive inter-stage pressure regulation system, which is individually self-regulating at each fluid passage between the stages. This is accomplished without using mechanical or electronic control devices which are bound to fail. The latest solar pond project
Fig. (4), Atlantis solar pond in North Africa
www.altariq.ps
is shown in Fig. (4). This solar pond will be coupled to a 5 m3/day Autoflash desalination unit. The pond has already started operation, and the desalination unit will be installed in early 1999 Fig. (5), Small scale Atlantis "Autoflash" desalination unit Fig.(5),shows a picture of this small scale desalination unit, which is constructed of highly corrosion resistant materials. The overall system will operate automatically and is equipped with an extended measurement system, which will provide valuable performance data and enable remote supervision of the system.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
73
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ subsystems, The solar collector field, the heat accumulator and seawater evaporator. The specifications and design features of the plant are summarized in table (1).
Fig. (6), Schematic diagram of the solar desalination plant. 3-3 Multi Effect Stack type (MES) distilling plant coupled with solar collector10
The plant consists of three main
The temperature of the heating water supplied by the heating water pump, its flow rate and the seawater temperature influences the distillate
The Abu Dhabi solar desalination plant started operation in The Abu Dhabi solar desalination plant started operation in September 1984 and is still operating until now. The plant was designed as a pilot unit for evaluation of the technical feasibility of such plants for supplying fresh water to remote arid coastal areas of the UAE. The plant is designed for an expected yearly average fresh water production of 85 m 3 /day. A simplified schematic of the plant is shown in fig.(6)
Table (1), Plant design specifications .
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
74
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ production. 3 -4 S o l a r p o w e r e d evaporation distillation.11 A practical scale desalination system harnessing only solar energy as the heat source from solar collectors and the power source from solar cells is in operation at the Al Azhar University in Gaza. The unit was developed and manufactured by the Ebara Corporation (Tokyo) and the Water Research Center in Al Azhar University is performing the tests for the system. The unit is considered as a zero-emission (zero-brine-discharge) system, and the desalination method is evaporation distillation with triple-effect evapo-
rators. This paper describes the unit, discusse s the method used for distillation and results of the tests during the testing period. It also shows the feasibility of using the system in our region. The desalination method used in the present system is evaporation distillation at low temperature with triple-effect evaporators (solar radiation energy is used three times for distillation operated under vacuum pump). Schematics of the system shown in Fig.(7). A thermosiphon system was used in the collector. The thermal medium is pure distilled water and the air in the solar collectors evacuated by using a vacuum pump.
The movement of steam from the solar collectors (high pressure and temperature side) to the first evaporator (low pressure and temperature side) where later it condenses in the evaporator, and pure distilled water moves back to the solar collectors by gravitational In the first evaporator the raw water is evaporated with the heat and the steam is fed to the second evaporator. The steam entering the second evaporator causes the raw water to evaporate and is itself condensed to distilled water and passes to the distilled water tank. The raw water in the second evaporator is heated and generates steam, which is passed into the third evaporator, heats the raw water in the evaporator and itself condenses to flow into the distilled water tank. The steam generated in the third evaporator goes to the saline water tank and is cooled to condensate by using a condenser in the distilled water tank.
Fig.7.Schematic flow diagram of the Ebara solar desalination system .
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
From the re-
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
75
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ sults obtained during the first year of operation, it was clear that the highest solar average daily insolation (29,491KJ/m2.d) was in
use of the humidification dehumidification process. In this process air is heated and humidified by the hot water received from a solar collector; then it 1- preheating is dehu2- feed tank midified 3- condenser in a large 4- collector surface 5 -humidifier condenser 6- rotameter using the 7-air blower s a l i n e feed. Most of the latent heat of condensation is use d for Fig. (8), Schematic diagram of the de- p r e h e a t salination system. ing the feed. Different J une –J uly, with the highest daily production of 204.5 l/d, while Fig. (9), Picture of collector the lowest was in the plant. month of December, where the highest production is 85 l/d with insolation of 10,195KJ/ m2.d. December has only 1 day of zero output. The average monthly variation of solar insolation. 3-5 Solar desalination with humidification dehumidification cycle12. The most promising development in solar desalination was the
multi effect humidification dehum- idification units (MEH) have been built and tested by different German firms in Indonesia. Portugal, the Canary Islands, and
www.altariq.ps
other places. Productivity of these units varied but was as high as 1520 l/m2/d , which was of the order of 4-5 times that of the single basin still. The MEH units was built based on a closed air, open water cycle, and consisted of a humidifier, flat plate collector, and cooling coil condenser. The unit was provided with an air blower water pump feed and preheating tanks as shown in Fig. (8). Th is unit wa s found suitable for water solar desalination. Daily production of field of the SODESA pilot
12l/m2/d was achieved which was over three times that of the singlebasin still 3-6 Multi effect humidification coupled with
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
76
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ solar collectors13 In May 2000 the SODESA pilot plant was installed on the test field in Gran Canaria, Fig. (9) shows the collector field of 8 collector modules. The Total aperture are of the collector field is 47.2 m2. In the house behind the collectors the 6.3 m3 storage tank, the multi effect humidification (MEH) distillation unit and the water treatment unit is installed together with the data accusation system. The syste m successfully put into operation. The design value for SODASA pilot plant is 600 litters per day of high quality drinking water. The
colle ctors
are especially appropriate for solar thermally driven desalination system as the seawater can directly be heated up in the collectors. This means that no heat exchanger is needed to connect the desalination unit to the collector field. For the development of collectors with corrosion free absorbers at high operating temperature 90oC, no metallic materials, which are normally used for solar collector absorbers, are used. The absorber consists basically out of selectively coated glass tube and silicone header channels. The materials of the absorber construction are seawater proof and temperature stable, to-
gether with the very good selective coating. A zigzag reflector was used, the gap of one tube diameter between two tubes and position a 90o reflector under each tube. Fig. (10), shows of the collector design. The new collectors can in principle be applied in all thermally driven desalination techniques. They may also be used in PV driven RO system to pre-heat feed water. The first operating experiences of the collector are very good, both with respect to thermal performance and efficiency as well as to system behavior. The system will be monitored for one year up to the end of the
Fig. (10), Sketch of the SODESA collector design, single collector with new corrosion free absorber and zigzag reflector.
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
77
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ project in June 2001. 3-7 Solar thermal desalination with MultiEffect Humidification (MEH) method 14 Fig (11) , show test prototype of solar
The project is commendably funded by the Middle East Desa lina tion R e se a rch Center (MEDRC).The unit use Multi-Effect Humidification (MEH) method to produce distilled water of very high quality. This water eas-
ily can be mineralized to get fresh water for drinking or irrigation. System is used to supply of small communities in decentralized areas. The daily water production is between 500 and 5000 liters of fresh water. 3-8 The moisture condensation system 15
Fig.(11), Test prototype of solar thermal desalination system located near Muscat / Sultanate of Oman thermal desalination system located near Muscat / Sultanate of Oman. This plant was designed by SolDesal. It was set up in March 2000 in co-operation with Sultan Qaboos University of Oman and the sola r Colle ctor C o m p a n y G e r ma n y . The main task of the project is to show the long term reliability of the Desalination method.
The moisture condensation system is derived from the solar still method and applies conventional humidification engineering to improve the system efficiency, maintaining yet the outstanding characteristics of reliability, cost reduction and minimum maintenance require-
Fig.(12), The moisture condensation system
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
78
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ m
e
n
t
s
.
The concept relies in the psychometric fact that water contents of one cubic meter of saturated air depends on the temperature and may reach values of 200 gr. At temperatures of around 90ºC. Instead of moving water and separate the salt, the system moves air, which is saturated with the highest possible amount of water and condensed with the same water source. Then, the system avoids the pretreatment and chemical uses and the handling of brine and stead uses the humidification physics demanding:
summer time. Additional comments to the system schematic are the possibility to supply the electricity for fans and pumps via PV modules due to the perfect matching of heat and electricity demand ,the system capability to operate in a continuous mode by implementing a back-up module .
a.- Heating the air. b.- Moistening the air up to the saturation level's.- Condensing the saturated air.
3-9 Coup ling of PV powered RO brackish water desalination plant with solar still16
The concept schematic is presented in figure (12), where the water and cooling source is considered the sea at temperatures of 15 to 20 ºC to guaranty the standard operation in most Mediterranean coastal areas d u r i n g t h e
The Energy Research Institute of King Abdulaziz City for Science and Technology (KACST) has designed and install the Sadous PV powered water desalination plant for effective utilization of inland reserves of brackish water by local inhabitant. Fig. (13),
www.altariq.ps
Fig.(13), Diagrammatic sketch of PV-water pumping and desalination plant at Sadous , Riyadh.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
79
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ shows the line diagram of Sadous plant. At this plant the RO unit is producing portable water by reducing the TDS from approximately 5800 ppm to about 150 ppm. The RO is converting only 30 % of the total input brackish water to product water and the rest ( i.e. 70 %) is rejected as concentrated brine.
general the net production for a solar still is in the range of 3 to 4 liters of fresh water per square meter per day with a typical efficiency of 35-40%. Fig.(14), Proposed layout plan for solar stills.
The efficiency of these solar still assemblies, will be enhanced by 10-15% if preheated brine is provided as an input to the still.
after direct evaporation. This collected salt can be used as product. The cost of product water from proposed single effect solar still plant would be 11.21 SR per cubic meter for 5% interest rate and for an optimistic plant life time of 20 years. 3-10 Small Reverse Osmosis unit using PV system for water desalination in Portugal 17
A solar still plant capacity of 5.8 cubic meter distillate per day is proposed to couple with the existing PV-RO plant in order to utilize most of the reject brine instead of throwing on the ground. The proposed design of the solar still assembles can be applied to configure a 100% solar powered desalination system for any location and quality o f brackish water.
One option to preheat the brine is to Small RO systems pass the brine through r u n n i ng on photothe storage portion of the salt gradient solar pond using embedded heat exchanger. The reject brine about 30oC from RO unit will be preheated up to 75oC by passing through the solar Fig. (15), Schematic configuration of p o n d a nd t he n the small RO experimental pilot plant. feed to the still.
The proposed plant has an effective evaporating surface area of 1449 m2, distributed over 1380 stills, which are grouped in 46 blocks of 30 stills each. The lay out of the plant is shown in fig. (14) . In
The sa line water is flushed out of the basin periodically. The flushed brine will be collected in an evaporating pond, where salt Fig. (16), Configuration of the small can be removed RO experimental pilot plant.
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
80
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
Table (2), RO membrane specifications. voltaic PV system could b e use d t o o b t a in drinkable water for life support. These systems can be made using commercially available small RO compact units with typical daily production of the order of 100-500 L and function with pressure as low as 5 bar. Running on PV modules from 50-1090 W, these units can produce drinkable water from brackish waters containing salt concentrations of the order of 5000 ppm. A unit of this type has been assembled at the Renewable Energy Department of INEIT, Portugal.
A diagram of pilot system is presented in Fig. (15). The raw water passed first through a perfilter 20 mm, then through a carbon filter (chloride removal) and was then introduced to the membrane. The feed water passed through membrane and the permeate was collected in tank. Fig. (16), represent the plant arrangement. The desalination pilot system is coupled to a stand-alone PV system of 100 W and 150 W, direct connection to the pump with no bat-
teries. The operating conditions of the tests performed are presented in Table (3) and (4). 3-11 Small-Scale photov o ltaic desalination plant in Gran Canaria. 18 A small demonstration plant using the PV-RO technique has been installed at the test field of the Energy and Water Research Center (CIEA) of the Technological Institute of the Ganary Island (UTC) in Pozo Izquierdo, on the island of Gran Canaria.
Table (4), Operating condition of RO pilot coupled with a PV system (3x50 w)
Table (3), Operating condition of RO pilot coupled with a PV system (2x50 w)
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
81
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
References
Fig. (17), Scheme of the PV supplied RO plant. The system design allows both a renewable energy supply as well as a supply from the electricity grid. The technical specifications are: high pressure positive displacement pump Membrane type : TFC sea water 4” Number of Membrane : 2 in parallel Nominal permeate flow : 3 m3/d Sea water salinity : 35000 ppm TDS Salinity of permeate < 500 ppm TDS The proposed configuration presents a parallel connection of the two RO membranes> A serial connection would lead to a higher water production up to 30% higher with the same electrical load , but with poorer quality .
The following fig. (17), illustrates the system design. Technical description on the energy supply : PV array : 64 SImodules with 75 W p each , total peak power 4800 W Inverter : 4500 W nominal power Battery : 1240 Ah An average constant electrical load of approx. 2.35 kW is assumed during plant operation. Assuming a daily average water production of 0.8 m3 ( 6 hours of operation), the daily energy demand lies in the order of 15kWh, resulting a specific energy cons u m p t i o n o f 1 8 -1 9 kWh/m3
www.altariq.ps
1-Roshdy A. A. 1998. “ Potential of economic solar desalination in the Middle East “ AISEC6, Muscat, Sultanat of Oman. 2- O.K. Buros, “ The ABC’s of desalinating”, international Desalination Association, Second Edition. http://www.ida.bm/ PDFS/Publications/ ABCs.pdf 3- Goght W., et.al. 1998.” Desalination of brackish water with reverse osmosis supplied by a decentralized renewable energy hydride system”, AISEC-6, Muscat, Sultanat of Oman. 4 - “ Desalination Report”, Trans-Texas Water Program, Southeast Area, Technical Memorandum, 1998. 5- Mink G. 1998.” Design parameters, performance testing and analysis of a double glazed air blown solar still with thermal energy recycle”, Solar Energy, Vol. 64, pp. 265277. 6- Szacsvay. T. et.al. “ Technical economical aspects of small scale solar pond powered sea water
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
82
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ AISEC-6, Muscat, Sultanat of Oman.
Desalination 106, pp. 427-429 13- Matthias R. et.al. 2000. “ The SODESA project : development of solar collectors with corrosion free absorbers and first results of the desalination pilot plant”, Mediterranean conference on policies and strategies for desalination and renewable energies , Santorini Island, Greece. 14-www.solardesalination.com 15www.geohabitat.e s/ingl/solar.html 16- Hasnain S.M. et. al. 1998. “ Coupling of PV powered RO. Brackish water desalination plant with solar stills”, AISEC-6, Muscat, Sultanat of Oman. 17- Joyce A. et.al. 2001. “Small reverse osmosis units using PV system for water purification in rural places”, Desalination 137, pp. 39-44. 18- Herold D. et.al. 1998. “ Small scale photovoltaic desalination for rural water supply demonstration plant in Gran Canaria”,
www.altariq.ps
desalination system” Atlantis water desalination system, Switzerland. 7- Abd Elnasser A. M.1999.” Investigation of the parameters affecting the use of solar energy for sea water desalination.” M.Sc. , Suez Canal University . 8- Mousa S. M. et.al. 2001.” A photovoltaic powered system for water desalination”, Desalination 138, pp. 129-136. 9- Safi M. J. 1998. “ Performance of a flash desalination unit intended to be coupled to a solar pond ”, AISEC-6, Muscat, Sultanat of Oman. 10- Ali M. El-Nashar, et.al. 1998. “ the solar desalination plant is Abo Dhabi: 13 years of performance and operation history”, AISEC-6, Muscat, Sultanat of Oman. 11- Abu Jabal M.S. et. al. 2001.“ Proving test for a solar-powered desalination system in Gaza-Palestine”, Desalination 137, pp. 1-6. 12- M. Farid, et. al. 1995. “ Solar desalination with a humidification dehumidification cycle”,
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
83
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل )(I.Q.M.S ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﻔﻌل ؟! ! ﻋﺯﻴﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ؟ ،ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻤﺘﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺨﺩﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴـﻤـﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ؟ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻲ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ؟ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒـﺎﺕ ﻜل ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺍ؟ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻤﻌﻘﺩ ﻭ ﻤﺘﺸﺎﺒﻙ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻥ ﺩﻋﻭﻨﺎ ﻨﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻭ " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل" ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺴﺄل ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ؟ ﻭ ﺃﻴـﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﺕ ﻋﻠﻭﻤﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﻫل ﺘﺩﺭﻙ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻙ؟.
ﻡ /ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻁﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﻴﺱ tqm_ema9000@yahoo.com
ﻋﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻋﻠـﻡ
ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ،ﻭﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ
ﻤﻴﻜﺎﻨﻴﻜﺎ ﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺀ) ﺨﺭﻴﺞ
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ
ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﻤﻼﻤﺢ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ
ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ( ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺒﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ
ﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍ ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ
ﻤﻨﺸﺎﺓ ﻭ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴـﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﻤﺩﺭﺴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺠﺩ ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻁﺒﻴﺒﺎ
ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺎﻓـﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺩﺓ
) ﺨﺭﻴﺞ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻁـﺏ( ﺃﻭ ﻤﺩﺭﺴـﺎ
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻜﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺏ
ﺫﻫﺏ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ
)ﺨﺭﻴﺞ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﺒﻴﺔ( ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺤﺎل ﻤﺩﺭﺍﺀ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻭ ﺇﺭﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ
ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺒﺤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴـﺎ
ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﻴﺔ ..ﺒﺎﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﻜﻴﻑ ﺤـﺎل
ﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ،ﻭﻻ ﻴﺨﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴـﻙ
ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﺭﻴـﻕ ﻋﻤـل ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ
ﻋﺯﻴﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ) ﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﻤﺸﺭﻓﻴﻥ
ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺘـﺎﺝ ﺜـﻡ
ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﻴﻥ ﻭ ﻤﻔﺘﺸﻴﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺎل(؟ ﺤﺘﻰ
ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺜـﻡ ﻤﺭﺤﻠـﺔ
ﻻ ﻴﻐﻀﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﻨﺎ ﻟﺴﺕ ﻀﺩ
ﺘﻭﻜﻴﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻀـﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺩﺓ ﺤﺘـﻰ
ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺩﺓ
ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺁﻡ ﻁﺒﻴـﺏ ...ﺍﻟـﺦ ﻭﻟﻜـﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ،ﻜﻤﺎ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤـل
ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺴﻬل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ
ﻟﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺭﺠـﺊ
ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ )ﻓﻨﻴﺔ /
ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ ﺃﺸـﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ
ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ.
ﺃﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ( ﻭ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﻫـﺫﺍ
ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻨﻌﻜﺱ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻜﻔـﺎﺀﺓ
ﻓﻬل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺘـﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟـﻰ
ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀـﻭﻋﺎﺕ
ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ،ﻓﻘـﺩ
ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭ ﻹﺼﻼﺡ ﻋﻁل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤـﺭﻙ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﺜل
ﺘﺠﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺤـﺩ
ﺴﻴﺎﺭﺘﻙ؟ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ :ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻻ ﻓﻜل ﻤﻨﺎ
ﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ )– Quality circles
ـﺯﺓ ـﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺠﻬـ ـﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺍﻟـ ﻤـ
ﻟﻪ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻘﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ) (BPRﻭ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺜﻼ ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺴـﺎ ﺘﺨـﺼﺹ
ﺃﻭﺼﻲ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻜـﺭﻴﻡ ﻤﺤﻤـﺩ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
84
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻠﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴـﺙ
ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ¿ ﻫل ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ
ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ
ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻑ " ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺤـﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻤـل
ﻴﺨﺹ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ
ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ
ﺃﺤﺩﻜﻡ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻘﻨﻪ" ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ.
ﺍﻟﻜﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻴـﻑ ﻟﻌـﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻁﺒﻴﻌـﺔ
ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ.
ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺘﻙ؟
ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻟﻲ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻬـﺎ ﻓـﻲ
ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺃﻋﻤـﺎل ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﺤﺠﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻟﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺄﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺜﺒﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﻟـﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل" ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺤﺎﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻴـﺯﻭ ) ( ISO 9001:2000ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺠـﺩ ﻟﺩﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻟﻴل ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺒﻨـﻭﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺔ ﻭ ﺃﻴـﻀﺎ ﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴـﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴـﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺔ" " .ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻱ ﺤﺎﺼـﻠﺔ ﻋﻠـــــﻰ )،14000 ،9000 (ISO18000ﺒﺎﻹﻀــﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟــﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠـﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﺤﻠﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﺭﺒﻴـﺔ (CE ) . "MARKﻋﺯﻴﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺨﻴل ﻜـﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺜـﺎﺌﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﻗﻴـﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻭ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻤﺜﻤﺭﺓ ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺩ ﻭ ﺘﺸﺎﺒﻙ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻤﻠﻪ .ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻁـﺭﺡ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗـﺕ ﺴـﺎﺒﻕ ﺠـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤـل ﻭﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ " ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﻴﺩﻤﺞ ﻜل ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﺘﻤﺎﺴﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﺠـﺎﺯ ﻏﺭﻀﻪ ﻭ ﻤﻬﻤﺘﻪ" ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻨـﻪ ﻴﺭﻜـﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺕ ﺘﺨـﺹ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻀﻴﻊ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻫـﻲ ﺘﻭﻜﻴـﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺔ ISO ، 9001ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺔ ، ISO 14001ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﺍﻟـﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺔ .OHSAS 18001ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﻀـﻴﻊ ﺃﺨﺭﻱ ﺘﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ ﺘـﻡ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ) ( IMSﻤﺜل ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴـﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ،ﻭﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺨـل ﺃﻱ ﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ
ﺒﺤﺙ ﺃﻋﺩﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﻴل ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺠـﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤـل ) (I.Q.M.Sﻓﻬﻭ " ﻫﻭ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺩﺓ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨـﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻷﻱ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺠـﻭﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴـﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺭﺼﺩ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺩﺓ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ".ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻫـﻭ" ﻭﻀﻊ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻪ ﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺠـﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﻓﻌﺎل ،ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻭﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺔ " .ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻤﻨﻪ" ﺘﻁﻭﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺘـﺎﺝ ﺴـﻠﻊ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻠﺒﻲ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﺒﺄﻗل ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ". ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ: ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻨـﺎﺕ ﻋـﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻤﻨﻅﻤـﺔ ﺘﺭﻴـﺩ
ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟـﺼﺤﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻤﻴـﺔ
ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠـﺔ ﻭﺒﻨـﺎﺀﺍ
ﻭﺠﺩﺕ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘـﻼﻑ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺇﻁـﺎﺭ ﻤﺤـﺩﺩ
ﺤﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻓﻲ
ﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻻ ﻴﻌﺘﻤـﺩ
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ) ،ﻤﺩﻴﺭ/ﻤﻬﻨـﺩﺱ(
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ
ﺘﻭﻜﻴﺩ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ)،ﻤﺩﻴﺭ/ﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ( ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒـﺔ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
85
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ،ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﻴﻥ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ،ﻓﻨﻲ ﻤﻌـﺎﻴﺭﺓ
ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟـﺫﻜﺭ ISO
ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ
9001:2000ﻭﻫﻲ ﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﺒــ)
ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ )ﻤﺩﻴﺭ/ﻤﻬﻨـﺩﺱ(
Assurances
Quality
ﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻨـﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ
، (Management System
ﻴﻭﻡ ﻗﺭﺃﺕ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻭﻅﻴﻔـﺔ
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺠﻭﺍﺌﺯ ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺒﺘﺠﻭﻴﺩ
ﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭل ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ (Six
ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﻫـﻭ
)Sigmaﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﺠــﺎﺌﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴــﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴــﺔ)
ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻋـﺸﺭ
ـﺎ ـﺎل ﻟﻬـ ـﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤـ ،(MBNQAﻭﻫـ
ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﺩﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﻴﺔ
ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ
ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻤـﺎ ﻴﺨـﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺕ
ﺩﻤﺞ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺒل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺌﻌﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺭﺓ ،ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻫل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﻲ
ﺃﻥ ﺘﺄﺘﻲ ﺒﻤﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻴـﺩﺭﻱ
ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺭﻴﺞ ﻫﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ/
ﻋﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻴﺘﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﺎﺼﺏ
ﻋﻠﻭﻡ-ﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺀ /ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ /ﻁﺏ .... /ﺍﻟـﺦ
ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺨﺒﺭﺓ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺭﻴﺞ
ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻘﻁ.ﻓﻼﺒـﺩ ﻤـﻥ
ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺒﻜـﺎﻟﻭﺭﻴﻭﺱ ﺭﻗﺎﺒـﺔ
ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﺠﻴﺎل ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴـﺎﺩﺓ
ﺠﻭﺩﺓ( ﺃﻭ ﺨﺭﻴﺞ ﻤﻌﻬﺩ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺅﻫﻠـﺔ
ﺤﺘﻰ ﺩﺒﻠﻭﻡ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺇﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ
ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ
ﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴﺵ ﻓﻼ ﻴـﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻫـل
ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ.
ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﻲ ﺒﻘﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻟﺩﻴـﺔ
ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻕ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺒﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﻴـﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ
ﺃﻓﻀل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﻀﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.
ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﺩﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴـﺩ ﻟـﻪ ﺸـﺭﻭﻁ
ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴـﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻨـﺎ ﻓـﺽ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺒﺎﻙ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘـﺞ ﻤﺜـل )ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ -ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ -ﺍﻟﺸﻜل... -ﺍﻟﺦ( ﻓﺎﻥ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻭﺍﺼـﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻴـﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ
ﻭﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ،ﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨـﺹ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﺄﻨﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺘﻲ:
•
ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻷﺨﻼﻗﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ
ﻟﻠﻔﺭﺩ.
•
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺼﻠﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺴﺒﺔ. ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺅﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺤﻭل ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﺩﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻲ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ .ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻙ ﺘﺘـﺴﺄل ﻋﺯﻴﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ¿ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻴﻥ ﺍﺴـﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺅﻫﻠـﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ؟ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤـﺩ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴـﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺘـﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴـﺴﺎﺕ ـﺎﺕ ـﺼﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌـ ـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼـ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤـ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺠﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ،ﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﺘـﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ،ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺒﺄﻱ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻴﺠﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻬﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﺭﺠﺎل ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل،ﻭ ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻤﻥ ﻴﻤﺘﻬـﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬـﻥ ﻟﻬـﺎ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻨﺭﺠﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻨﻘﺎﺒـﺔ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻗـﺭﺏ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ. ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ: ﺃﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﻤﻰ
ـﺩﺩ) ـﺔ ﻭﺘﺤـ ـﺅﻫﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴـ ﺍﻟﻤـ
(Technical OR Management
ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻲ " ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻤـﻊ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻓﺔ،ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﻭ
•
ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ).(Leadership
ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟـﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ
•
ﻋﺩﺩ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤـﺴﺏ
ﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ .ﺃﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻬـﺎ
ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل.
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
)ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ –ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ/ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻜﻴﺩ -ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴـﻁ
www.altariq.ps
86
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ . . . .ﺍﻟﺦ( ﻭﻻ ﻴﻭﺠـﺩ ﻤـﺎﻨﻊ ﻤـﻥﺍﺴﺘﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﺠـﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﺨـﺭﻱ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻜﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜـل ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺎﺴـﺏ ﺃﻨﻅﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺴﻭﺀ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ
ﺒﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤـﺔ ﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ) Juran Trilogy (Diagramﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻫﻡ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ، ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ،ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺩﻭل
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ.ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻌﺘﺒـﺭ ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ
ﻏﻴﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴـﺔ ﺍﻻﺴـﻡ
ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ:ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨـﺎ ﻴﻘـﻊ
ﻤﺩﺭﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ) ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ –ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻜﻴﺩ
ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ) ﻤﺜﺎل( ":ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠـﻲ ﺠـﻭﺩﺓ
ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻤﺜل ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻟـﻪ
ـﻁ ...-ﻭﻏـ – ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴـ ـﻡ ـﻴﺭﻫﻡ(:ﺃﻨﻬـ
ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ" ﺃﻭ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘـﺔ ﺃﺨـﺭﻱ
ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺼﻼﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل
ﻴﻤﺜﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻰ ،ﻭﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ
"ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻲ ﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ".
ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻜل
ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻀـﻊ
ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻴﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ
ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ )ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻜل ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺎ
ﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻨـﻪ
ﻨﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﺜﻼ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺏ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﺒل ﺃﻥ
ﺸﺨﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ،ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺸﻲﺀ
ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ
ﺨﻁﻴﺭ..ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﺼﻌﺏ ﺃﻥ
ﺃﻭﻻ -ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻌﻠﻡ ﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ
ﻴﺘﻔﺭﻍ ﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻟﻪ ﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺠﺴﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎل
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺃ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﺤﺩﺙ
ﺃﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺴـﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل
ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ
ﻤﺎ ﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺜﻡ
ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻜﻠﻬـﺎ ﻹﻨـﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ
ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺒﻜل ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻭﻓﺭﻴﻕ
ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ -ﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴـﻡ ﻭ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻴﻌﻤـل
ﻋﻤل ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻨﻬـﻡ .ﺃﻤـﺎ
ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ ﻤـﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﺒﻬـﺫﺍ
ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ..ﻭﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻔﻌل
ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ -ﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴـﻑ
ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ؟ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﻴـﺔ
ﻤﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺸـﻜل
ـﺴﻠﻁﺔ ـﻴﺢ ﺍﻟـ ـﻊ ﺘﻭﻀـ ـﻲ ﻤـ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔـ
ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻉ)ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ( ﺒﻌﻠﻡ ﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠـﻭﺩﺓ
ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ.
ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺨﻁ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل.
ﺜﻡ ﺃﻋﻁﻲ ﻟـﻪ ﻜﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ
ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻓﻴﻥ:
ﻭﺍﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺭﻙ
Universal processes for managing quality
Quality improvement Prove the need
Quality control Choose control subjects
Quality planning Establish quality goals
Identify projects
Choose units of measure
Identify customers
Organize project teams
Set goals
Discover customer needs
Diagnose the causes
Create sensor
Develop product features
Provide remedies, prove that the
Measure actual performance
Develop process features
remedies are effective
Interpret the difference
Establish process control, trans-
Deal with resistance to change
Take action on the difference
fer to operations
Control to hold the gains
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
87
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻜل ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋـﺩﺩ ﻤﻌﻴـﻥ ﻤـﻥ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ .ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﺒﺘﻭﺼﻴﻑ ﺍﻤﺜل ﻴﺘﻡ
ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ
ﺸﻜل ﺁﺨﺭ ﺒﺤﻴـﺙ ﺘـﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺘﻴـﺴﻴﺭ
ﻨﺸﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ.
ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ) ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴـﺵ – – QC7
ﺩﻴﻨﺎﻤﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ
ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ
(Six Sigmaﻓﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟـﻲ
ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ.
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺩﻱ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺃﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒـﺔ
ﺍﻟﺨــﻼﺼـﺔ
ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺒﺸﻜل
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ،ﺤﻴﺙ
ﻋﺯﻴﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ..ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﺭﺃﺘﻙ ﻟﻬـﺫﺍ
ﻋﺎﻡ.
ﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﺍﻷﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﺒﺄﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ
ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻭﻫﻡ ﻴﻤﺜﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻤﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ
ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﻴﻥ) ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺎ(ﺜﻡ ﻴﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒﻌـﺩ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ:
ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤـﻥ ﻋﻤـﺎل
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻷﻱ ﻋﻤل.
) ﻓﺭﺯ /ﻤﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ/ﺍﻟﺦ(.
ﺇﺘﻘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﻷﻨﻙ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻜﺴﺏ
ﺍﻟﻠﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ :ﻗﺩ ﻴﺤﺘـﺎﺝ
ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺯ ﻭﺠل ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩﻓﻲ
ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺃﻭ ﺘﻁﻭﻴـﺭ
ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻑ.
www.iqa.org/information/ d26.shtml2 http:/search.ebscohost.com/ login.aspxdirect=true&db=bu h&AN=13932806&site=ehos t-live 3رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ” دور ﺟﻮاﺋﺰ اﻟ ﺠ ﻮدة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺘ ﺮوﻳ ﺞ ﻹدارة اﻟ ﺠ ﻮدة اﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﻮﻃ ﻦ اﻟ ﻌ ﺮﺑ ﻲ :دراﺳ ﺔ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ” ،ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻄ ﻴ ﺔ ﻋ ﺒ ﺪ اﻟ ﻜ ﺮﻳ ﻢ. ﻣ ﺎرس) 2007/اﻷآ ﺎدﻳ ﻤ ﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﻌ ﺮﺑ ﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻮم و اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ و اﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒ ﺤ ﺮي - ﻣﻌﻬﺪ اﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ واﻟﺠﻮدة(. J.m.juran, frank m. 4 gryia,1993" quality planning and analysis – 3 edition"pp.910.
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺭﻑ ﻤﻥ
ﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺹ
ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺴـﻭﺀ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ
ﺩﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺏ.
ﺍﻹﻨﺘــﺎﺝ ﺘﺒﺤــﺙ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺘﺘــﺩﺍﻭل
ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻭ
ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺤل
ﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﻟﻠﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﺒﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﻟﺫﺍ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺀ ﻭ
ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﻗﺒـل ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ
ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻥ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﺇﻴﻀﺎﺡ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻤﻔﺭﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ
ﻫﻴﻜل ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻲ ﻤﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤـﻊ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﻲ:
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
88
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ Introduction Frequency: frequency is the number of cycles of a given waveform recorded over 1 second, both the number of cycles and the time taken for that number of cycles have to be measured. By measuring the number of cycles over 1 second, the frequency of the waveform is determined. Frequency measurement is important for many applications in communications, process monitoring, and control. Frequency modulated signals are also widely used for real-time identification problems.
Types of frequency meter ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻋﻤﺭ ﻤﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩﻴﺔ
BASIC FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT THEORY Measuring frequency is a matter of counting the number of cycles in a given time interval. If the time interval is 1 second then the number of cycles counted is a direct reading of the frequency. The unit of frequency is Hertz (Hz) or ‘cycles per second’. This time interval is often referred to as ‘gate time’ or ‘gating signal’. Using a 1-second gating signal is not always possible more digits. The solution is to reduce the gate time, there by reducing the number of counts. For example, assume we have a 4-digit display and we want to measure a10KHz signal. The result (10000) cannot be displayed. If the gating time
is reduced to 0.1 seconds then the count value becomes ‘1000’ which can be displayed. Of course the actual frequency is ten times that. Types of frequency meters: 1- Hardware by using Timer (52c53): In this type we are used the timer 82c53 (programmable Interval Timer) to measure the frequency. The Intel 82C53 is a high-performance, CHMOS version of the industry standard 8253 counter/timer which is designed to solve the timing control problems common in microcomputer system design. It provides three independent 16-bit counters, each capable han-
www.altariq.ps
dling clock inputs up to 10 MHz. All modes are software programmable. The 82C53 is a programmable interval timer/counter designed for use with Intel microcomputer systems. It is a general purpose, multitiming element that can be treated as an array of I/O ports in the system software. The 82C53 solves one of the most common problems in any microcomputer system, the generation of accurate time delays under software control. Instead of setting up timing loops in software, the programmer configures the 82C53 to match his requirements and programs one of the counters for the desired delay. After the desired delay, the 82C53 will interrupt the CPU. Software overhead
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
89
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
is minimal and variable length delays can easily be accommodated. Some of the other counter/ timer functions common to microcomputers which can be implemented with the
Fig.1 Timer 82c53
byte halves. Once done, the two halves are loaded into the chip using OUT instructions. The loading order, set during the chips initialization, must be followed as low byte first then high byte. The second OUT instruction loads the counter modulus and the new frequency is generated. Note: To measure the frequency the 82c53 setup to interrupt the mp after 1 second and stop the counter and we read the value of the out of the counter. 2- Software by using Fast Fourier Transform in Matlab:-
82C53 are: 1- Real time clock 2- Even counter 3-Digital one-shot 4-Programmable rate generator 5-Square wave generator 6-Binary rate multiplier 7-Complex waveform generator 8-Complex motor controller The 82c53 consist of three counters (count 0,count 1,and count 2).Fig.1 show the Timer 82c53. The counters within the 82C53 are 16 bits in length but the chips interface is only 8 bits. This requires that the 16 bit divisor be separated into high and low
The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) is a computationally efficient version of the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), both of which operate on uniformly spaced sampled data. Both the FFT and DFT are discrete versions of the continuous Fourier Transform. The FFT is an essential part of modern e x p e r i me n t a l v i b r a t i o n analysis. The value of the FFT lies in its suitability for implementation on a computer. It allows the computation of the natural frequencies of a machine or structure and the predominant forcing frequencies to which it is subjected, based on
www.altariq.ps
physical measurements. For most applications computation time plays a significant role in the use of FFT’s. The less time spent computing means less utilization of resources; hence, more data can be processed in the same time. The computation time can be reduced using the symmetry, periodicity, etc. of the FFT. The computation time can also be reduced using parallelism in FFT’s. By using the FFT algorithms in parallel, the data set can be separated into smaller blocks. The different blocks of data can then be processed at the same time on a single processor or by spreading the data across multiple processors. There is, of course, a trade-off with this method: overhead of communication between processes. To make efficient use of the parallel method the communication time must be minimized.
Computation the FFT:Consider the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) X(k) of a data consisting of a sequence x(n) multiplied by the window function (filter impulse response) h(n).
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
90
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
For an FFT implementation k takes the values 0 to N-1. To prune the output data only a
tion and transformed. The workload in windowing the data remains unchanged. The FFT workload has been reduced from a single N point FFT to r FFTs of length M. This
Subset of the X(k) values need be calculated. If N can be factored as rM and only every rth value of X(k) is taken then the calculation is reduced to
provides a small reduction in the computational load but now the order of the summation can be reversed to give. computation the FFT by using MATLAB:-
where k’ takes the values 0 to M-1. This can be rearranged to give
It is quite simple in MATLAB to compute the FFT of a discrete-time signal x(n). To do that, just type:
Step 1: Generate a discrete sinewave Suppose we need to compute the spectrum of a 500Hz discrete sinewave, which was sampled at Fs = 2000 Hz and has a duration of 0.5 secs. We know from Lab 5, that the equation of a discrete sinewave is given by: x(n) = A sin(2¼fon) n = 0; 1 ; … … . . ; N (1)
>> Y=fft(x) It is seen that this is a summation of r DFTs each of length M and that these DFTs have an FFT implementation. In each of these FFTs a section of the data of
where x is the vector containing the discrete signal x (n). In general, fft(x,N) computes the N-point fast Fourier transform of vector x. If
length M is multiplied by a section of the window func-
N is a power of two, a fast radix-2 fast-Fourier trans-
www.altariq.ps
form algorithm is used, otherwise a slower non-powerof-two algorithm is employed. If the length of X is smaller than N, then x is padded with zeros, otherwise x is truncated to N points. To compute the Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) use the function ifft. In the following example, we will learn how to compute and display the spectrum of a sine wave using the FFT function. Example: The spectrum of a sinewave
Where A is the amplitude of the sinewave, fo is the normalized frequency and N is the total number of samples. First, we need to determine the fo corresponding to 500 Hz, and also the number of samples (N) needed. The normalized frequency is equal to
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
91
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
fo = F Fs = 500 2000 = 0:25, and the total number of samples N is 1000 (=0.5 secs £ 2000 samples/sec). To create the discrete sinewave, type the following: >> N=1000; >> n=1:N; % define the discrete index vector >> xn=sin(2*pi*0.25*n); The vector xn contains 1000 samples (0.5 secs) of a 500Hz sinewave. Step 2: Compute the FFT of the sinewave Since the number of samples, N, is not a power of 2, we can compute the 1024point (closest power-of-two number to 1000) FFT of xn: >> Y=fft(xn,1024); Y is a complex vector containing the FFT of the signal x(n):If you try to plot Y >> plot(Y) you will see a plot that does not look anywhere close to what you expect. This is because MATLAB plots complex numbers on a twodimensional plane. What we are really interested is the magnitude of the FFT vector, which we call the magnitude spectrum.
Step 3: Display the spectrum of the sinewave You can plot the magnitude of the FFT by using MATLAB’s abs function: >> plot(abs(Y)) Now the graph looks like a frequency domain plot. However, the x-axis is not in Hz as it is expressed in the frequency index k. Also, MATLAB displays the frequency components from F = 0 to F = Fs=2 (center of the graph) and then from ،Fs=2 to 0. To display the plot in the frequency range from F = ،Fs=2 to F = Fs=2, you can use the fftshift function as follows: >> plot(abs(fftshift(Y)) Next, we need to change the units on the x-axis, by creating a separate vector which Contains frequencies in Hz. To do that, we need to know the frequency resolution of the FFT. The frequency resolution is given by Fs=P, where P is the size of the FFT (P = 1024 in our case). The spectrum is only de…ned at integer multiples of Fs=P. For this example, the frequency resolution is 1.95 Hz and the …rst frequency component is at 1.95 Hz, the second frequency component is at 2*1.95 Hz, and so
www.altariq.ps
on up to Fs=2. You can create the frequency vector Freq. as follows: >> Fres=Fs/1024; % define the frequency resolution >> Freq.-Fs/2:Fres: Fs/2-Fr; Notice that the frequency vector goes from F = ،Fs=2 to Fs=2 Hz in steps of the frequency resolution. Now, plot it again, but this time use the x-axis that you just created: >> plot (Freq., abs(fftshift (Y)) This produces a plot of the magnitude spectrum versus frequency in Hz. As expected we see a peak in the spectrum at the frequency location of the sinewave. To plot the magnitude spectrum in dB, type: >> plot (Freq., 20*log10(abs (fftshift(Y))) To plot the phase spectrum, you can use MATLAB’s angle function as follows: >> plot (Freq., fftshift(angle (Y)) The angle function computes the phase of the complex vector Y. GENERAL DESCRIPTION :
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
92
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
The 82C53 is a programmable universal timer designed for use in microcomputer systems. Based on silicon gate CMOS technology, it requires a standby current of only 10 mA (max.) when the chip is in the non-selected state. And during timer operation, the power consumption is still very low with only 10mA (max.) of current required. It consists of three independent counters, and can count up to a maximum of 10 MHz. The timer features six different counter modes, and binary count/BCD count functions. Count values can be set in byte or word units, and all functions are freely programmable.
FEATURES • Maximum operating frequency of 10 MHz (VCC=5 V) • High speed and low power consumption achieved by silicon gate CMOS technology • Completely static operation • Three independent 16-bit down-counters • Status Read Back Command • Six counter modes available for each counter • Binary and decimal counting possible • 24-pin Plastic DIP (DIP24P-600-2.54): (Product name: 82C53 )
A
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK & PIN DIAGRAM : Fig (a),(b) (a): 82C53 block diagram. (b): 82C53 pin configuration. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION 82C53 functions are selected by control words from the CPU. In the required programsequence, the control word setting is followed by the count value
www.altariq.ps
B
setting and execution of thedesired timer operation. Control Word and Count Value Program
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
93
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
Each counter operating mode is set by control word programming. The control word format is outlined below. Raed / Load (RL0,RL1): Count value Reading / Loading format setting After setting Read/ Load, Mode and BCD in each counter , next set the desired count value. (In some Modes, the count value is set first. In next clock, loading is performed, then counting starts.). This count value setting must conform with the Read/Load format set in advance. Note that the internal counters are reset to 0000H during control word setting. The counter value (0000H) can’t be read.The programsequence of the 82C53 is flexible. Free sequence programming is possible as long as the two following rules are observed: (i) Write the control word before writing the initial count value in each counter. (ii) Write the initial count value according to the count value read/write format specified by the control word. Note: Unlike the M S M 8 2 C 5 3 -2 , t h e MSM82C54-2 allows count value
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
94
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
setting for another counter between LSB and MSB settings Example of control word and count value setting : Counter #0: Read/Load LSB only, Mode 3, Binaty count, count value 3H. Counter #1: Read/Load MSB only, Mode 5, Binaty count,
count
setting (LSB then MSB) MOV AX, 34H OUT n2 MOV AX, 12H OUT n2 Notes: n0: Counter #0 address n1: Counter #1 address n2: Counter #2 address n3: Control word register address
value
AA00H. Counter #2: Read/Load LSB and MSB, Mode 0, BCD count, count value 1234.
Internal Block Diagram of a Counter CRM : Count Register MSB Fig. NOTE : In Fig.
CRL : Count Register LSB CE : Counter Element OLM : Output Latch MSB OLL : Output Latch LSB Mode of operation definition : 1- Mode 0: Interrupt on Terminal Count Mode 0 is typically used for event counting. After the Control Word is written, OUT is initially low, and will remain low until the Counter reaches zero. OUT then goes high and remains high until a new count or a new Mode 0 Control Word is written to the Counter.
Counter #0 control word setting MOV AX, 1EH OUT n3 Counter #1 control word setting MOV AX, 6AH OUT n3 Counter #2 control word setting MOV AX, B1H OUT n3 Counter #0 count value setting MOV AX, 03H OUT n0 Counter #1 count value setting MOV AX, AAH OUT n1 Counter #2 count value
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
95
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
GATE = 1 enables counting; GATE = 0 disables counting. GATE has no effect on OUT. After the Control Word and initial count are written to a Counter, the initial count will be loaded on the next CLK pulse. This CLK pulse does not decrement the count, so for an initial count of N, OUT does not go high until N + 1 CLK pulses after the initial count is written. If a new count is written to the Counter it will be loaded on the next CLK pulse and counting will continue from the new count. If a two-byte count is written, the following happens: (1)Writing the first byte disables counting. Out is set low immediately (no clock pulse required). (2)Writing the second byte allows the new count to be loaded on the next CLK pulse. This allows the counting sequence to be synchronized by software. Again OUT does not go high until N + 1 CLK pulses after the new count of N is written. If an initial count is written while GATE = 0, it will still be loaded on the next CLK pulse. When GATE goes high, OUT will go high N CLK pulses later; no CLK pulse is needed to load the counter as this has already been done. 2-
Mode 1: Hardware
triggerable One-Shot OUT will be initially high. OUT will go low on the CLK pulse following a trigger to begin the one-shot pulse, and will remain low until the Counter reaches zero. OUT will then go high and remain high until the CLK pulse after the next trigger. After writing the Control Word and initial count, the Counter is armed. A trigger results in loading the Counter and setting OUT low on the next CLK pulse, thus starting the oneshot pulse N CLK cycles in duration. The one-shot is triggerable, hence OUT will remain low for N CLK pulses after any trigger. The one-shot pulse can be repeated without rewriting the same count into the counter. GATE has no effect on OUT. If a new count is written to the Counter during a one-shot pulse, the current one-shot is not affected unless the Counter is triggerable. In that case, the Counter is loaded with the new count and the one-shot pulse continues until the new count expires. 3 - Mode 2: Rate Generator This Mode functions like a divide-by-N counter. It is typically used to generate a Real Time Clock Interrupt. OUT will initially be high. When the initial count has
www.altariq.ps
decrement to 1, OUT goes low for one CLK pulse. OUT then goes high again, the Counter reloads the initial count and the process is repeated. Mode 2 is periodic; the same sequence is repeated indefinitely. For an initial count of N, the sequence repeats every N CLK cycles. GATE = 1 enables counting; GATE = 0 disables counting. If GATE goes low during an output pulse, OUT is set high immediately. A trigger reloads the Counter with the initial count on the next CLK pulse; OUT goes low N CLK pulses after the trigger. Thus the GATE input can be used to synchronize the Counter. After writing a Control Word and initial count, the Counter will be loaded on the next CLK pulse. OUT goes low N CLK pulses after the initial count is written. This allows the Counter to be synchronized by software also. Writing a new count while counting does not affect the current counting sequence. If a trigger is received after writing a new count but before the end of the current period, the Counter will be loaded with the new count on the next CLK pulse and counting will continue from the end of the current counting cycle. 4- Mode 3: Square Wave Mode
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
96
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
Mode 3 is typically used for Baud rate generation. Mode 3 is similar to Mode 2 except for the duty cycle of OUT. OUT will initially be high. When half the initial count has expired, OUT goes low for the remainder of the count. Mode 3 is periodic; the sequence above is repeated indefinitely. An initial count of N results in a square wave with a period of N CLK cycles. GATE = 1 enables counting; GATE = 0 disables counting. If GATE goes low while OUT is low, OUT is set high immediately; no CLK pulse is required. A trigger reloads the Counter with the initial count on the next CLK pulse. Thus the GATE input can be used to synchronize the Counter. After writing a Control Word and initial count, the Counter will be loaded on the next CLK pulse. This allows the Counter to be synchronized by software also. Writing a new count while counting does not affect the current counting sequence. If a trigger is received after writing a new count but before the end of the current half-cycle of the square wave, the Counter will be loaded with the new count on the next CLK pulse and counting will continue from the new count. Otherwise, the new count will be loaded at the end of the current half-cycle.
5- Mode 4: Software Triggered Mode OUT will be initially high. When the initial count expires, OUT will go low for one CLK pulse then go high again. The counting sequence is “Triggered” by writing the initial count. GATE = 1 enables counting; GATE = 0 disables counting. GATE has no effect on OUT. After writing a Control Word and initial count, the Counter will be loaded on the next CLK pulse. This CLK pulse does not decrement the count, so for an initial count of N, OUT does not strobe low until N + 1 CLK pulses after the initial count is written. If a new count is written during counting, it will be loaded on the next CLK pulse and counting will continue from the new count. If a two-byte count is written, the following happens: (1)Writing the first byte has no effect on counting. (2)Writing the second byte allows the new count to be loaded on the next CLK pulse. This allows the sequence to be “triggered” by software. OUT strobes low N + 1 CLK pulses after the new count of N is written. 6- Mode 5: Hardware Triggered Strobe (triggerable)
www.altariq.ps
OUT will initially be high. Counting is triggered by a rising edge of GATE. When the initial count has expired, OUT will go low for one CLK pulse and then go high again. After writing the Control Word and initial count, the counter will not be loaded until the CLK pulse after a trigger. This CLK pulse does not decrement the count, so for an initial count of N, OUT does not strobe low until N + 1 CLK pulses after trigger. A trigger results in the Counter being loaded with the initial count on the next CLK pulse. The counting sequence is triggerable. OUT will not strobe low for N + 1 CLK pulses after any trigger GATE has no effect on OUT. If anew count is written during counting, the current counting sequence will not be affected. If a trigger occurs after the new count is written but before the current count expires, the Counter will be loaded with new count on the next CLK pulse and counting will continue from there. Timing Waveforms : Reading Counter Values : Al l 82C53 counting is down-counting, the counting being in steps of 2 in mode 3.Counter values can be read during counting by. direct reading,
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
97
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
thereby enabling a stable value to be read without effecting the counting in any way at all. The output latch (OL) of the selected counter latches the count value when a counter latch command is written. The count value is held until it is read by the CPU or the control word is set again. If a counter latch command is written again before reading while a certain counter is latched,the second counter latch command is ignored and the value latched by the first counter latch command is maintained.
counter latching (“read on the fly”), and read back command. 1 Direct reading : Counter values can be read by direct reading operations.Since the counter value read according to the timing of the RD and CLK signals is not
guaranteed, it is necessary to stop the counting by a gate input signal, or to interrupt the clock input temporarily by an external circuit to ensure that the counter value is correctly read. 2 Counter latching : In this method, the counter value is latched by writing counter latch command,
www.altariq.ps
The 82C53 features independent reading and writing from and to the same counter. When a counter is programmed for the 2-byte counter value, the following sequence is possible: 1. Count value (LSB) reading 2. New count value (LSB) writing 3. Count value (MSB) reading 4. New count value (MSB) writing 3 Read Back Command Operation : Use of the read back command enables the user to check the count value, program mode,output pin state and null count flag of the selected counter.The com-
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
98
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
mand is written in the control word register, and the format is as shown below. For this command, the counter selection occurs according to bits D3, D2 and D1. (CS=0, A0, A1=1, RD=1, WR=0) D5: 0 = Selected counter latch operation
D4: 0 = Selected counter status latch operation D3: 1 = Counter #2 selection D2: 1 = Counter #1 selection D1: 1 = Counter #0 selection D0: 0 = Fixed It is possible to latch multiple counters by using the read back command. Latching of a read counter is automatically canceled but other counters are kept latched. If multiple read back commands are written for the same counter, commands other than the first one are ignored. It is also possible to latch the status information of each counter by using the read back command.
Decoding and Operation Circuit:
The decoding circuits is very necessary because all I/ O devices are connect to the MPU through a common data bus so that by using the decoding circuits we can ensure that no overlapping occur between the data that translate from or to the MUP and I/O devices. The circuit shown in Fig.
(3-3) Contain a dip switch and two comparator (74 LS 85) and decoder (74 LS 85). To select any address we can change the arrangement of the dip switch. Assume that we want to select an address of (300H),That mean: A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 :ISA Card A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 : Data Bus 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 The address of the comparator no.1 [A0,A1,A2,A3] will be connect directly to [A11,A19,A20,A21] respectively of the ISA bus, A11 of the ISA bus mean AEN. For the comparator no.2 [A0,A1,A2,A3] will be con-
www.altariq.ps
nect directly to [A22,A23,A24,A25] respectively of the ISA bus. The Dip switch connected with the comparator at [BO,B1,B2,B3]. There is three output in the comparator : A<B (Pin no.7), A=B (Pin no. 6), A>B (Pin no. 5). If [B0,B1,B2,B3]> [A0,A1,A2,A3] so that the output of pin no. 7 is (1) logic, If [B0.B1,B2,B3]= [A0,A1,A2,A3] so that the output of pin no. 6 is (1) logic, If [B0,B1,B2,B3]< [A0,A1,A2,A3] so that the output of pin no. 5 is (1) logic. In our project we will take the output from pin no.6 (A=B). To make the address =300H, B0,B1,B2,B3 of the first comparator must be [0,0,0,0] we can make that by make the dip switch [0,0,0,0] like that: It is possible to latch multiple counters by using the read back command. Latching of a read counter is automatically canceled but other counters are kept latched. If multiple read back commands are written for the same counter, commands other than the first one are ignored. It is also possible to latch the status information of each counter by using the
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
99
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
read back command.
Decoding and Operation Circuit: The decoding circuits is very necessary because all I/ O devices are connect to the MPU through a common data bus so that by using the decoding circuits we can ensure that no overlapping occur between the data that translate from or to the MUP and I/O devices. The circuit shown in Fig. (3-3) Contain a dip switch and two comparator (74 LS 85) and decoder (74 LS 85). To select any address we can change the arrangement of the dip switch. Assume that we want to select an address of (300H),That mean: A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 :ISA Card A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 : Data Bus 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 The address of the comparator no.1 [A0,A1,A2,A3] will be connect directly to [A11,A19,A20,A21] respectively of the ISA bus, A11 of the ISA bus mean AEN.
[A0,A1,A2,A3] will be connect directly to [A22,A23,A24,A25] respectively of the ISA bus.
[A=B], and the output of the second comparator go to pin no.5 (G1) of the decoder
The Dip switch connected with the comparator at [BO,B1,B2,B3]. There is three output in the comparator : A<B (Pin no.7), A=B (Pin no. 6), A>B (Pin no. 5). If [B0,B1,B2,B3]> [A0,A1,A2,A3] so that the output of pin no. 7 is (1) logic, If [B0.B1,B2,B3]= [A0,A1,A2,A3] so that the output of pin no. 6 is (1) logic, If [B0,B1,B2,B3]< [A0,A1,A2,A3] so that the output of pin no. 5 is (1) logic. In our project we will take the output from pin no.6 (A=B). To make the address =300H, B0,B1,B2,B3 of the first comparator must be [0,0,0,0] we can make that by make the dip switch [0,0,0,0] like that: And [B0,B1,B2,B3] of the second comparator must be[1,1,0,0] respectively we can make that by make the dip switch [1,1,0,0] like that: The output of the first comparator enter the second comparator at pin no.3
For the comparator no.2
www.altariq.ps
[74LS138] that will be operate when G1 G2A G2B =1 0 0 respectively so that G2A, G2B must be connected to the ground. If (A=B) in the comparator so that G1=1 and the decoder must be operate. The input of the decoder (A,B,C) must be connected to (A28,A27,A26) respectively of the ISA bus. To make the address =300H (A28,A27,A26) must be 0 0 0 so that we will take the output of the decoder from (Y0) pin no.15 which active when the input of the decoder=0 0 0. Y0 go to the chip select of the Timer (CS) . If CS =1 the Timer will be operate. A0,A1 of the Timer connect to (A30,A29) respectively of the ISA bus, and (D0-D7) of the Timer connect with (A9A2) respectively. The Timer configured as: 1.counter No.0 is set to mode 3(square wave)is fed by the time base signal. 2. counter No.1 is set to mode 0 (interrupt on terminal count). The clock of this counter is fed from the output of counter 0. 3. counter No.2 is set to
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
100
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
mode 3(square wave).The signal that will be measured represent the clock of this counter. Counter No.1 &2 is used to generate 1 sec time base signal(i.e. after 1 sec the microprocessor is interrupted) then the service routine will read on fly the value of counter No.2. The frequency of the input signal can be calculated as follow:Frequency of the signal = (Initial value of counter 2) – (It’s value after one second) Introduction: To use FFT in signal processing by using computer we will use Matlab program v6.5 with respect Sound card to input the signal in to the computer and process it. Whenever you acquire data, you should decide the highest frequency you want to measure. The highest frequency component of the signal determines how often you should sample the input. If you have more than one input, but only one analog input subsystem, then the overall sampling rate goes up in proportion to the number of inputs. Higher frequencies might be present as noise, which you can remove by filtering the signal before it is digitized. If you sample the input signal at
least twice as fast as the highest frequency component, then that signal will be uniquely characterized. However, this rate might not mimic the waveform very closely. For a rapidly varying signal, you might need a sampling rate of roughly 10 to 20 times the highest frequency to get an accurate picture of the waveform. For slowly varying signals, you need only consider the minimum time for a significant change the signal. Whenever you acquire measured data, you should make every effort to maximize its accuracy and precision. The quality of your measurement depends on the accuracy and precision of the entire data acquisition system, and can be limited by such factors as board resolution or environmental noise. In general terms, the accuracy of a measurement determines how close the measurement comes to the true value. Therefore, it indicates the correctness of the result. The precision of a measurement reflects how exactly the result is determined without reference to what the result means. The relative precision indicates the uncertainty in a measurement as a fraction of the result. Extracting Data from the Engine:
www.altariq.ps
Many data acquisition applications require that data is acquired at a fixed (oftenhigh) rate, and that the data is processed in some way immediately after it is collected. For example, you might want to perform an FFT on the acquired data and then save it to disk. When processing data, you must extract it from the engine. If acquired data is not extracted in a timely fashion, it can be overwritten. Data is extracted from the engine with the getdata function. For example, to extract 1000 samples for the analog input object ai: Data = getdata(ai,1000); Getdata is considered a blocking function because it returns control to MATLAB only when the requested data is available. Therefore, samples are not missed or repeated. When a trigger executes, acquired data fills the engine. When a getdata call is processed, the requested samples are returned when the data is available, and then extracted from the engine. Rules for Using getdata Using getdata to extract data stored in the engine follows these rules: If the requested number of samples is greater
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
101
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
than the samples to be acquired, then an error is returned. If the requested data is not returned in the expected amount of time, an error is returned. The expected time to return data is given by the time it takes the engine to fill one data block plus the time specified by the Timeout property. You can issue ^C (Control+C) while getdata is blocking. This will not stop the acquisition but will return control to MATLAB. The Samples Acquired property keeps a running count of the total number of samples per channel that have been acquired. The Samples Available property tells you how many samples you can extract from the engine per channel.
Acquiring Data with a Sound Card Suppose you must verify that the fundamental (lowest) frequency of a tuning fork is 440 Hz. To perform this task, you will use a microphone and a sound card to collect sound level data. You will then perform a fast Fourier transform (FFT) on the acquired data to find the frequency components of the tuning fork. The setup for this task is shown below. Configuring the Data Acqui-
differs from the specified value.
sition Session For this example, you will acquire 1 second of sound level data on one sound card channel. Because the tuning fork vibrates at a nominal frequency of 440 Hz, you can configure the sound card to its lowest sampling rate of 8000 Hz. Even at this lowest rate, you should not experience any aliasing effects because the tuning fork will not have significant spectral content above 4000 Hz, which is the Nyquist frequency. After you set the tuning fork vibrating and place it near the microphone, you will trigger the acquisition one time using a manual trigger. 1- Create a device object -Create the analog input object AI for a sound card. The installed adaptors and hardware IDs are found with daqhwinfo. AI = analoginput('winsound'); 2-Add channels -- Add one channel to AI. Chan = addchannel(AI,1); 3- Configure property values -- Assign values to the basic setup properties, and create the variables blocksize and Fs, which are used for subsequent analysis. The actual sampling rate is retrieved because it might be set by the engine to a value that
www.altariq.ps
duration = 1; %1 second acquisition set(AI,'SampleRate',8000) ActualRate = get (AI,'SampleRate'); s e t (AI,'SamplesPerTrigger',dur ation*ActualRate) s e t (AI,'TriggerType','Manual') blocksize = get (AI,'SamplesPerTrigger'); Fs = ActualRate; 4- Acquire data -- Start AI, issue a manual trigger, and extract all data from the engine. Before trigger is issued, you should begin inputting data from the tuning fork into the sound card. start(AI) trigger(AI) data = getdata(AI); 5-Clean up -- When you no longer need AI, you should remove it from memory and from the MATLAB workspace. delete(AI) clear AI
Analyzing the Data For this example, analysis consists of finding the frequency components of the tuning fork and plotting the results. To do so, the function daqdocfft was created.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
102
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
This function calculates the FFT of data, and requires the values of SampleRate and SamplesPerTrigger as well as data as inputs. [f,mag] = daqdocfft (data,Fs,blocksize); daqdocfft outputs the frequency and magnitude of data, which you can then plot. daqdocfft is shown below. function [f,mag] = daqdocfft (data,Fs,blocksize) % [F,MAG] = D A Q D O C F F T (X,FS,BLOCKSIZE) calculates the FFT of X % using sampling frequency FS and the SamplesPerTrigger % provided in BLOCKSIZE
The plot shows the fundamental frequency around 440 Hz and the first overtone around 880 Hz. A simple way to find actual fundamental frequency is [ymax,maxindex]= max (mag); maxindex maxindex = 441 The answer is 441 Hz.
compared with the first one,
Note:
tion and Measurement tech-
The fundamental frequency is not always the frequency component with the largest amplitude. A more sophisticated approach involves fitting the observed frequencies to a harmonic series to find the fundamental frequency. Analog Input Examples Acquiring Data
but the disadvantage of this method is the limited by the range of frequency of the sound card.
References: 1- Electronic instrumenta-
niques By W. D. COOPER & A.D.HELFRICK. 2- Introduction to communication system By FERREL G. STRMLER. 3- The quick reference of MATLAB program 6.5.
xfft = abs(fft(data));
4- Signal, system and trans-
Conclusions: % Avoid taking the log of 0. index = find(xfft == 0); xfft(index) = 1e-17; mag = 20*log10(xfft); mag = mag(1:floor (blocksize/2)); f = (0:length(mag)-1)*Fs/ blocksize; f = f(:); The results are given below. plot(f,mag) grid on ylabel('Magnitude (dB)') xlabel('Frequency (Hz)') title('Frequency Components of Tuning Fork')
forms. This project deals with frequency meter through tow techniques The first one is easy to use, but the disadvantages of this method that are limited by the frequency range of
By CHARLESL L. PHILLIPS & JHON M. PARR 5- 80386, 80486 and Pentuim software, hardware and interfasing By WALTER A. TRIEBEL. 6- WWW.ISABus.com
the timer and the input signal must be a TTL signal.
In second one accurate result can be obtained as
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
103
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ Complete research
GEOMETRY AND APPLICATION OF DEVELOPABLE SURFACES WITH CUSPIDAL EDGE
HALABI SALEM MAHMUD, PhD, Professor KRIVOSHAPKO S.N., DSc, Professor
Peoples' Friendship University of Russia, Moscow, Russia This review article is an attempt to collect and to systematize all cardinal scientific results of geometrical investigations of non-degenerate developable surfaces with a cuspidal edge. Information about the applica-tion of thin-walled developable constructions and developable surfaces in some branches of economy and science is also re-presented. Wide choices of design methods of the developable surfaces provide not only necessary shapes and special proper-ties; they also prove to be convenient to apply. The most part of theoretical computations from the published literature are illustrated by examples or by figures. This review article contains 159 references
Introduction The extensive review on applied geometry of surfaces was published by N.N. Ri-jov et al [1]. Among its 397 references, a not great proportion (20 references) was devoted to developable surfa-ces. 23 years later, another review was presented by S.N. Krivoshapko [2]. This review is utterly oriented towards developable shells and contains informa-
tion about 350 references. One of the present authors in his paper [3] tried to enumerate geometricians having significant achievements in geometry of developable surfaces with cuspidal edge. This paper was assumed as a basis of the present review. Shells in the form of developable surfaces are the cheapest constructions among different geometrical models of thin-walled spa-
www.altariq.ps
tial constructions because their fabrication is the simplest due to their ability to be developed on a plane without any lap fold or rupture (break). The authors made a careful study of all available scientific and technical books and papers on geometrical investi-gations and on the stress-strain state of developable shells, on the applications of the shells at
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
104
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
issue. Patents and dissertations ha-ve been also looked over. Having studied all this material, the authors offer to divide it into 8 groups: .1Geometry and design of developable surfaces with a cuspidal edge Good results in this field were received by G. Monge, V.F. Kagan, M.Y. Wigodskiy, N.N. Rijov, V.S. Obukhova, S.P. Finikov, E.P. Utishev, V.Y. Bulgakov, M.Y. G r o m o v , S . N . Krivoshapko, S.F. Pilipaka, Auman Gunter, J.J. Stoker, M.St. Botez, J.P. Cleave, R. Deaux, W. Dedonder, A. Dobrescu, O. Gie-ring, Kl. Meirer, Fr. Myard, Th. Poschl, A.W. Marris, S.L. Passman. .2 Construction of the surface developments on plane; common ben-ding the fragments of intersecting developable surfaces; moving some plane curve into a plane section of a developable surface; parabolic bending of developable surfaces Such scientists like R.U. Alimov, K.M. Belov, I.P. Gershman, J.N. Gor batovich, A.L. Martirosov, V.S. Obukhova, S.F. Pilipaka, I.A. Skidan, V.V. Vanin have scientific achievements in this sphere. .3Approximation of developable surfaces
by a system of planes; approximation of complex surfaces by a system of developable surfaces This subject was touched upon in the papers of V.S. Obukhova, S.N. Krivoshapko, A.I. Volkov, A.V. Pavlov, N.N. Rijov, J.S. Zaviyalov. .4Rolling the developable surfaces on each other This problem was studied by A.L. Martirosov, V.S. Obukhova, S.F. Pilipaka, G.S. Rachkovskaya. .5The application of developable surfaces' theory for geometrical investigations of complex surfaces Various aspects of this problem were studied by S.N. Krivoshapko. First, Russian geometricians N.I. Makarov and V.I. Kurdyumov have begun to investigate a problem of transition between two surfaces with the help of the third surface. Presented in [4, 5, 6] shows that developable surfaces can be assumed as the transitional surfaces. .6The application of the thin-walled developable constructions .7Moment and membrane theories of developable shells Yuhanio Marulanda Arb., Fares Milad J., Barbagelata Andrea, G.Ch.
www.altariq.ps
Bajoria, Salman A. Duheisat, S.N. Krivoshapko, M.F. Kopitko, Yar.G. Savula studied a stress-strain state of thin developableshells. The results of investigations obtained by these and some other scientists were in detail described by S.N. Krivoshapko in his review [7]. Experimental data for the stress-strain state of these shells were not found out. .8The generalization of developable surface's concept for mul-tidimensional spaces This part of the investigations is presented by the scholarly works of Auman Gunter, R. Bereis, Portnoy Esther, C. Thas, H. Vogler and by the works of Russian scientists like V.M. Savitsky, K.N. Gayubov, A.G. Mizin. S o m e t h i n g about 80% of publications are dedicated to geometrical investigations of developable surfaces. The problems of static analysis of developable shells are inves-tigated in 15% of scholarly works and the rest of the works are dedicated to description of applica-
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
105
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ tion of the thinwalled constructions in the shape of deve-lopable surfaces. L e t u s demonstrate in order the main results obtained on developable surfaces and shells. In what follows, we shall use the following notations: x, y, z = Cartesian rectangular coordinates i, j, k = unit vectors in the direction of the axes x, y, z α, β = curvilinear coordinates in lines of principal curvatures u, v = curvilinear non-orthogonal coordinates of the surface ku, kv = curvatures of the curvilinear coordinates u, v Ru, Rv = radiuses of curvatures of the curvilinear coordinates u,v k1, k2 = principal curvatures of the surface A, B = Gaussian quantities of the first order in the theory of surfaces (coefficients of the first fundamental form) L, M, N= Gaussian quantities of the second order in the theory of surfaces (coefficients of the second
fundamental form) k, κ = curvature and torsion of the cuspidal edge l, b = unit vectors in the direction of a tangent to the cus-pidal edge and in the direction of the binormal n = unit vector of the normal to the surface. .1Geometry and design of developable surfaces A surface is called a developable surface if it can be developed on a plane without any lap fold or break. During this process, the lengths of the curves and the angles between two curves belonging to the developable surfa ce re ma in un changed. Cylinders and cones are the simplest developable surfaces, being degenerate. Let us put down some well known theorems and the definitions for developable surfaces without proofs. Those who want to know the proofs may find them in the books [8, 9]. Theorem 1. Any surface of tangent lines is a developable sur-face. Theorem 2 [10]. Any developable surface is either a cylindri-cal (Fig 1, a) or conic surface (Fig 1, b),
www.altariq.ps
or else a surface of tangent lines (Fig 1, c). Theorem 3. A developable surface is generated by tangent lines of its edge of regression ( cuspidal edge). Any spatial curve can be taken as an edge of regression and the tangent lines of this curve will generate the particular developable surface. The cuspidal edge of a cone is a point (vertex of the cone). A cuspidal edge of a cylinder is an improper point, a meant point of which was moved off to infinity. A surface of the principal normals and that of the binormals of any spatial curve cannot be a developable surface [8]. Only cylindrical surface is a developable surface generated by binormals of some plane curve. G.A. Dmitrieva [11] tried to find a family of straight lines bound up with a curve lying on any surface. These straight lines had to generate a developable surface. Having taken a plane curve as an edge of regression one can generate the degenerated developable surface in the form of a plane. The tangent lines to an
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
106
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ edge of regression of a developable surface were studied by J.P. Cleave [12]. Theorem 4 [10]. Only degenerated developable surface in the form of a plane may be a minimal surface. Theorem 5. The curvature of a cuspidal edge remains constant in every its point if in the process of bending the developable surface the rectilinear generators remain the rectilinear generators. Reducing the torsion of a cuspidal edge but keeping constant its curvature, it is possible to generate the developable surface on a plane [13]. The rectilinear generatrixes of developable surface will remain rectilinear and tangent to the degenerated plane cuspidal edge. The rectilinear generatrixes of a plane development of the developable general surface are not intersecting at one point as cone generators and they are not parallel lines as cylin-der generators [14]. Theorem 6. Every single-parametric system of planes (with the exception of a pencil of planes passing through any axis or paral-lel to each other) has an envelope surface, which is a developable surface. The planes of the system are the osculating planes of a cuspi-dal edge,
which contain the tangent lines and the principal normals to the cuspidal edge. V.V. Vanin [15] studied polar developable surfaces generated by a oneparameter family of normal planes of any curve. Theorem 7. Every point of a cuspidal edge of a surface of tangents is a limit of a point of intersection of three infinitely near tangent planes of the developable surface. Theorem 8. After bending of a developable surface on a plane all its geodesic lines become the straight lines. Theorem 9. A geodesic line can be drawn through every point of every developable surface in every direction. Geodesic lines of open helicoids were studied by R. Deaux [16]. He has shown that principal normals of every geodesic line make a constant angle with characteristic of the rectifying planes of the cuspidal edge. Theorem 10 [17]. Two surfaces can be moved up by bending from one into another surface if Gaussian curvature of both surfaces has the same constant value. Therefore, all surfaces having a zero Gaussian curvature K = k1 k2 = 0 may be produced by bending a fragment of a plane. This assertion has been proved by S.P.
www.altariq.ps
Finikov [18] in 1952, and later by Dobres-cu [19] in 1958. So if any surface has zero Gaussian curvature in every point then it is the required and sufficient condition for a deve-lopable surface. Rectilinear generatrixes of developable surface are asymptotic lines. Developable surfaces have only parabolic points in which k1 k2 = 0, and that is why rectilinear generatrixes are the lines of principal curvatures. The single asymptotic line (a rectilinear generatrix), passing through every point of the surface, will be conjugate to any other line passing through the same point. Theorem 11 [13]. The normals to a surface along principal cur-vatures' lines form the developable surface, a cuspidal edge of which generates the applicable principal center of curvature [20]. Theorem 12 [17]. A developable surface in contrast to another ruled nondevelopable warped surfaces has two adjoining rectilinear generatrixes which intersect each other, while rectilinear generat-rixes of ruled non-developable surface are skew lines. Theorem 13 (J.H. Jellett's theorem) [21]. An analytical surface cannot be bent with some rigid curve if this curve is not an asymptotical line.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
107
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
Theorem 14 [10]. If two developable surfaces are touching each other along some line then this line presents a common generatrix. Theorem 15. The evolute L is the cuspidal edge of a developab-le surface S formed by normals of the evolvent l. So the l evolvent is an orthogonal trajectory of a tangent line of the L evolute. Theorem 16. After bending of a rectifying surface of a line L in a plane, this line L becomes a straight line. The developable surface rounding the system of rectified pla-nes of a line L is called a rectifying surface of the L line. A rectifying surface of a spiral line L is a cylindrical surface on which the L line is placed. Theorem 17 [22]. If at any point of a developable surface one of the normal sections not registering with a principal direction has a singular point with curvature equal to zero then all normal sections of this point have zero curvatures. Theorem 18 [23]. Ratio (k/ κ ) = k/ κ exC
amined on a spatial geodesic line C of a developable surface F2 is equal to tangent of the ang-le of the C curve with a rectilinear generatrix of the F2 surface. Here k is curvature and
κ
is torsion of the geodesic line C of a developable surface. Z.T. Makarova [23] has presented equations for determination of the curvature and the torsion of geodesic lines of developable surfaces. These parameters depend on the curvature and the torsion of a cuspidal edge of the developable surface. Taking in view the given theorems one can start doing the consideration of design methods of developable surfaces. Some developable surfaces were named in honour of the scientists [24, 25, 26].
.1.1The
design of developable surfaces enveloping a single-parametric system of planes Let us take two spatial curves r1 = x1i + y1j + z1k = f1(z)i + β F1(z)j + zk = f1( )i + F1( β β )j + k, r2 = x2i + y2j +z2 k = f2(z)i + F2(z)j + zk = f2( γ γ γ k. )i + F2( )j + (1)
www.altariq.ps
If a tangent plane touches two curves (1) simultaneously then it is obvious that ] r1/( β γ β ), r2/( ), r1( ) – r2( γ ) ] = 0 . (2) So the condition of uniqueness of developable surface can be ob-tained. It follows from formula (2) that
β = Φ(γ )
γ = ϕ (β )
or
.If these functions are continuous and one-valued of β or γ then and only then the single developable surface passing over the two given curves can be constructed, otherwise one shall have several deve-lopable surfaces [27]. Having the equations of two curves (1) it is possible to find the equation of a singleparametric system of the planes M(x,y,z,γ) = 0 after elimination of three parameters from four algebraic equations obtained by G. Monge [28]. Having excepted γ from two equations M (x,y,z,γ) = 0 and dM/dγ = 0 (3) it is possible to derive an implicit equation of the developab-le surface. Solving three equations M(x,y,z, γ) = 0, dM/dγ = 0, and d2M/dγ2 =
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
108
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
0 jointly one can obtain the equation of the cuspidal edge as x = x(γ), y = y(γ), z = z(γ) [28]. If two directrix curves are given by the parametric equations x = x1(t1), y = y1 (t1), z = z1(t1) and x = x2(t2), y = y2(t2), z = z2(t2) then, rewriting them in a vector form as r1 = r1(t1) and r2 = r2(t2), it is easy to write the condition of complanarlity of three vectors in the form [r1 – r2, r1/, r2/] = 0.This condition of uniqueness of developable surfaces gives an opportunity to find [27] t1 = f(t2) or t2 = F(t1). After this it is easy to obtain an equation of the sing-le-parametric system of planes as a normal equation of the plane perpendicular to the unit normal vector of the surface in the form n = r1(f(t2)) × r2(t2)/|r1 × r2|. A f t e r s o m e manipulations it is possible to get the equation of the single- parametric system of planes [29]. If needed, one may use the order of the calculation considered before. The listed equations were used in paper [30] where the equa-tions of the cuspidal edges of developable surfaces with two given plane directrix curves (1) were obtained. For example, the directrix cur-ves were assumed in the shape of two parabolas with intersecting axes (Fig 3); two parabolas
on vertical intersecting planes (Fig 4); two parabolas with one common axis; in the form of two parabolas of the n and m-power: x = 0, y = azn and x = l, y = bzm; two ellipses, placed in parallel planes (Fig 5), and in the form of a parabola and a circumference. A monograph [31] contains an information about eleven developable surfaces with two plane directrix curves. Two parabolas placed in perpendicular planes [29] x = (z – q)2/ (2p2), y = 0 and x = 0, y = (4) z2/(2p1) have been taken as the directix curves (1) too. For example, the parametric equations of a cuspidal edge of the developable surface having the curves (4) are the following [29]: β x=–( – q)3/(4p2q), y β = ( + q)3/(4p1q), z = β 3 /2 + q/2, β where = z but z belongs to the parabola placed in the xz plane. Condition (2) gives γ = β + q. Assume two parabolas x = 0, y = az2 and x = l, y = bz2 placed in parallel planes, then condition (2) will give γ β = a /b [32] and parametric equations of a
www.altariq.ps
cuspidal edge will be as x = bl/(b – a), y = z = 0. This is a cone if by
chance b ≠ a and this is a cylinder if b = a. The degenerated developable surface is available too if we assume the directrices (1) in the form of the hyperbolas x = 0, y = a/z and x = l, y = b/z. Then from formula (2) we have
γ a/b = , and equations of the edge of regression will take the following form: β
(
)
x = al/ a− ab, y = z =0. So a cone is available if
by chance b ≠ a or a cylinder is if a = b [29]. An interesting example can be presented if we take the curves (1) as x = z2/(2p1), y = 0 and x = 0, y = z2/(2p2). Then due to expression (2) we have β = γ, and using Monge's four algebraic equations one may find the single-parametric system of planes [29]: γ γ 2 – 2xp1 – M = 2z – 2yp2 = 0. Having excepted the γ parameter from two equations (3) it is easy to determine the equation of the developable surface as z2 = 2xp1 + 2yp2. This developable surface is a cylinder because it doesn't have a
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
109
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
cuspidal edge. The same result can be obtained after using the formulas (4) with q = 0. The properties of developable surfaces designed on two plane curves were also studied by G.E. Pavlenko [27], V.Y. Bulgakov [33], P.I. Vorobkevich [34], N.G. Olhovichenko [35, 36, 37], Sh. Muradov [38], and by others. I.V. Kashina [39] presented a new design method for developable and ruled non-developable surfaces dealing with a rolling of sphere on two support curves. The developable surfaces are generated by a one-parameter family of planes passing through the center of the rolling sphere. Some analytical expressions are given in [40] for design of developable surfaces formed as a result of rolling the sphere on two skew straight lines.
.1.2N.N. Rijov's method of developable surfaces' design N.N. Rijov has presented a new method for the design of developable surfaces [41, 42]. He recommended representing a ruled surface with the help of the equations of its generatrixes y = kx + l, z = mx + n,
(5) where k, l, m, n were functions only of one parameter. It was demons-trated that a surface given by rectilinear generatrixes would be a developable surface if dl/ / / / / dk = dn/dm or l /k = n /m , (6) where k/,l/,n/,m/ are the derivatives of the functions with the respect to the one parameter. Condition (6) is called as the con-dition of developability. In this case, the parametrical equations of a cuspidal edge may be written as x = –dl/dk = –dn/dm, y = kx + l, z = mx + n.. A developable surface degenerates to cone if by chance x = –dl/dk = –dn/dm = const, or to cylinder if x = –dl/dk = –dn/dm = ∞ [42].
.1.3Design of developable surface having only one given line of curvature α and one known line of curvature β The following theorem was proved in paper [43] on the basis of theorem 11: Theorem. If a straight line and a curve, orthogonal to this straight line and intersecting it, are given then a single parabo-lic surface exists and it has these lines as lines of principal cur-vatures. For example, R. Alimov [44] constructed a
www.altariq.ps
developable surface with a given line of curvature a, which had the parametrical β equations x = x( ), y = y( β β ), z = z( ). First he has assumed a condition of intersection and a condition of orthogo-nality with the curve a for a system of straight lines (5) but afterwards he used the condition (6). This condition of developability gives a differential equation β dk/d = (p/ + kq/)(pk – q)/(1 + p2 + q2), (7) where symbols p = x//z/, q = y//z/ are used. Solving this equation (7) it is possible to find k = k(β,c), where c is any constant. Having known this constant c one may determine equations of a continued network of the straight lines (5) of the developable surface. A developable surface with a given line of curvature in the form of parabola x = 0, y = u, z = –au2 was researched in [45], where differen-tial equation (7) was written as dk/du – k/ (u + 4a2u3) = 0. The solution of this equation was assumed in the following
k = uc / 1 + 4a 2u 2 form: , where c = const. Having presented the equation of a tangent to the pa-rabola as (x
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
110
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
– 0)/0 = (y – u)/1 = (z + au2)/( –2au) it is possible to write an equation of a normal to this tangent line of the parabola as )x – 0)/l1 = (y – u)/(2aun1) = (z + au2)/n1 or 2aun1x/l1 + u = y and n1x/l1 – au2 = z. Comparing the last expression and (5) Alimov and Vohidov [45] f o u n d t h a t
k = uc / 1 + 4 a 2 u 2
, l = u, m = k/(2au), n = –au . Parametrical equations of the cuspidal edge of the considering developable surface they determined as x = – (4a2u2 + 1)3/2/c, y = – 4a2u3, z = –3au2 – 1/(2a). The c parameter is linked with a φ angle of a principal normal with a rectilinear generatrix passing through the parabola's top as ϕ c = 2a/tan [44]. It is possibly to prove the next theorem: Theorem [8]. If all rectilinear generatrixes of a developable surface of normals of any curve ζ to turn round in the appointed normal planes on a constant angle then a new surface of normals will be developable one too. One paper [46] is available presenting a design method of developable surfaces when the ζ line is given with the help of its tabular discrete meanings as 2
a function of the arc length. .1.4Analytical methods of L.V. Gyachev L.V. Gyachev [47] presented two analytical methods for the design of developable surfaces. He recommended representing a developable surface with the help of a given directrix and the equation of a curve of spherical representation of the designed surface. Gyachev also has described in detail the analytical method of design with the help of a given directrix and the equation of a spherical indicatrix of the tangent straight lines to geodesic lines of designed developable surface.
.1.5A geometrical design of developable surface with the help of known cuspidal edge This method is widely used in graphical design. We shall consi-der only analytical methods. Those who want to use graphical methods may study the papers [48, 49, 50]. According to theorems 1, 2, 3 it is possible to write the equation of a developable surface in the vector form [8, 9, 10, 13] r= r(u,v) = p(v) + ul(v), (8) where p(v) is the radiusvector of a cuspidal edge, p(v) = x(v)i + y(v)j + z(v)k; x(v), y(v), z(v) are the para-
www.altariq.ps
metric coordinates of the cuspidal edge, l(v) is a unit tangent vector, given at every point of the cuspidal edge by l(v)
=
p(v)/|p(v) / |.
(9) Thus a developable surface with the curvilinear coordinates u, v is obtained. The u coordinates (v = const) are the rectilinear gene-ratrixes of the surface and a curve u = 0 is a cuspidal edge. H. Vogler [51] studied the lines u = const of developable surfaces. If we take as the v parameter the length s of a cuspidal edge, then we have the following parametric equations of the cuspidal edge: x = x (s), y = y(s), z = z(s). In this case Eq.(8) is r = r (u,s) = p(s) + ul(s) = p(s) + up/(s). (10) The developable surfaces of constant slope generated by tan-gent lines of helixes lying on the 2-nd order surfaces were presented in Zamyatin's dissertation [52]. S.V. Beskopilnaya [53] has demonstrated a method of automatic modeling the developable surfaces of constant slope with cuspidal edges in the form of helices lying on a onesheet hyperboloid of revolution (Fig 1, c). Once more developable surface of constant slope was presented by Wunderlich W. [54] (Fig 6)
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
111
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
who also studied an interesting developable surface with cuspidal edge on a one-sheet hyperboloid of revolution (Fig 7). A monograph [31] contains an information about 13 developable surfaces with given cuspidal edges.
.1.6A kinematic method of rotation of plane with a straight line around a cone or around a cylinder Assume, P is a tangent plane to a cylinder with radius r, u is an angle of the x axis with a normal to the plane P; t, v are the rectangular coordinates shown in Fig 8. Due to Fig 8 parametric equations of a developable surface shown in Fig 9 can be deter-mined as x = rcosu – tsinu, y = rsinu + tcosu, z = v, (11) where t = cv + b – ru, the lines u = const and v = const are the lines of principal curvatures. This surface has the cuspidal edge x = rcosu, y = rsinu, z = (ru – b)/c in the shape of a helix on a circular cylinder with the r radius. The similar research may be performed if we ta-ke a tangent plane to a circular cone (Fig 10, 11) [31]. This kinematic method is described adequately in the scholarly works of I.A. Skidan [55– 57 ]. .1.7Design of a developable surface as an envelope sur-
face of a family of circular cones A.G. Varvaritsa [8] has demonstrated the method of design by the following example: Let' s take the cone tan2α [(x – a)2 + (y – b)2] – z2 = 0 where α is an angle of a rectilinear generatrix with a plane H; a, b are the coordinates of the cone vertex. Assume the equation of a curve along which the vertex of a cone is moving as y = f(x) or b = f(a) and then one may write F(x,y,z,a) = tan2α{(x – a)2 + [y – f(a)]2} – z2 = 0. After differentiating on the a parameter Varvaritsa [58] has found дF/дa = f/(a)[y – f(a)]+ x – a = 0. Having excepted a from the both equati-ons he obtained an equation of an envelope surface in the form: R(x,y,z) = 0. Theorem [59].The horizontal projections of rectilinear genera-trixes of a constant slope surface, directrix curve of which is a curve of invariable slope to the H plane, constitute the constant angles with tangent lines to the horizontal projection of a directrix curve. Complementary information is available in [60, 61, 62, 63]. .1.8Design of a developable surface resting on an isolated space curve
www.altariq.ps
Choosing a support contour the investigators have to take account of two factors: 1) a support contour must have not more then two points of tan-gensy with any plane and 2) a support contour is a smooth curve and the form of its plan is a convex isolated curve. Theorem. For a given spatial curve, only two developable sur-faces resting on it exist and every rectilinear generatrix of these surfaces intersects the given isolated curve in two points [64]. An example of geometrical design of a developable sur-face resting on an isolated space curve was given by A.I. Volkov [65]. He has taken an isolated curve defined as a result of inter-section of a cylinder and a hyperbolic paraboloid. Two cylindrical surfaces were constructed on this spatial curve. An analogous problem was studied in [66]. L. Bourget noted that this problem was bound up with a problem of manufacture of a package in the shape of a cylindrical tube.
.1.9Vector and parametrical equations of developable surfaces If an equation of a cuspidal edge is known one may use vector equation of a developable surface (8) or (10). Let us take a helix on a cylinder
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
112
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
x = acosv, y = asinv, z = bv (12) as a cuspidal edge. Then we have from Eq. (8) x = acosv – ausinv/m, y = asinv + aucosv/m, z = bv+bu/m, m2 = a2 + b2. (13) The arc length s of the cuspidal edge is determined by the formula s =
a2 + b2 v
= mv, so v = s/ m. Having substituted v into Eq. (12) we obtain x = acos(s/m), y = asin(s/m), z = bs/m (14) and then using formulae (13) or Eq.(10) we may find x = acos(s/m) – ausin(s/ m)/m, y = asin(s/m) + aucos(s/m)/m, z = b(s+u)/m. (15) So, a curvilinear coordinate s = const is a rectilinear generat-rix tangent to a curve (14) and a line u = const is a helix on a cylinder with radius
r = a 1+ u 2 / m2
.
The equation of a developable surface can be obtained without preliminary determination of the edge of regression. So if one assumes two director curves r1 = r1(u) and r2 = r2(v) we may write a vec-tor equation of the developable surface as r(u,λ) = r1(u) + λ[r2(v) – r1 (u)]
where 0 ≤ λ ≤ 1. According to the condition (2) B. Bhattacharya [32] pre-sented r2(v) = r2[v(u)] = R(u), m (u) = R(u) – r1(u) and then he obtained r(u,λ) = r1(u) + λm(u). (16) An equation of a developable surface designed with only one line of curvature α and with one line of curvature β, taken as the direct-rix curve a, can be presented in the vector form [67]: r(α,β) = p(β)+ αeo(β), where p(β) is a radius-vector of the line of curvature a; eo (β) = ncos Θ + bsin Θ , where n is a unit vector of a normal to the curve p(β); b is a unit vector of a binormal, eo(β) is a unit vec-tor coinciding with a rectilinear generatrix of the developΘ = able surface,
∫ s′κdβ + V
,
where
s′
β =|dp/d |, κ is torsion of the a cur-ve; V is a constant of integration. The scholarly work [68] is available considering developable surfaces with generatrixes coinciding with vectors of G. Darboux. G. Zlatanov and B. Tsareva [69] offe-red a new vector equation of a single-parametric system of pla-nes bound up with some curve. So, an opportunity
www.altariq.ps
occurs to use for-mulae (3). The same problem is studied in the paper [70]. A well-known developable conic helicoid (Fig. 12) has a cuspidal edge in the form of a conic spiral [71]: x = x(v) = kv rosinλcosv·e , y = rosinλsinv·ekv, z = rocosλ·ekv, where λ = const is an angle of the oz axis with the cone generatrix. A developable surface of constant slope [72] (Fig 13) x = acost + atsint + uatcost; y = asint – atcost + uatsint; z = 0,5at2tanβ + uattanβ has a spiral edge of regression on a paraboloid of rotation (u = 0). V e c t o r o r parametrical equations of 28 developable surfaces are given in the monograph [31]. .1.10Gaussian quantities of the first and the second orders Using an equation of a developable surface (8) and the expressions ds2 = drdr = A2du2 + 2Fdudv + B2dv2 and – 2 2 drdn = d r·n = Ldu + 2Mdudv + Ndv2 one can obtain A2 = 1, F2 = x/2 + y/2 + z/2, B2 = F2 + u2 [F2(x//2 + y//2 + z//2) – (x/x// + (17) y/y// + z/z//)2]/F4,
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
113
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
L = M = 0, N =
(
u2 p/// p/ p//
).
F2 B2 − F2
) (18 The values of Gaussian quantities (17) and (18) can be rewrit-ten in the following form [29] A2 = 1, F2 = x/2 + y/2 + z/2, B2 = F2( 1 + u2k2), L = M = 0, N = uF2k κ . (19) Using a formula (10) S.P. Finikov [13] has obtained A2 = 1, F = 1, B2 = 1 + u2k2, L = M = 0, N = uk κ . (20) For the developable surface (16) with curvilinear
(LN − M )
∂ 2 (χ + Ψu + Ψv ) = ∂u∂v A2 B2 − F 2 2
coordinates u, λ, B. Bhattacharya [32] has derived A2 = [m(u)]2, B2 = ruru = [dr1/du + λm(u)]2, F = m(u) dr1/du + λm(u)mu(u), N = nruu = n[d2r1/du2 + λmuu(u)], L = M = 0. (21) It follows from Eqs (17) – (21) that the curvilinear coordinates u, v in (8); u, s in (10), and u,λ in (16) are non-orthogonal (F ≠ 0), conjugate (M = 0) coordinates. According to the formula cosχ = F/(AB) and to Eq (21), where χ is an angle between two intersecting cur
-vilinear coordinates, it is easy to prove that if two directrix curves are in parallel planes, then the coordinate lines u (λ = const) intersect any fixed generatrix λ at a constant angle, ie, the angle χ does not depend on the parameter λ [94] or dχ/dλ = 0. V.N. Ivanov [67] determined the Gaussian quantities of de velopable surfaces with one given straight line of curvature α and with one given line of curvature β. The ratios of quadratic forms of surface have to satisfy the two equations of Peterson – Codazzi and the one equation of C.F. Gauss. According to Fig. 14 S.N. Krivoshapko has obtained a new form of representation of Gauss' s equation [29]: or for developable surfaces: д2(χ + Ψ u + Ψ v)/дuдv = 0. Knowing ku = –L/A2, kv = –N/B2 or for developable surfaces ku = 0, kv = –N/ B2, it is possible to obtain the principal curvatures of developable surfaces as ku = k1 = 0 and k2 = κ/(uk). The expression tanχ = uk derived by S.N. Krivoshapko with the help of Eq (19), shows that tanχ increases proportionally with the distance |u| from a cuspidal edge to some point on the surface.
www.altariq.ps
→∞
Having u , we find χ →π /2 that and the non- orthogonal coordinates u, v would be asso-ciated with the lines of principal curvatures. So we have k1 = ku = 0, k2 = κ/tanχ. It is known that a helix (12) or (14) has k = a/(a2 + b2) and κ = b/(a2 + b2). Hence, due to formulae (19) it can be found that A = 1, F2 = a2 + b2, B2 = F2 + u2a2/F2, N = uab/ F2, L = M = 0 (22) for an open helicoid (13), and due to formulae (20) one can obtain A = F = 1, B2 = 1 + 2 2 2 u a /(a + b2)2, L = M = 0, N = abu/(a2 + b2)2 (23) for an open helicoid (15). Substituting coordinates x, y, z of the developable surface (11) into the formulae for determination of Gaussian quantities of the first and the second order one may obtain [56] A2 = ruru = (cv + b – ru)2 = t2, F = 0, B2 = rvrv = 1 + c2, M = N = 0, L = A/B. These expressions show that curvilinear coordinates u, v of a surface (11) are the coordinates in lines of principal curvatures. A fragment of an open helicoid (Fig 15) limited by two lines α = α1 = const and α = α2 = const and by two li-nes β = β1 = const and β = β2 = const may be presented by the following vector equ-
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
114
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ation
r(α, β) = ae + (α0 – α +βcos Θ ) g +βsin Θ k (24)
β = λ = β cos Θ where | β sin Θ g+ k|, λ is the radius-vector of a rectilinear generatrix, Θ is an angle
determined in the following form A2 = rtrt = a2[(u + t)2/cos2 β + u2t2], F = rtru = a2t(u β + t)/cos2 , β B2 = ruru = a2t2/cos2 , L
A2 B 2 − F 2
= (rttrtru)/ = β autsin , M = N = 0. of the vector g with the vecF.S. Sulukmanov [73] has presented new parametλ tor . For this case, Yurical equations of a develophanio Marulanda [24] has able helical surface as x = x determined (u,v) = ucosv, y = y(u,v) = usinv, 2 2 f ( u ) = ± u / c − 1 µ p arccos (c / u ) + d z = z (u,v) = pv + f(u) where p is the spiral parameter, f(u) is unr α r α = ( A2 = known function for the preα 0 − α + β cos Θ 2 2 sent. He has used the ex) /a , F = pression LN – M2 = 0 and β β 2 after substi-tutions he has 0, B = r r = 1, obtained the differential β L = (r αα r α r equation u3f //(u)f /(u) = p2 and its solution as )/A = –A sin Θ /a, M = 0, N ββ
β
= (r r α r )/A = 0. (25) Hence here α and β are the curvilinear coordinates in lines of principal curvatures. The parametrical equations of a developable surface of constant slope with a cuspidal edge on a paraboloid of rotation (Fig 13) were given at the end of the part 1.9. Ga-ussian quantities for these surface were
where c, d are any constants of integration. Giving some numerical values to p, c, and to d one may construct the developable helical surfaces with different meridians. .2Construction of the surface developments on a plane; a common bending the fragments of intersecting developable surfaces; movement of any plane curve into the section of a developable surface;
www.altariq.ps
parabolic bending of developable surfaces
.2.1Parabolic bending of an open helicoid Let us take an annulus with inside radius ao (Fig.16) and cut it along a straight line passing through the point with coor-dinates x = ao, y = 0 and parallel to the y axis. This straight line is the tangent line to the inside contour. Parabolic bending transforms the annulus into an open helicoid with a cuspidal edge in the form of a helix, lying on the cylinder with radius a (a = aocos2φ) [74, 75] where φ is a helix angle. An open helicoid (13) or (15) has tanφ = b/a and b = atanφ = aosinφcosφ. Substituting b into the parametrical equations ( 1 5 ) S . N . Krivoshapko [76] obtained x = aocos2φ [cos(s/m) – usin (s/m)/m], z = sinφ ( s + u), y = aocos2φ [sin(s/m) + ucos(s/m)/m], m = aocosφ. (26)
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
115
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
Hence, taking an annulus cut along a tangent to the inside contour, we can write the equations of the all class of open heli-coids, constructed by the parabolic bending of this annulus. Every helicoid shown in Fig17 has the same plane circle develop-ment shown in Fig. 16. A design, developing, and manufacture of open helicoidal surfaces from sheet materials are set forth by O. Kienzle [6]. He studied the opportunities of construction of continuous helical surfaces from fragments of elementary helical surfaces both in the axial direction and in the radial direction. Let us consider the paths of the moving rectilinear generators of an open helicoid during its parabolic bending. Knowing the equation of an rectilinear generatrix passing through the points with s = 2πao, u = 0 and s = 2πao, u = uk (Fig 16) it is easily to determine a trajectory of this generatrix due to formulae (26). By analogy it may be made with other rectilinear generatrixes. Parametric equations (26) make possible to calculate the components of the vector of elastic displacement U(u,s) = ruuu/A + rsus/ B + nuz during the parabolic bending of an open helicoid with 4 moving sides. These 4 boundary sides change the
tion of the surface developments are based on the invariance of Lame coefficients in theory of surfaces. Theorem [78]. If only one rectilinear generatrix of a develo-pable surface 2 2 ϕ transforms into a rectilin1 + u / a0 ao [1 – cos2 ear generatrix of other de(cossi + usinsi/m)]/u, velopable surface then it is ϕ 2 the required and sufficient uu = cos [ao(1/cos condi-tion for the parabolic 2 ϕ 0 bending of any ruled sur– 1)sinsi + (a /u + u/ face. 2 ϕ Theorem [78]. If the 0 cos )cossi] – a /u – u, bending of any surface F1 ϕ into a surface F2 is parawhere si = (cos – 1)s/m. bolic then the surs ⎛s ⎞ ⎛s ⎞ faces F1 and F2 are x p = cos⎜⎜ k (s)ds⎟⎟ds + u cos⎜⎜ k (s)ds⎟⎟; ruled surfaces. 0 ⎝0 ⎠ ⎝0 ⎠ I t i s necessary to pay s ⎛s ⎞ ⎛s ⎞ attention also to y p = sin⎜⎜ k (s)ds⎟⎟ds + u sin⎜⎜ k (s)ds⎟⎟; 0 ⎝0 ⎠ ⎝0 ⎠ theorems 5, 8, 10, 13, 16. Let Parabolic bending of the annulus into an open helicoid cos ϕ = F + u / / u / 2 + 2 Fu / + B 2 , i i i i i can be realized with one rectilinear generatrix (s = 0) us examine only anafixed (Fig 2). lytical methods of deNakayama Kazuaki and sign of developable Wadati Niki [77] investisur fa ces' deve lopgated the motion of dements. velopable surfaces with conA coordinate method. servation of lines of princiThe xp, yp coordinates of the pal curva-tures. points of a development are obtained with the help of the .2.2Construction of formulas [8] surface developments on a plane where k(s) is a curvature of Construction of shells the cuspidal edge. As an exwith developable middle ample we can take an open surfaces foresees a process helicoid with k = k(s) = a/ of drawing of developments (a2 + b2) = const and then of their middle surfa-ces. As xp= (m2/a)sin(as/m2) + ucos a rule, methods of construc(as/m2), yp = –(m2/a)cos(as/ slope of their tangent lines too. If we take an annulus for the first position then it is pos-sible to obtain [76] ϕ uz = (s + u)sin = z, us =
∫
∫
∫
∫
∫
∫
(
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
)
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
116
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ m2) + (m2/a) + usin(as/m2). Let us limit the development by a curve of intersection of an open helicoid (15) with the xOy plane (z = 0). This procedure gives the following equation: z = b(s + u)/m2 = 0 and then we shall have u = – s. Hence, taking u = 0 one may find the equations of a plane cuspidal edge xpc = (m2/a)sin(as/m2), ypc = –(m2/a)cos(as/m2) + (m2/a) which are the equations of a circumference with radius R = 1/k = m/a. Taking u = –s one can determine the equations for the developed-on-a-plane curve of intersection of the helicoid with the plane z = 0. A method of consistent calculation of lengths and angles was described in the paper [79]. Its essence consists in the follo-wing. After determining an equation of a cuspidal edge it is necessary to write the equations of contour lines in the form u1 = u1(v) and u2 = u2 (v). Lengths L of rectilinear generatrixes are obtained with the help of the formula L = u2(v) – u1(v). Angles betwe-en the contour lines and the rectilinear generatrixes can be found from the formula where i = 1; 2. The lengths of the contour line between two recti-linear generatrixes are determined from the following formula
(
xp = x + l / k /
/
) 1+ k
u
2
(
+ m cosω − ∫ l / / k / 2
)
1 + k 2 + m2 cosωdu,
/
u0
(
yp = x + l / k /
/
) 1+ k
u
2
(
+ m sinω − ∫ l / / k / 2
)
/
1 + k 2 + m2 sinωdu,
u0
u
ω=∫
(k m − km ) + k / 2
/
/2
+ m/ 2
1+ k + m 2
u0
2
offered to use the formulae of analytical geometry for
vi
si = ∫ u + 2Fu + B dv, /2 i
/ i
2 i
vj
where i = 1; 2. Let us examine this method. As an example, let equations (13) represent the open helicoid [80]. Assume a = 2 m, b = 1 m then, accor -ding to formulae (22), we obtain F2 = 5, B2 = 5 + 4u2/5. Let us assume the coordinate lines u = u1 = 3 m and u = u2 = 6 m as the contour lines. Hence, we may derive the following linear and angular numerical parame-ters: L = u2 – u1 = 3 m ϕ 5 / and cos 1 =
5 + 4u15 / 5
= 0.6401 or ϕ ϕ o 1 = 50 12', cos 2 = ϕ o 0.3846 or 2 = 67 24', s1 = 3.49(vj – vk), s2 = 5.81(vj – v ). Assume ∆ v = v – v = k
j
k
π/12. In that case we have s1 = 0.91 m and s2 = 1.52 m. On the basis of the aboveobtained values one can draw the development (Fig.18). Using the same
www.altariq.ps
du approach G.C. Bajoria [81] ϕ
calculation of L, i and si. R.U. Alimov's method. This method is used for developable sur-faces defined by formulae (5). Using the invariance of parabolic bending, N.N. Rijov and R.U. Alimov have derived the equations for a mathematical model of developable surface's development [42, 82] in the following form where . An illustration will make this clear. Let us draw a develop-ment of one turn of an open helicoid with the edge of regression (12). Equations of a continued network of rectilinear generatrixes can be found from the formulae (13) after eliminating the u parameter from the second and third equations, so y = a/sinv – x/tanv; z=b (v + 1/tanv) – bx/(asinv). So we have k = –1/ tanv, l = a/sinv, m = –b/ (asinv), n = b(v + 1/tanv). Then it is necessary to cal-
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
117
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
culate ω = av/
a2 + b2
. In that case, due to Alimov's formulae we may find xp = (x – acosv)mcos(av/m)/ (asinv) – m2sin(av/m)/a, yp = (x – cosv)msin(av/m)/(asinv) + m2cos(av/m)/a.. (27) At last, it is necessary to substitute the x coordinate of the cuspidal edge from formulae (12) into formulae (27) and then xp = –m2sin(av/m)/a and yp = m2cos(av/m)/a. These are the parametrical equations of a circumference. If somebody wants to draw a curvili-near coordinate u = ui = const on the plane development he must subs-titute u = ui into the formulae (13) but the result he must substi-tute into the expressions (27). An additional review of methods of making the developments. I.A. Skidan offered methods for a developable surface (11) and for a develo-pable surface with a cuspidal edge lying on a cone [56, 57]. For the application of these methods it is necessary to know the equations of the cuspidal edges. We must mention the well known method of triangulation. This is an approximate method with change of a developable surface by a system of plane triangles [14, 83]. Deve-lopments of polar and rectifying devel-
opable surfaces are also known [84, 85]. A.L. Martirosov [86] uses director cones for construction of the developments of the 4-th order developable surfaces with two di-rectrix plane curves. L.S. Panasyuk [87] supposes that his paratra-ce' method simplifies geometrical calculation of the developments. O. Kienzle [88] devoted much attention to the construction of developments of compound developable surfaces and presented a new method for their construction. Some diagrams, graphs and schemes of the devices was prepared by A.K.Gitis [89] to mechanize the process of design of developments of the developable slope surfaces. She used formulae of the coordinate method. Several graphical methods are presented in the reference book [29].
.2.3Common bending of fragments of intersecting developable surfaces Common bending of intersecting developable surfaces' frag-ments is such simultaneous bending when their line of intersection is transformed into the line of intersection of the bent surfaces. A problem was formulated in [1] in the following way. A deve-lopable surface Ф1 is given and a line l on it is given too. It is necessary
www.altariq.ps
to find another developable surface Ф2 which will intersect Ф1 along the line l. These two surfaces Ф1 and Ф2 must be de-veloped on a plane by common bending. Let us assume some well known conclusion: .1if a line of intersection of two surfaces Ф1 and Ф2 is a straight line then it is obviously that this is a rectilinear ge-neratrix and it will be not separating; .2not separating line of intersection of two developable surfaces may be a principal curvature line for both surfaces Ф1 and Ф2 if these surfaces are the surfaces of constant slope of their rectilinear generatrixes. An analytical solution of this problem was given by I.P. Gersh-man in his paper [90]. He offered to take an equation of a surface Ф1 as P(x,y,z,t) = 0, Pt(x,y,z,t) = 0 by analogy with the Eq. (3). Let us present any line l lying on a surface Ф1 as P (x,y,z,t) = 0, Pt(x,y,z,t) = 0, F (x,y,z) = 0 and let us write its equation in the parametrical form as x = x(t), y = y(t), z = z(t). An equation of a single-parametric system of oscu-lating planes for the curve l can be written as A2(t)x + B2(t)y + C2(t)z + D2 (t) = 0 or Q(x,y,z,t) = 0, where A2(t) = y/z// – z/y//; B2(t) = z/ x// – x/z//; C2(t) = x/y// – y/x//; D2(t) = –A2x(t) – B2y(t) – C2z(t).
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
118
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
Then, an equation of a sing-le-parametric system of planes passing through the tangents to the line l lying on the given surface Ф1 is compiled as P(x,y,z,t)+ λQ(x,y,z,t) = 0 or G(x,y,z,t, λ) = 0. After determination of ϕ ϕ cos 1 and cos 2 where ϕ1 is an angle between the tangent plane of Ф1 and the osculating plane of the line ϕ2 l, but is an angle between the osculating plane of the li-ne l and a plane from the single-parametric system of the planes passing through the tangents to the line l, it is necessary to asϕ ϕ sume cos 1 = cos 2 and after it to find λ = λ (t). Having substituted λ into the equation of the planes passing through the tangents to the line l one can obtain R (x,y,z,t) = 0. This expression is an equ-ation of the singleparametric system of planes shaping the surfa-ce Ф2. Solving together two equations R(x,y,z,t) = 0 and Rt (x,y,z,t) = 0 one can obtain an equation of the surface Ф2. Sol-ving jointly three equations R(x,y,z,t) = 0, Rt (x,y,z,t) = 0, and Rtt(x,y,z,t) = 0 one can find parametrical equations of a cuspidal edge of the developable surface Ф2.
.2.4Motion of some plane
curve into the section of a developable surface Let us consider the non-orthogonal coordinates u, s on a plane. We shall suppose that the lines on a development are given as u = u(s). Assume two smooth continuous curves l and L. The curve l will be considered as a development of any cuspidal edge but L is a plane development of any space curve lying on a developable sur-face. After bending of a plane into a developable surface S (10), the plane curves L and l are transformed into spatial curves L* and x = x(s), y = y (s), z = z(s), accordingly. If we shall intersect the developable surface S by a plane Ax + By + Cz + D = 0 then an equation of the line of intersection will be the following [91] u(s) = – [D + Ax(s) + By(s) + Cz(s)]/[Ax/(s) + By/ (s) + Cz/(s)]. Supposing that the line L is transformed into a plane line L* lying in the xOy plane it is necessary to assume A = B = D = 0 and due to the last formula one may derive u(s) = -z(s)/z/(s) and afterwards z = z(s). In view of invariance of cuspidal edge's curvature and Lame's coefficients along the line u = 0, Gorbatovich [91] obtained the system of two equations x//2(s) + y//2(s) + z//2(s) = k2(s); x/2(s) + y/2(s)
www.altariq.ps
+ z/2(s) = 1 (28) for the determination of coordinates x = x(s), y = y(s) of the cuspidal edge. So, the adduced formulae give an opportunity to obtain parametrical equations of a cuspidal edge of a developable surface made from a given plane development. They suppose that values of u(s), k(s) are known. Design problems of a developable surface are researched in Myard's papers [92, 93] also. F. Myard showed how to superimpose a plane circle area on an open helicoid. V.S. Obukhova and S.F. Pilipaka [94] represented new solution of the problem in question. They used the condition of equality of arc lengths of two curves L and L* and proved that not every plane curve L may be transformed into the plane curve L* lying on a developable surface.
.2.5Flexural rigidity of developable surfaces Some scientists research bending of developable surfaces from the point of view of infinitesimal bending of developable surfaces [95]. P.L. Simokin [96] proved, that developable surface is rigid if its edge of regression is rigidly fixed. Infinitesimal bending of a developable surface with a curve intersecting all rectilinear generatrixes of the surface was researched
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
119
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
under con-dition of admission of displacements of the points of this curve only along the given constant direction [97]. Indications of ri -gidity are given for a developable surface limited by two rectili-near generatrixes and by two curves intersecting all rectilinear generatrixes [98]. Let a surface Ф is a regular developable surface not having plane areas and singular points. This surface may be separated by rectilinear generatrixes into strips. A line g is a regular line intersecting every rectilinear generatrix of the surface Ф in only one point. Having fixed this surface Ф along the curve g relative to any two points of the space one may have the analytically un-bending surface Ф [99]. Such scientists like P.L. Simokin [96], S.T. Khineva [98], V.I. Mikhailovsky, M. Sherkuziev [99], J. Uteuliev [100], K.N. Gayubova [101] have scientific achievements in this field. .3Approximation of developable surfaces by a system of planes; approximation of general surfaces by a system of developable surfaces .3.1Approximation of developable surfaces by a system of planes It is easy to bring off such approximation
for developable surfaces because they are formed by a singleparametric system of planes. A principle of design of polyhedral surfaces is the same one and does not depend on geometrical form of a developable surface [80]. Let us consider developable surfaces with two plane contour curves. We may obtain the coordinates of angular points of a polyhedral surface as coordinates of points of intersection of three planes. Two adjacent planes of the polyhedral construction are the first two planes. The third plane is a plane with a contour curve. Knowing the coordinates of the angular points of cons truction it is easy to calculate all necessary linear and angular parameters for the polyhedral surface development. Consider a specific example of application of this method [102]. Let's take a developable surface with directrixes (1) in the form of y2 + z2 = R2 ,
a circle and of
an
x=l ellipse
y2 z2 + = 1, b2 a 2 x = 0 (Fig 19)
www.altariq.ps
which are lying in the parallel planes. Assume l = 5 m, b = 6 m, a = 4 m, R = 2 m and then a sing-le-parametric system of planes will have the equation M(x,y,z,v) = (4 – 2
36 − 5v 2
)x – 5
4 − v2
36 − 5v 2 y – 5vz + 10 = 0, v = z, where z is a coordinate of the circumference placed in the plane x = 5 m. Let us take two planes with v = 2 m and v = 1.5 m (Fig 19) but as the third plane we shall have the plane with x = 0 containing the ellipse. In that case we shall use three equations M (v = 2) = 0, M(v = 1.5) = 0, and x = 0. Solving them jointly one can obtain the coor-dinates of the point of intersection of the three planes as x = 0, y = 3, z = 4. By analogy, one can find the coordinates of all other angular points and afterwards one may draw the development (Fig.20). Additional information can be found in papers [103, 104, 105, 106].
.3.2Approximation
of general surfaces by a system of developable surfaces A problem of approximation is the change of a complex sur-face by a system of simple technological and easily described surfaces. Approximation of
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
120
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
complex surfaces with the help of de-velopable surfaces should preferably be used [1, 107]. If a discrete linear framework is chosen one can take every two adjacent lines as directrices (1) and then one can construct developable surfaces on them [74]. So a given surface will be approxi-mated by parts of different developable surfaces. Presented in [105, 108, 109] are examples of graphical approximation of complicated surfaces by the system of developable surfaces. .4T h e rolling of developable surfaces on each other Every motion may be represented by one rotation about specific axis and by one displacement along this axis, i.e. by spiral moti-on. Two ruled surfaces may osculate along a rectilinear generatrix only if this rectilinear generatrix has the same parameter of distribution p = lim(δ/ω) where δ is the least distance between a fixed rectilinear generatrix l and a infinitesimally close recti-linear generatrix l*, ω is an angle between l and l*. A cylindri-cal surface has p = ∞ but a developable surface has p = 0 [20]. Ruled surfaces may roll only on ruled surfaces and developable surfaces may roll only
on developable surfaces. Let us take two developable surfaces with their cuspidal edges given in the following form x = x, y = f1(x), z = f2(x) and X = X, Y = F1(X), Z = F2(X). The first invariance of bending supposes equality of differen-tials of cuspidal edges' lengths ds = (1 + y/2 + z/2)1/2dx = dS = (1 + Y /2 + Z/2)1/2dX. The second condition supposes equality of curvatures of the cuspidal edges in every their point. Having fulfilled these two conditions one can obtain the parametrical equations X = f3 (x), Y = f4(x), Z = f5(x) of a cuspidal edge of the second developable sur-face as a function of the x parameter of the first surface [110]. A.L. Martirosov [110] demonstrated his method by the following example: Let us take an open helicoid with the cuspidal edge (12). A cuspidal edge of the rolling surface let us take also as a helix X = ccosV, Y = csinV, Z = dV on a cylinder. Arc lengths of the cuspidal edges can be obtained from formula s=v
c2 + d 2
a2 + b2
=S=V
or from (V/v)2 = (a2 + b2)/(c2 + d2). Having equated the curvatures of the cus-pidal edges A.L. Martirosov [110] determined a/c = (a2 + b2)/
www.altariq.ps
(c2 + d2) and after comparison of the two last formulae, at last, he derived V2 = v2a/c. A value c for the second open helicoid may be selected arbitrarily but a lead of a spiral cuspidal edge d must be obtai-ned from the expression d2 = (a2 + b2)c/a – c2. Finally, the equations of the cuspidal edge of a rolling open helicoid were written as X = ccosAv, Y = csinAv, Z = Avd, where a new parameter A was assumed as A2 = a/c. A.L. Martirosov offered also to present an angle γ of intersection of open helicoids' axes in the following form:
γ = π − (α +α∗ )
, where α
α∗
and are the helix angles of slope of recti-linear generatrixes of the open heli-
coids: tg α = b/a and tg
α ∗ = d/c but c = acos2 α / ∗
cos2
α
. So, due to the given formulae the rolling open helicoid can be defined. But it should be noted that rolling a developable sur-face on its bending is limited in practical purposes for real phy-sical models [111]. Martirosov a nd Ra chkovska ya [112] proved also that any cone with a vertex in one point of a cuspidal edge of any developable surface and hav-
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
121
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ing a rectilinear generatrix coincident with developable surface's generatrix can roll on this developable surface, changing continuously parameters of a cone. The vertex of the cone must reside on the cuspidal edge all time. .5T h e using of developable surface theory for geometrical investigations of complicated surfaces Analytical description method for kinematic surfaces with a de-velopable surface as a stationary axoid surface was offered in the paper [113]. If every rectilinear generatrix of any ruled surface Фo to rotate around the edge of regression in a tangent plane on the same angle ω then we shall have a ruled surface Ф1. The surfa-ce Ф1 is called a Pirondini surface. One may assume developable sur -faces as the surfaces Фo. Wunderlich [114] has studied a surface Фo in the form of an algebraic developable surface of the 3-d or-der with the cuspidal edge x = v – v3/3, y = v2, z = a(v + v3/3). He has proved that surfaces Ф1 would be the 5th order surfaces. The special isometric representations of developable surfaces of constant slope are
demonstrated in [115]. Developable surfaces as central developable surfaces were used for construction of oblique ruled surfaces of appointed class [116, 117]. The theory of developable surfaces is applied for ma-king the developments for not developed on a plane surfaces [74, 118]. Some papers are known where a one-sided developable surface (Mobius surface) is researched [119, 120, 121, 122]. Some scientists consider that A.F. Mobius's surface is a closed regular system of developable surfaces [119]. Developable surfaces can be used for design of branched canals' models [105]. Researches made by V.A. Sladkov give a chance to construct awning surfaces of appoin-ted class as ruled surfaces [1]. .6Generalization of developable surface's concept for multidimensional spaces In some scholarly works, an idea of a developable surface is generalized to multidimensional spaces. A surface Ф, formed by a single-parametric system of the k-dimensional planes in Euclid space Em, is examined in paper [123]. Aumann Gunter [124] has also published the review dealing with the single-parametric
www.altariq.ps
system of the k-dimensional planes of Euclid space. It follows from the work [125] that three types of developable surfaces in hyperbolic space are available, i.e., conic and tangential surfaces, geodesic cylin-ders. The (m + 1)-dimensional diversity M generated by the sing-le-parametric system of the m-dimensional planes of descriptive space was studied by C. Thas [126]. V.M. Savitskiy [127] adduced a classification of developable surfaces of Lobachevskiy's space. The properties of every class were studied by him. He has researc-hed also a regular bending of these surfaces [128]. Various aspects of presentation of developable surfaces in Lo-bachevskiy's space can also be found in V.M. Savitskiy's paper [129]. A presentation of developable surfaces in descriptive space Pn can be found in [130]. K.N. Gayubova [101] studied developable surfaces in pseudoeuclidian space, S.I. Kisner [131] examined them in Hilbert space. Additional information about deve-lopable surfaces in the affine space can be found in [132]. The problem in question is presented in papers [133, 134, 135] too. .7Application of the thinwalled developable con-
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
122
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
structions It was noted at the beginning of this article that shells in the shape of developable surfaces are the cheapest constructions among many geometrical models. For example, reinforced concrete shells in the shape of developable surfaces can be reinforced by plane or roll meshes and shutter can be made from rectilinear or sheet elements [120]. Some sketches of buildings in the shape of developable shells are represented in [29, 112, 136, 137, 138]. 5 types of ruled helicoids were presented for the application as helical ramps for multistory garages [139]. S.M. Halabi [140] proposed several developable surfaces for covering arbitrary trapeziform plane. Several examples of thin-walled developable constructions for naval engineering system were given in [79]. Developable surfaces can be geometrical models of technical constructions from sheet materials [141, 142]. Such constructions are widely used for diverse conduits and pipelines [105, 143]. M e c h a n i c a l engineering is the main sphere of application of open helicoidal shells. These shells are used in screw conveyers [144] which consist of a trough, a rotating shaft
on fixed bearings, and a long helix fastened on the shaft. The full length of a screw conveyer can reach 76 m. A section of a helical surface maybe bent from a steel sheet with a thickness of 4-8 mm. A helical conveyer in the form of developable surface with a conic helical cuspidal edge was described in [145]. An open helicoid is used in blastfurnaces as a director surface in gas pipelines [29]. Mathematical calculation of profile of a spiral evolvent surface made by worm-cutters was given in papers [146, 147]. New methods of design of the cylindrical gearing with teeth having a work surface in the shape of a developable surface were presented in [148, 149, 150]. V.S. Luks hin [151] supposed to finish machining a spiral developable surface of the cutting tool with the help of method of rolling. The information about initial stages of the development of geometry of involute hob and gear teeth can be found in the paper [152]. The application of developable surfaces in agri-
www.altariq.ps
cultural mecha-nical engineering was first offered by V.P. Goryachkin [14]. This problem has attracted considerable attention from J.N. Gorbatovich [91], L.V. Gyachev [47], Y.G. Kardashevskaya [153], N.P. Raevskiy [50], A.G. Zakharov [62] and from many others. Archimedes designed his screw for the transport of water [29]. The geometrical properties of a developable surface of constant slope can be used for the approximation of a topographical surface [154], they can be used also for the design of slopes of em-bankments of main roads [59]. Results of geometrical researches of developable surfaces are also exploited in the light and food in-dustry (package [66], an automatized process of clothe design [154]), in coal engineering industry [155]. Some works are devoted to the application of developable surfaces in aircraft construction [108]. G.E. Pavlenko [27] has proposed the theoretical bases of cons-truction of a ship hull of the simplified shape from fragments of developable surfaces. This problem also has attracted the attention of some geometricians [74, 156, 157]. A.L. Podgorniy, N.I. Snisarenko [158] and I.V. Voloshina [159] investi-
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
123
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
gated the rays' set reflected from developable surfaces. It's possible to list many examples about possibility of using of developable constructions but we shall limit ourselves by adduced examples.
Conclusions and future researches Developable surfaces and shells are attractive due to their ability to form different configurations in a plan and in space. These surfaces can satisfy the
various requirements of designers and geometricians who work in civil and industrial engineering, road building, aircraft construction, and shipbuilding. In this work we touched upon geomet-
Table of figures Fig. 1. a – A cylindrical surface with a directrix helix lying on a sphere b – A wavy conic surface c – A developable surface with an edge of regression on the one-sheet hyperboloid of revolution Fig. 2. Parabolic bending of an annulus with inside radius a0 Fig. 3. A developable surface with two parabolas with intersecting axes Fig. 4. A developable surface with two parabolas on vertical intersecting planes Fig. 5. A developable surface with two ellipses placed in parallel planes Fig. 6. A surface of constant slope with cuspidal edge on an ellipsoid of revolution Fig. 7. A developable surface with cuspidal edge on a one-sheet hyperboloid of revolution Fig. 8. Forming Monge’s ruled surface Fig. 9. A Monge’s ruled surface Fig. 10. Forming Monge’s ruled surface with directrix cone Fig. 11. A Monge’s ruled surface with a directrix cone Fig. 12. A developable conic helicoid Fig. 13. A developable surface of constant slope with an edge of regression on a paraboloid of revolution Fig. 14. A fragment of shell given in non-orthogonal coordinates with stress resulN u⊥ , N v⊥ , S u⊥ , S v⊥
tants (tangential forces) Nu, Nv, S and Fig. 15. A fragment of an open helicoid (Monge’s ruled surface, Fig 8, 9) R0 = a02 + uk2
Fig. 16. An annulus with inside radius ao and outside radius Fig. 17. Open helicoids made of the same annulus by parabolic bending, 0 ≤ s ≤ 2πa0
0≤u≤u
k , Fig. 18. Approximate development of an open helicoid
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
124
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
Fig. 19. Approximation of the developable surface with a circle and an ellipse by a single-parametric system of planes Fig. 20. The development of the polyhedral surface shown in Fig 19
a
b Fig. 1
c
B(-d; l) O у
ϕ1
ϕ2
x Fig. 2 C
Fig. 3
z Cuspidal edge II
Fig. 4
y x I Fig. 5
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
125
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
z
v r P f(v)
v
t x
t
у u Fig. 8
Fig. 7 Fig. 6
u = ui
X ω e
z
ψ(v)
φ = 2π
φ(v)
m R
O1
g
Y X(v)
u=0
Y
φ=0
O y; j x; i
Fig. 9
Fig. 11
Fig. 10
Fig 12
dΨv dΨu
u = ui t = 2π
R2
Nv ⊥
χ
Nv
u =0
χ R1
S
. ⊥
Sv
u
S u⊥
S
Nu
.
N u⊥
Fig. 13 χ
v Fig. 14
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
126
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ β s=0 u βsinΘk
P
u
a0
r
λ
Θ
βcosΘg
s =2 πa0
k
ρ
R0
α u=0
i (αo– α)g
je
α/a
uk s
Fig. 15
Fig. 16 φ = 60о φ = 45о φ = 30о
φ = 15о
φ = 75о
Fig 17
Fig 19
Fig 18
www.altariq.ps
Fig 20
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
127
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
References .1 Rijov N.N., Gershman I.P., and Osipov V.A. (1972), Applied geometry of surfaces, Trudi Mosc. nauchn.-metodich. seminara po nachertat. geom. i injenern. grafike, Moscow: MAI, 242, 57-91 (in Russian). .2 Krivoshapko S.N. (1995), Geometry and Strength of Developable Shells.- Moscow: ASV, 280p. (in Russian). .3Krivoshapko S.N. Geometry of developable surfaces with the cuspidal edges, Proc. of the 10th International Conference on Geometry and Graphics, Vol.2, July 28 – August 2, 2002, Kyiv, Ukraine, 29-35. .4Lubbecke N., Hartmann B., and Beyer R. (1978), Numerische Ermittlung und Abwichlung von Biegelflachen mit dem Computer errechnen, Bänder-Bleche- Rohre, 19, No 1, 22-26. .5Klimčík Jozef (1980), Niektoré otazky spojovania ploch, Zb. ved. pr. VŠT Košiciach, 1979(1980), 33-49. .6Kienzle Otto (1970), Konstruction, Abwicklung und Herstellung von Schraubtorsen aus Blech, Ber. Inst. Umformtechn. Univ. Stuttgart, No 17-18, 97175. .7Krivoshapko S.N. Static analysis of shells with developab-le middle surfaces, Applied Mechanics Reviews, 1998, Vol.51, No 12, Part 1, C. 731-746. .8 Vigodskiy M.Y. (1949), Differential Geometry, Moscow, GITTL, 511p. .9Stoker J.J. (1969), Differential Geometry, New York, Wi-ley, Interscience, XXI, 404p. .10Kagan V.F. (1947), Basis of the Theory of Surfaces in Ten-sors, Moscow: GTTI, Part 1, 512p. (in Russian). .11Dmitrieva G.A. (1956), A problem of Chezaro for lines on surfaces, Sb. stud. rabot Buryat- Mong. gos. ped. in-ta, Vol.2, 3-8 (in Russian). .12Cleave J.P. (1980), The form of the tangent - developable surface at points of
www.altariq.ps
zero torsion on space curves, Math. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc., 88, No 3, 403-407. .13 Finikov S.P.(1934), Theory of Surfaces, Moscow: GTTI, 200p. .14Goryachkin V.P.(1927), Theory of Plough, Moscow: Promiz-dat, 200p. .15Vanin V.V.(1995), On design of tangent strips of an evolvent surface with using the characteristics of its principal curvature lines, National Technical Univ. of the Ukraine, Dep. v GNTB Ukraine 20.06.95, No 1592-Uk95, Kiev:”KPI”, 10p. .16Deaux R. (1954), Geodesiques d'un helicoide developpable ou d'un cone revolution, Mathesis., 63, No 9-10, 363-365. .17Hilbert D. and Cohn-Vossen (1932), Anschauliche Geometrie, Berlin, 310p. .18Finikov S.P.(1952), Course of Differential Geometry, Mos-cow: GITTL, 343p. .19Dobrescu A.(1958), Asupra suprafetelor desfăsurabile, Gaz. mat. si fiz., A10, N6, 331-333 (in Romanian). .20Giering O. (1970), Die windschiefen Flachen konstanten Dralls in der Normalenkongruenz einer Flache, Manuscr. math., 2, No 2, 163-180. .21Kagan V.F. (1948), Basis of Theory of Surfaces in Ten-sors, Moscow: GTTI, Part II, 408p. (in Russian). .22Utishev E.G. (1983), Mated developable surfaces, Taganrog. radiotehn. institut, Taganrog, 15p, Dep. VINITI 23.02.1983, No 971-83 (in Russian). .23Makarova Z.T. (1957), Curvature and torsion of geodesic li-nes on developable surfaces, Rostov: RISHM, Vol.8, Part 1,357361 (in Russian). .24Yuhanio Marulanda Arb. (1970), Strength design of shells in the shape of G. Monge's ruled surfaces, PhD dissertation, Moscow: UDN, 154p. (in Russian) .25Aumann Günter (1992), Zum Entwurf abwickelbarer Bezier-Fläc-hen, Proc. 3rd [Int] Congr. Geom., Thessaloniki, 1991, 49-60.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
128
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ Dedonder Willy (1987), La .26 surface de Moebius ... une bande á part, Ind. et. sci., 63, No 2, 2-8. .27 Pavlenko G.E.(1948), Simplified Shapes of Ships, Moscow: MRF SSSR, 28p. .28Monge G. (1936), Application of Analysis to Geometry, Mos-cow: ONTI, 699p. .29 Krivoshapko S.N. (1991), Developable Surfaces and Shells, Moscow: RPFU, 288p. (in Russian). .30Krivoshapko S.N. (1987), Construction of developable shells resting on two given boundary supports, Stroit. mehanika i raschet sooruj., No 3, 19-22(in Russian). .31Krivoshapko S.N., Ivanov V.N., and Halabi S.M. (2006), Analytical Surfaces. Materials on Geometry of 500 Surfaces and Information for Strength Analysis of Thin Shells, M.: Nauka, 544 p. (in Russian). Bhattacharya B.(1973), .32 Theory of a new class of shells, Symposium on industrialized spatial and shell structures, 18-23 Jun. 1973, Kielce (Poland), 115-124. .33Bulgakov V.Y.(1976), A design of shell surfaces from the fragments of the 4th order developable surfaces, Prikl.geom. i injenern. grafica, Kiev, Vol.21, 134-137. .34Vorobkevich R.I. (1985), An investigation of intersections of a parabolic developable surface with its tangent planes, Prikladnaya geom. i in-jenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.39, 29-32 (in Russian). .35Olhovichenko N.G. and Selyutina E.A.(1993), An analysis of a cuspidal edge of a developable surface, Donezk. PI, Dep. v GNTB Ukraini 18.10.93, No 2011-Uk93, 7p. (in Russian). .36Olhovichenko N.G.(1990), An analysis of possibility of design and properties of developable surfaces given with the help of two curves lying in the parallel planes. An equation of this surface, DPI, Donezk, Dep. v UkrNIINTI 11.04.90, No
www.altariq.ps
662-Uk90, 11p. (in Russian). .37 Kuharchuk N.G. (1980), On smoothness of a cuspidal edge of the developable surface designed on contour curves lying in parallel planes, Prikladnaya geom. i in-jenern. grafica, Kiev, Vol.30, 83-85 (in Russian). .38Muradov Sh. (1977), Developable surfaces with two directrix plane curves, Prikladnaya geom. i in-jenern. grafica, Kiev, Vol.24, 45-46 (in Russian). .39Kashina I.V.(1999), Shaping and design of shell roofs of buildings on the basis of rolling a sphere on support elements, PhD dissertation, N. Novgorod: NGASU. .40Kashina I.V. and Zamyatin A.V. (1999), Developable surfaces generated as a result of rolling a sphere on skew straight lines, Rost. gos. stroit. un-t, Rostov n/D, Dep. v BINITI 31.05.99, No 1723-B99, 25p. (in Russian). .41Rijov N.N. (1972), An algorithm of reducing of developable surfaces' equations with consideration of the given conditions, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.14, 3-8 (in Russian). .42 Rijov N.N. and Alimov R.U. (1979), Construction of developable surfaces with the given conditions, Prikl.geom.i inje-nern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.27, 15-17 (in Russian). .43Utishev E.G. (1967), Design of developable surfaces by the lines of curvature, Prikladn. geometriya (Novocherkassk), 50-53 (in Russian). Alimov R.U. (1984), An .44 algorithm of design and developing of developable surfaces for the automation of the design process of developments of surfaces on a plane (for pipelines), PhD dissertation, Samarkand: GASI (in Russian). Alimov R.U. and Vohidov .45 B. (1989), Developable surfaces of normals of curves, Samarkand, 6p, Dep. in Uz.NIINTI 09.03.89, N 959Uz (in Russian).
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
129
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
.46Utishev E.G. (1976), Tabular description of the lines of curvature of developable surfaces, Trudi Taganrog. radioteh. ins-tituta, No 46, 68-70 (in Russian). .47Gyachev L.V. (1961), Theory of plough surface, Trudi ACh- IMSH, Vol.13, Zernograd, 318p. (in Russian). .48Bulgakov V.Y. (1970), A design of th the 4 order developab-le surfaces, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol. 11, 40-44 (in Russian). .49Bulgakov V.Y.(1971), A design of the 4-th order developable surfaces with beforehand given conditions, Prikl.geom. i injenern. grafica, Kiev, Vol.12, 41-48. .50Raevskiy N.P. (1932), Graphical Method of Construction of Plough Developable Working Surface, Moscow: Gosmashmetizdat, 24p. (in Russian). .51Vogler H. (1963), Die auf einer Torse verlaufenden Linien konstan-ten Gratabstandes als duale Seitenstucke zu den pseudorectifizie-renden Torseneiner Raumkurve, Sitzungsber. Österr. Akad. Wiss. Math.-naturwiss. Kl., Abt.2, 172, No 5-8, 173-187. .52 Zamyatin A.V. (1996), Applied problems of kinematics of the 2nd order surfaces, PhD dissertation, N. Novgorod (in Russian). .53Beskopilnaya S.V. (1996), Applied problems of modeling the developable surfaces of constant slope, PhD dissertation, N. Novgorod, NGASA (in Russian). .54 Wunderlich Walter (1973), Kurven konstanter ganzer Krümmung und fester Hauptnormalenneigung, Monatsh. ath., 77, № 2, 158-171 .55Skidan I.A. (1971), Cylindrical coordinates, applied to the applied geometry, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.13, 15-20 (in Russian). .56Skidan I.A. (1975), Cylindrical coordinates of developable surfaces, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.19, 95-99 (in Russian).
www.altariq.ps
.57Skidan I.A. (1976), Hyperbolic coordinates of surfaces, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.21, 43-45 (in Russian). .58Varvaritsa A.G. (1976) Approximation of a topographical surface by a surface of constant slope, Prikl.geom. i inje -nern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.21, 39-42 (in Russian). .59Kartashev A.I. (1954), Surfaces of constant slope, PhD dis-sertation, Leningrad, 16p. (in Russian). .60Obukhova V.S. and Pilipaka S.F. (1988), A developable sur-face as an envelope surface of a single-parametric system of cir-cular cones, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.46, 13-18 (in Russian). .61 Ruzleva N.P. (1965), A surface of constant slope, Dokladi MIISP, Vol.2, 5, Moscow: MIISP, 189-193 (in Russian). .62 Zakharov A.G. (1936), Construction of American plough, Selskohozyaistvennaya mashina, Vol.6, 7-11.65. Volkov A.I. (1963) Geometry of a developable surface res-ting on the isolated spatial curve, Voprosi nachertat. geom. i eye prilojenie, Kharkov, KhADI, 25-28 (in Russian). .63Gallo O., Kuniak M., and Stanová E. (1990), Kuzel'ooo a valcovo-skrutková obalová plocha v singularnej polohe urcujucej plochy, Zb.ved. pr. Vys. sk. techn. Košiciach, Bratislava, 51-62 (in Slovak). .64Giering O. (1988), Über die Schnentorsen der Raumkurven, Proc. Cong. Geom., Thessaloniki, 1-6 Juni 1987, 27-45. .66Bourget Louis (1965), Surfaces développables S passant par une courbe (C) tracee sur un cylindre de révolution S, les géné-ratrices de S S' appliquant sur celles de S quand on développe S sur S, (C) restant fixe, Rev. math. spec., 1964- 1965, 75, No 12, 605-609. .67Ivanov V.N. (1977), Theory of surfaces with plane coordina-te lines, Raschet obolochek stroit. konstr, Moscow: RPFU,
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
130
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
Vol.83, No 10, 37-48 (in Russian). .68Utishev E.G. (1964), Design of developable surfaces with the help of geodesic and asymptotic lines, Prikl.geometriya poverhnostei, Moscow: MAI, 50-58. .69Zlatanov G. and Tsareva B. (1971), On some developable surfaces, Nauchn. trudi Vissh. ped. in-t, Plovdiv, t.9, kn.1, 27-31 (in Bulgarian). .70Wang Chengwei and Li Quanying (1986), The one-parameter family of lines or planes relating to the curve or surface, J. Cent. Chine Norm. Univ.(Natur. Sci.),20, No 4, 431-436 (in Chinese). Klimčík Jozef (1989), .71 Tangent surface whose directrix (edge of regression) is a line on the developed lateral area of the rotary cone, Zb. ved. pr. VŠT Košiciach, N1, 31-49. .72Pilipaka S.F. (1987), A design of helical surfaces on the basis of developable surfaces of constant slope, Prikl. geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.43, 39-41. .73Sulukmanov F.S. (1972), Design of developable helical sur-faces, Voprosi prikladnoi geometrii: Trudi MAI, Vol.246, Moscow: MAI, 54-56 (in Russian). .74Malinovskaya V.I. (1963), Approximation of some surfaces by developable surfaces (as applied to shipbuilding), PhD dissertation, Kiev: KISI (in Russian). .75Ryabinov D.L. (1971), Isometric fragments of an evolvent helicoid, Dokladi MIISP, Vol.5, No 5, Moscow: MIISP, 107115 (in Russian). .76Krivoshapko S.N. (1996), Orthographic representation of displacements during parabolic bending of an open helicoid, Teo-ret. osnovi stroitelstva, Warszawa 2.07.96-5.07.96, Moscow: ASV, 11-16 (in Russian). Nakayama Kazuaki and .77 Wadati Miki (1993),The motion of sur faces, J. Phys. Soc. Jap., 62, No 6, 1895-1901.
www.altariq.ps
.78Belov K.M. (1970), On bending of ruled surfaces, Sibirskiy matem. jurnal, Vol. 11, No 2, 464-467 (in Russian). .79Krivoshapko S.N. (1983), The application of developable surfaces in shipbuilding, Sudostroenie, No 7, 5-7 (in Russian). .80Krivoshapko S.N. (1987), Developments of developable and polyhedral surfa-ces, Izv.vuzov, Stroitel.i arhitectura, No 11, 114-116 (in Russian). .81Bajoria G.Ch. (1984), One method of construction of develop-ment of surface, Sudostroenie, No 9,37-38 (in Russian). .82Alimov R.U. and Sadriddinov A.S. (1978), Developments of de-velopable surfaces, Dokladi AN UzSSR, Tashkent, Vol.6, 24-28 (in Russian). .83 Kardashevskaya Y.G. (1971), Bending a developable surface into a plane and the return problem, Trudi UDN, Vol.53, No 4, Moscow: UDN, 66-75 (in Russian). .84Bubennikov A.V. and Gromov M.Y. (1973), Descriptive Geometry, Moscow: Visshaya shkola, 416p. (in Russian). .85Vanin V.V.(1995), On some properties of polar surface, National Technical Univ. of the Ukraine, Dep. v GNTB Ukraine 20.06.95, No 1591-Uk95, Kiev: ”KPI”, 15p. (in Russian). .86Martirosov A.L. (1976), th Developments of the 4 order de-velopable surfaces, Prikladnaya geomet. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.22, 93-97 (in Russian). .87Panasyuk L.S. (1973), Construction of plane developments of tech-nical surfaces with the help of paratraces' method, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.16, 92-96 (in Russian). .88Kienzle Otto (1970), Erzeugung räum licher Blechgebilde mittels Flächenbiegung, Ber. Inst. Umformtechn. Univ. Stuttgart, No 17-18, 9-95. .89Gitis A.K. Monge projection of the developable slope surfaces, Proc. of the 10th International Conference on Geometry and
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
131
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
Graphics, Vol.2, July 28 – August 2, 2002, Kyiv, Ukraine, 10-13. .90Gershman I.P.(1967), Intersection of developable surfaces with common curves not separating on their development, Nachertat. geom. i cherchenie.- Saratov: Saratovsk. univers., Vol.1, 164-168 (in Russian). .91Gorbatovich J.N. (1980), Geometrical basis of the design of developable plough surfaces, Zemledelcheskaya mehanika, Vol.17, No1. -Moscow: MIISP, 1114. .92Myard F. (1972), Sur une génération des surfaces réglées developpables dont l'helicoide, Arts et manuf., No 225, 9-10. .93Myard F.(1971), Sur une génération des surfaces réglées developpables dont l'helicoide, C.r.Acad. sci., 273, No 3, A161A163. .94Obukhova V.S. and Pilipaka S.F. (1987), The bending of a plane fragment into a developable surface with transformation of a line of this fragment into the given curve of developable surfa-ce's section, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.44, 2326 (in Russian). .95Gayubova K.N. and Gayubov G.N. (1968), Flexural rigidity of developable surfaces, Voprosi matem., No 548 (in Russian). Simokin P.L. (1966), .96 Infinitesimal bending of developable surfaces, Vestnik Kiev. universiteta, Ser. Matematika i mekhanika, Kiev, No 8, 113-118 (in Ukrainian). .97 Mikhailovskiy V.I. and Mikhailovska N.O. (1975), Infinite-simal bending of developable surfaces with given displacements of curve's points, Vestnik Kiev. universiteta, Ser. Matematika i mek-hanika, Kiev, 17, 74-85 (in Ukrainian). .98Khineva S.T. (1974), Infinitesimal bending of developable surfaces, Vestnik Kiev. universiteta, Ser. Matematika i mekhanika, Kiev, No16,118-126 (in Ukrainian). .99Mikhailovskiy V.I. and Sherkuziev M. (1978), Analytically unbending develop-
www.altariq.ps
able surfaces fixed along the curve on a surface in two points, Ukrain. geom. sbornik, Kharkov, No 21, 92-99 (in Russian). .100Mikhailovskiy V.I. and Uteuliev J. (1976), Infinitesimal bending of developable surfaces fixed along the curve on a surface in two points, Izv. KazSSR, Ser.Fiz.-mat., No 5, 26-32 (in Russian). .101Gayubova K.N. (1983), On flexural rigidity of a developable surface in the pseudo-euclidian space, Teoriya i pricl. issled. po mat. i mehan., Tashkent, 102-106. .102Krivoshapko S.N. and Olodo E.E. (1990), A design of a deve-lopable surface with the n-th order director parabolas, Issledova-niya po stroit. mehan. prostranstv. sistem, Moscow: RPFU, 32-37 (in Russian). .103Kuzmenko E.A. and Petukhova G.I. (1994), A design of evol-vent helicoids with the help of polyhedral helical surfaces, Mater. 34 Otchetn. nauchn. konfer. Voronezh. gos. tehnolog. akad. za 1994 god, Voronezh, 8-13 dec.1994, p. 284 (in Russian). .104Mudallal M.H., Nassar Adzhvad A.M., and Ilias Yakub N. (1987), On approximation of developable surfaces by a system of planes, Issledov. po raschetu elementov prostranstv. sistem, Mos-cow: UDN, 81-87 (in Russian). .105Obukhova V.S. (1985), The ruled surfaces as models of the system of pipes, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol. 40, 10-17 (in Russian). .106Salman A.A. Al-Duheisat (1998), An approximation of a smooth surface of an open helicoid by a polyhedral surface, Problemi teorii i praktiki v injen. issled., Moscow: ASV, 102-106 (in Russian). .107Ustavschikov V.G. and Dzhakashev A.Z. (1990), Sensitivity approximation by developable surfaces of maximum area, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.50, 102-104 (in Russian). .108Orlov D.M., Kolotov K.S., Gvozdiev Y.V., and Drobotko S.V. (1959), Approximation of non-developable surfaces
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
132
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
of the wing by developable surfaces, Kiev: KIAVU VVS, 15p. (in Russian). .109Rijov N.N. (1958), Approximation of complicated surfaces by developable surfaces, Trudi VZPI, No 13, Moscow, 5-18 (in Russian). .110 Martirosov A.L. (1977), On rolling of developable surfaces on each other, Prikladnaya geomet.i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol. 23, 64-67 (in Russian). .111Obukhova V.S. and Pilipaka S.F. (1986), The rolling of de-velopable surface's fragment on its bending, Prikl.geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol. 41, 12-14. .112Rachkovskaya G.S. (1997), Geometrical construction of lines and surfaces on the basis of rotary transformation, PhD disserta-tion, N. Novgorod (in Russian). .113Yadgarov D.Y. and Sholomov I.H. (1982), The using of diffe-rential equations for design of rotary surfaces with developable axoid surfaces, Issledov. v oblasti teorii differen. uravn. i teo-rii priblijenii, Tashkent, 96-100 (in Russian). Wunderlich W. (1980), .114 Über die von der kubischen Böschungstorse abgeleitete P i r o n d i n i -S c h a r w i n d s c h i e f e r Regelflächen, Sitzungsber. Österr. A k a d . W i s s . -M a t h . -n a t u r w i s s . Kl.,Abt.2, Bd. 189, No 4-7, 149-169. .115Weiβ Gunter and Jank Walter (1988), Spezielle erzeugen-dentreue Isometrien torsaler und windschiefer Flächen; ein Bericht, Proc. Cong.Geom.,Thessaloniki, 1-6 Juni 1987,Thessaloniki, 241-245. .116Meirer Klaus (1970), Der Drall windschiefer Flächen mit gegenbener, insbesondere konstant geböschter Zentraltorse, Sit-zungsber. Österr. Akad. Wiss.-Math.-naturwiss.Kl., Abt.2, 178, No 47, 125-145. Wunderlich W. (1981), .117 Regelflächen festen Dralls mit kons
www.altariq.ps
tant gedralltem Striktionsband, Czech. Mat. J., 31, No 3, 457-468. .118Seryogin A.S. (1971), Construction of schematic develop-ments of surfaces with the help of developable surfaces, Grafika i prikladn. geom. poverhnostei, 229, Moscow: MAI, 57-61. .119Gromov M.Y. (1963), Geometry of one-sided developable sur-faces, Voprosi nachertat. geom. i injenern. grafiki, Tashkent: TashIIT, XXYI, 21-34 (in Russian). .120Krivoshapko S.N. and Baramzin A.D. (1979), The application of developable shells, Voenno-stroit. bulleten, No 2, 15-16 (in Russian). 121. George K. Francis (1988), A topological picturebook, Depart. of Mathematics University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign, 240p. .122 Wunderlich W. (1962), Über ein abwickelbares Möbiusband, Monatsh. Math., 66 , No 3, 276-289. .123Auman Günter (1981), Invarianten kegelpunktfreier (k+1)-Gratregelflächen, J. Geom., 16, No 1, 41-49. .124Auman Günter (1986), Untersuchungen über verallgemeinerte Regelflächen in euklidischen Raum Em, RAD Jugosl. Acad. znan. i umjeth. Mat. znan., No 5, 1-7. Portnoy E. (1975), .125 Developable surfaces in hyperbolic space, Pacif. J. Math., 57, No 1, 281-288. .126Thas C. (1976), Een kenmerkende eigenschap voor totaal afwikkelba-re varieteiten, Simon Stevin, 49, No 4, 177-184. .127Savitskiy V.M. (1965), Local properties of developable surfaces of Lobachevskiy's space and several theorems, Tr. Vses. selskohos. in-ta zaochn. obr., 25, Part 1, 121-139 (in Russian). .128Savitskiy V.M. (1964), Bendings of developable surfaces of Lobac-hevskiy's space, Uch. sapiski Mosk. obl. ped. in-ta, 149, No 1, 191-200.
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
133
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
.129Savitskiy V.M. (1969), On system of rectilinear generatrixes of developable surfaces of Lobachevskiy's space, Tr. Vses. selskohos. in-ta saochn. obr., 32, 248-255 (in Russian). .130Bereis R., Brauner H. (1956), Die automorphen involutorischen Korrelationen koaxialer projektiver Schraubungen, Sitzungsber. Ös-terr. Acad. Wiss. Math.naturwiss. Kl., Abt.2, 165, No 8-10, 327-355. .131Kisner S.I. (1971), Families of planes in Hilbert space and deve-lopable surfaces, Uspehi mat. nauk, 26, No3, 201-202. Cherep de Guber R. .132 (1957), Superficies desarrollables ligadas de manera afin con una curva del espacio, Publs Fac. ciens. fisico mat. Univ. nac. La Plata, 5, No 4, 301-308. .133Savitskiy V.M. (1969), Multi-tied wholly developable surfaces of hyperbolic space, Tr. Vses.selskohos. in-ta saochn. obr., 32, 246-247 (in Russian). .134Auman Günter (1980), Zur Theorie der (k+1)-Gratregelfläc-hen, Sitzungsberichte. Öster. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Math.- naturwiss. Klasse, Abt.II, Bd.189, No 1-3, 101-127. .135Bizova G.(1983), A connection between differential invariants of a parabolic ruled surface and numerical invariants of a pair of straight lines bound up with the parabolic ruled surface, Nauchn. tr. Plovdiv. Univ., Math., Vol.21, kn.1, 299-306 (in Bulgarian). .136Martirosov A.L., Zamyatin A.V., and Titomirov N.N. (1994), The application of developable surfaces in architectural and civil engineering design, Dep. v VINITI 24.11.1994, No 2715-B94 (in Russian). .137Mikhailenko V.E., Obukhova V.S., and Podgorniy A.L. (1972), Design of Shells in Architecture, Kiev: Budivelnik, 207p. (in Russian). .138 Podgorny A.L. and Obukhova V.S. (2001), Forming shells with parts of oblique
www.altariq.ps
and developable surfaces of high order, Shells in Architecture and Strength Analysis of Thin-Walled Civil-Engineering and Machine-Building Constructions of Complex Forms, Proc. of Int. Conf., Moscow, 4-8 June 2001, 324-329. .139 Krivoshapko S.N. and Halabi S.M. (2002), Investigation of forms of helical ruled ramps of many-storied motor-car garages, Montaznie i spezial. raboti v stroitelstve, № 9, 18-20 (in Russian). .140 Halabi S.M. (2002), Developable surfaces covering a given trapeziform plane, Stroit. Mech. Ingenern. Konstruk. i Soor., Vol. 11, M.: ASV, 66-72. Vestnik RUDN, (in Russian). .141Martirosov A.L., Shelyakin E.G., and Miganadjiev G.N. (1991), Manufacture of developable surfaces from a metal sheet with the help of a rolling press, Rostov-onDon: RISI, Dep. v VI-NITI 6.12.1991, No 4335-B91 (in Russian). .142Obukhova V.S., Nagorniy N.N., and Bulgakov V.Y. (1974), Process of manufacture of developable surface developments, Avt. svid. N 432872 SSSR (A01B15/00) (invention). .143Alimov R.U. (1979), The design of pipelines, Mashini dlya hlopkovodstva, Tashkent: TashPI, 287, 36-39 (in Russian). .144Turishev V.A.(1970), Screw Conveyers, Krasnoyarsk: KPI, 20p. (in Russian) .145Skidan I.A. (1989), Geometrical modeling of kinematical surfaces in special coordinates, DSc diss., Moscow: MADI (in Russian). .146 Lukshin V.S. (1963), Theory of Spiral Lines and Surfaces, Moscow: Stankin, 217p. (in Russian). Č e p e l J . ( 1 9 7 0 ) , .1 4 7 Matematicky vypočet profilu konkavnej, konvexnej a evolventnej skrutkovej plochy vytvorenej frézovanim odvalovacími frézami
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
134
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ pomocou matematickych strojov, Sb. ved. pr. VŠT.Kosiciach, No 1, 43-53. .148Beskopilnaya S.V. (1996), A design of working surfaces of the teeth in the shape of developable surfaces of constant slope, Tezisi dokl. 7-oi nauchn. konferen., Rostovon-Don: RGAI (in Russian). .149Martirosov A.L. and Beskopilnaya S.V. (1992), The line en-gagement, Rostovon-Don: RAI, Dep. v VINITI 09.03.1992, No 750-B92 (in Russian). .150Martirosov A.L. and Beskopilnaya S.V. (1988), The cylindri-cal gearing, Avt. svid. 1523788 SSSR (invention). .151Lukshin V.S. (1968), Theory of Spiral Lines in the Cutting Tool Design, Moscow: Mashinostroenie, 372p. (in Russian) .152Peres N.J.C. (1954), Geometry of involute helicoidal hob and gear teeth, Austral. J. Appl. Sci., 5, No 4, 309-329. .153Kardashevskaya Y.G. and Gorbatovich J.N.( 1976), Construc-tion of plough surface with a given development, Tehnicheskaya mehanika v selskoh. proizvodstve, Vol.13, No 9, Moscow: MIISP, 9-14 (in Russian). .154Bogushko A.A. (1989), Construction of developments of developable surfaces with the help of a computer, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafica, Kiev, Vol. 47, 49-50 (in Russian). .155Skidan I.A. and Skirda A.M. (1982), The application of com-puter for design of the coal machine "USM-2000", Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol. 34, 135-139 (in Russian). .156Pyatezkii V.Y. (1962), Simplified Shapes of Ships for Ri-vers, Kiev: AN URSR (in Ukrainian). Selke W. and Tiegel H. .157 (1962), Fahrgastschiff "Johannes R. Becher", Schiffbautechnik, Berlin, 6168. .158Podgorniy A.L. and Snisarenko N.I. (1969), The reflected rays' set made by point
www.altariq.ps
and linear sources of illumination, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol.8, 128-135 (in Russian). .159Voloshina I.V. (1986), The determination of rays' set of a linear source of emission reflected from developable surfaces, Prikladnaya geom. i injenern. grafika, Kiev, Vol. 41, 59-60 (in Russian) .
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
135
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻨﺠﺎح
اﻟﻤﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ وﻓﺎء ﻓﺘﺤﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺪم ,وﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺘﻞ اﻟﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﻘﻤﻢ ﻗﻔﺰة واﺣﺪة ,ﻓﻠﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ أﺻﻮل ﺻﻐﻴﺮة اﻧﺒﺜﻘ ﺖ ﻋﻨﻬ ﺎ ﺣ ﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺑﻌ ﺖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻋﺮش اﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ و ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎت ,وﻋﻢ ﺻﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺼﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺻﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺪاﻧﻲ ,ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻟﻨﺸﺄة اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﻌﻤﻼﻗ ﺔ ﻳﺠ ﺪ أﻧﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺪأت آﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ،ﺑﻞ و أﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﺮدﻳﺔ و ﻣﺎ إن ﺗﻮاﻓﺮت ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﺠﺎح ﺣﺘﻰ ﺷﻘﺖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﺎ ووﺻﻠﺖ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ه ﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻵن ﻣﻦ ﺛﺮوة و ﺷﻬﺮة ,وﺑﻤﺎ أن اﻟﺮؤﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت دون اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ أﺻﻠﻬﺎ ,ﺁﺛﺮﻧﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ اﻟﻀﻮء ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻤﻘﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ .ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻘﻮل ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ،ﻣﺎﻟﻨﺎ و ﻟﻠﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ،و اﺗﻔﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ،ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ،و اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ آﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﺮى ،ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ هﺬﻩ. ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﺨ ﻮض ﻓ ﻲ ﻏﻤ ﺎر ﻣ ﺎ ﻧﻨ ﻮي ﻋﺮﺿ ﻪ ,دﻋﻮﻧ ﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﻗﻠﻴ ﻼ ﻟﻨ ﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺳ ﻮﻳﺎ ﻧ ﺸﺄة اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺘﻲ أﺻ ﺒﺤﺖ اﻟﻤﺤ ﻮر اﻷﺳ ﺎس ﻓ ﻲ اﻗﺘ ﺼﺎد دوﻻ ﻋ ﺪة .إن أول ﻇﻬ ﻮر ﻟﻠﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ آﺎن ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﻘ ﺮن اﻟﻤﺎﺿ ﻲ ,وﻣ ﺎ إن وﺿ ﻌﺖ اﻟﺤ ﺮب اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ ﺔ أوزارهﺎ ﺣ ﺘﻰ اﻣﺘ ﺪت إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺪول أﻣﺜ ﺎل اﻟ ﺼﻴﻦ و اﻟﻴﺎﺑ ﺎن و اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ و اﻟﻬﻨﺪ ,ﺛﻢ اﻧﺘﻘﻠ ﺖ ﺑﻌ ﺪ ذﻟ ﻚ ﻟﺘ ﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ آﺎﻓ ﺔ اﻷﻧ ﺸﻄﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻻﺗﺤ ﺎد اﻷوروﺑ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻘ ﺪ اﻟ ﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎت ,ﻟﻴ ﺲ ه ﺬا ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺑ ﻞ ﺣﻈﻴ ﺖ ﺑ ﺪﻋﻢ ورﻋﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺆﺳ ﺴﺎت اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴ ﺔ و اﻷهﻠﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ وﻓ ﺮت ﻟﻬ ﺎ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳ ﺔ و اﻷﻣ ﻦ و اﻻﺳ ﺘﻘﺮار ,و ﻟ ﻢ ﻳﻘ ﻒ زﺣ ﻒ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ه ﺬا اﻟﺤ ﺪ ﺑ ﻞ ﺗﺠ ﺎوز ذﻟ ﻚ إﻻ أن أﺻ ﺒﺤﺖ ﺗ ﺸﻜﻞ ﻣ ﺎ ﻧ ﺴﺒﺘﻪ %90ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂت اﻻﻗﺘ ﺼﺎدﻳﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ,ﻃﺒﻌ ﺎ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻳﺪﻟﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻣﺠ ﺎﻻ ﻟﻠ ﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أهﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺨ ﻮض ﻓﻴ ﻪ ،ه ﺬا و ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﺒﻨﺖ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪول ﺳﻮاء اﻟﻨﺎﻣﻴ ﺔ أم اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣ ﺔ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺎرﻳﻊ وﺧ ﻴﺮ ﺷ ﺎهﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذﻟ ﻚ إﻃ ﻼق اﻟﻬﻨ ﺪ ﻣ ﺴﻤﻰ اﻻﺑ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺪﻟﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ ,و هﻨ ﺎ ﻳﺘ ﺴﺎءل اﻟﻘ ﺎرئ :ﻣ ﺎ اﻟ ﺴﺮ وراء اﻻهﺘﻤ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟ ﺪول؟أو ﺑﻤﻌ ﻨﻰ ﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻟﻤ ﺎذا
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ؟
ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ ﻻ أﺑ ﺎﻟﻎ ﺑ ﺎﻟﻘﻮل ﺑ ﺎن اﻹﺟﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬا اﻟﺘﺴﺎؤل ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺨ ﺼﻴﺺ ﻣﻘﺎل آﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﻬ ﺎ ,و ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﺎب اﻹﻳﺠ ﺎز ﺳ ﻮف ﻧﺨﺘ ﺼﺮ ﻗ ﺪر اﻹﻣﻜﺎن _راﺟﻴ ﻦ ﻣﻨﻜ ﻢ اﻟﺘﻤ ﺎس اﻟﻌ ﺬر إذا ﺳﻬﻮﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ذآﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ_إن أه ﻢ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻘﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻨ ﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤ ﺎ ﺣﻘﻘﺘ ﻪ ﺗﻠ ﻚ
اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت أن ﻣﻌﻈ ﻢ دول اﻟﻌﺎﻟ ﻢ وﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻓ ﻲ إﻋ ﺪاد ﺧﻄ ﻂ و ﺑ ﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻻﻗﺘ ﺼﺎدﻳﺔ و اﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴ ﺔ ,ﺣﻴ ﺚ أﺻ ﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﻤﺜ ﻞ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻮد اﻟﻔﻘ ﺮي اﻟ ﺬي ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺘﻬﺎ. اﻟﻨﻘﻄ ﺔ اﻷه ﻢ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﺤ ﺴﺐ ﻟﺘﻠ ﻚ اﻟ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎت ه ﻲ ﻧﺠﺎﺣﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﻴ ﺮ ﻓﺮص ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ ,ه ﺬا ﺑ ﺪورﻩ ﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ أﺛﺮهﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤ ﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟ ﺔ و اﻟﻔﻘﺮ ,ﻣﻤﺎ دﻓﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ إﺑ ﻼء اهﺘﻤ ﺎم ﺧ ﺎص ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺮاآﺰ ﻟﻠ ﺪﻋﻢ و اﻟﺘ ﺪرﻳﺐ ,وﻣﻤ ﺎ آﺎن ﻟﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ اﻷﺛﺮ ﻗﺪرﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟ ﺼﻌﺐ إﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬ ﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻳ ﻖ إﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﺻ ﻨﺎﻋﺎت آﺒ ﻴﺮة ,ﺑ ﻞ ﻓﺎﻗ ﺖ اﻟﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ و أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﺴﺎهﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ. ﻓﻘ ﺪ ﺣﻘﻘ ﺖ اﺳ ﺘﻐﻼل اﻣﺜ ﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﻣ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴ ﺔ ,ﻧﺎهﻴ ﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣ ﺴﺎهﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴ ﻖ إﺳ ﺘﺮاﺗﻴﺠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻌ ﺪم ﻓ ﺮض أﻳ ﺔ ﻗﻴ ﻮد ﺑ ﺸﺎن اﻟﺘ ﻮﻃﻦ, وﻻ ﻧﻨ ﺴﻰ دوره ﺎ اﻟﺒ ﺎرز ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻌﻈﻴ ﻢ اﻟﻘﻴ ﻢ اﻟ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﻻﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﺗﻨﻤﻴ ﺔ و ﺗﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ اﻟﻤﻬ ﺎرات ﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ اﻟﺤﺮف. وه ﺬﻩ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻹﺣ ﺼﺎﺋﻴﺎت و اﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮات اﻻﻗﺘ ﺼﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺪﻋﻢ ﻣ ﺎ ﻧﻘ ﻮل ,ﻓﻘ ﺪ ﺑﻠﻐ ﺖ ﻣ ﺴﺎهﻤﺔ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻨﺎﺗ ﺞ اﻟﻤﺤﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎ ﻳﻘ ﺪر ب %15.5ﻣ ﻦ
136
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔ ﻀﺔ اﻟﺪﺧ ﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ وﺻ ﻠﺖ إﻟ ﻰ %51.4ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ اﻟﺪﺧﻞ_أي ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎرب اﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ_إن دل هﺬا ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻲء ﻓﺈﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺪل ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣ ﺪى أهﻤﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺎرﻳﻊ ﻓ ﻲ إﺣﺪاث اﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ اﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎدﻳﺔ. ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ أن ﺛﻤﺔ ﺗ ﺴﺎؤل ﻳ ﺪور ﻓ ﻲ ذه ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺎرئ اﻵن ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺎهﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻈ ﻰ ﺑﻜ ﻞ ه ﺬا اﻻهﺘﻤ ﺎم .ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ ﻻ اﺧﻔ ﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜ ﻢ ﻋﻠﻤ ﺎ ﺑ ﺎن اﻟﺒﺎﺣ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻔﻬ ﻮم ﻟﻬ ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت ﺳ ﻮف ﻳﺘﻴ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋ ﺔ و ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳ ﺔ ﻻ ﻳ ﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﺨ ﺮوج ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﻣﺤ ﺪد ﺑﺤﻴ ﺚ ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﺟﺎﻣ ﻊ ﺷ ﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ اﻻﺳ ﺘﻨﺎد إﻟﻴ ﻪ ,و اﻟ ﺴﺒﺐ وراء ه ﺬا ه ﻮ ﺗﻌ ﺪد اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺘﺒﻨﺎه ﺎ اﻟ ﺪول ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬ ﺎ_ و اﻷدهﻰ أن ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﻄﺎع ﻵﺧ ﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻔ ﺲ اﻟﺪوﻟ ﺔ_ﻻ ﻧﺮﻳ ﺪ اﻟﺨﻮض ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻳﻴﺮ آﺜ ﻴﺮا ﺣﻴ ﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻓ ﻲ هﺬا اﻟﺼﺪد أﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺮآﺰت ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ :ﻋﺪد اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ,ﺣﺠ ﻢ اﻻﺳ ﺘﺜﻤﺎر ,ﺣﺠ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌ ﺎت و اﻟﻌﺎﺋ ﺪات ,ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ,و ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﺰﻳ ﺪ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟ ﺪول ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ أو ﺗﻨﻘ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ,و أﻳ ﺎ آﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌ ﺔ ﻓ ﺈن أآﺜﺮه ﺎ ﺷ ﻴﻮﻋﺎ ه ﻮ ﻋ ﺪد اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ,وﺑﺤ ﺴﺐ ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻮ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺻ ﻌﻴﺪ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة واﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ هﻲ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑﻬ ﺎ أﻗ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻣ ﻞ_وﻗ ﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻔ ﻖ ﻣﻌ ﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟﻘﺮاء_ وﻟﻜﻨﻨﻲ اﻧﻮﻩ هﻨﺎ ﺑﺎن هﺬا اﻟﻌ ﺪد ﻳ ﺸﻤﻞ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟ ﺼﻐﺮى و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ وﻟﻴ ﺲ اﻟ ﺼﻐﺮى ﻓﺤ ﺴﺐ, ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗ ﺼﻰ ﻟﻌ ﺪد اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻌﻈ ﻢ دول اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ_وهﻨ ﺎ اﻗ ﺼﺪ اﻟ ﺪول ﻏ ﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ_ ه ﻮ 250ﻋﺎﻣ ﻞ.و إن آ ﺎن اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻻﺧﺘ ﻼف ﻓﻌﻠ ﻰ ﺳ ﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜ ﺎل ,ﻓ ﻲ أﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴ ﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻋ ﺪد اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻋ ﻦ 49 ﻋﺎﻣ ﻞ ,وﻓ ﻲ اﻧﺠﻠ ﺘﺮا 200ﻋﺎﻣ ﻞ, ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ 300ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎن .ﻻ ﻧ ﻮد أن ﻧﺰﻳ ﺪ اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴ ﺪا وإﻧﻤ ﺎ أرﻳ ﺪ ﺑﻬ ﺬا ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪى اﻟﻔﺠﻮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺪول ﻓﻲ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺪ اﻟﺤ ﺪ اﻷﻗ ﺼﻰ ﻟﻌ ﺪد اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ. ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺪول ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة واﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ إﻻ أن هﻨ ﺎك ﺛﻤ ﺔ إﺟﻤ ﺎع ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﺘﻲ اﺗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت,ﺗﻢ اﻋﺘﻤﺎده ﺎ آ ﺄداة ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴ ﻴﺰ ﺑﻴ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت ﻣ ﻦ دوﻟﺔ ﻷﺧﺮى ,وﻣﻤ ﺎ اﺗ ﺴﻤﺖ ﺑ ﻪ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة واﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ :ﻏﻠﺒﺔ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻹدارة ﻓﻐﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺎﻟﻚ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوع ه ﻮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻳﻘ ﻮم ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل اﻹدارﻳﺔ ﺑﻐﺾ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ إن آ ﺎن أه ﻼ ﻟ ﺬﻟﻚ أم ﻻ ,وه ﺬا ﺑ ﺪورﻩ أﺣ ﺪث ﻣ ﺎ ﻳ ﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺘ ﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﻴ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴ ﺔ واﻹدارة ,وﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺖ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺗ ﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻴ ﺔ ﺟ ﺮاء ﺳ ﻴﻄﺮة اﻷﻗ ﺎرب ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻹدارة واﻟﻮﻇ ﺎﺋﻒ ﻓ ﻲ آﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ وه ﺬا ﻳﻨﻄﺒ ﻖ أآ ﺜﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة ,وآﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ رأس اﻟﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت ﻓﺈن اﻟﻬﻴﻜ ﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﻤﺘﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﺒ ﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻟﻌ ﺪم ﻗ ﺪرة اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺗﺤﻤ ﻞ رواﺗ ﺐ وﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﻣ ﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺔ .آﻤ ﺎ أﺛﺒﺘ ﺖ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺎرﻳﻊ اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة و اﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻗ ﺪرﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻜﻴ ﻒ وﻓ ﻖ اﻟﻈ ﺮوف اﻟﻄﺎرﺋ ﺔ و اﻟﻤﺘﻐ ﻴﺮات ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺴﻮق وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻓﺮص اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜ ﻞ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت .اﻟﺠ ﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺬآﺮ أن ﺟ ﻮدة اﻹﻧﺘ ﺎج ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ ﻣﺘﻮاﺿ ﻌﺔ ﺑ ﺴﺒﺐ ﺑ ﺴﺎﻃﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴ ﺎ اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ و ﺗﻮاﺿﻊ ﻧﻈﻢ اﻹدارة اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ,وﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻠ ﻖ ﻓﻬ ﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠ ﺐ ذوي ﺗﺨﺼﺼﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﻳﺴﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺪ آ ﻞ ﻣ ﺎ ﻋﺮﺿ ﻨﺎﻩ و ﻧﺤ ﻦ ﻣ ﺄﺧﻮذﻳﻦ ﺑ ﺴﺤﺮ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة،ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘ ﺪم ﻟﻬ ﺎ آ ﻞ اﻟﺪﻋ ﻢ واﻟﺘ ﺴﻬﻴﻼت ,آﻮﻧﻬ ﺎ اﻟﻤﺠ ﺎل اﻟﺨ ﺼﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ واﻹﺑ ﺪاﻋﺎت وﻣ ﺴﺎهﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓ ﻲ رﻓﻊ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻌﻴ ﺸﺔ وﻓ ﻮق آ ﻞ ذﻟ ﻚ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
اﻋﺘﺒﺎره ﺎ اﻟﻨ ﻮاة ﻟﻠﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟﻜ ﺒﺮى _وﻟﻴ ﺲ ه ﺬا ﻣ ﻦ ﺑ ﺎب اﻟﺘﺤ ﻴﺰ_ ﻓﻬﻨ ﺎك دﻻﺋﻞ وﻣﺆﺷ ﺮات ﺗ ﺼﺐ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣ ﺎ ﻧﻘ ﻮل ودﻋﻨ ﺎ ﻧ ﺪﻟﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻨ ﺎ ﺑﺄﻣﺜﻠ ﺔ واﻗﻌﻴ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﻜ ﺒﺮى أﻣﺜ ﺎل اﻟﻴﺎﺑ ﺎن واﻟ ﺼﻴﻦ واﻟﻮﻻﻳ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴ ﺔ وﻟﻨﺘ ﺴﺎءل ﻓﻴﻤ ﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻲ اﻟﻮﺻ ﻔﺔ اﻟ ﺴﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻ ﻮل إﻟ ﻰ ﻣ ﺎ وﺻﻠﺖ إﻟﻴﻪ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺪول ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻘ ﺪم هﺎﺋ ﻞ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠ ﺎل اﻟ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ و اﻻﻗﺘ ﺼﺎد, وﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ه ﺬا اﻟﺘ ﺴﺎؤل ﻳﻌﺰي ﺧﺒﺮاء اﻻﻗﺘ ﺼﺎد ه ﺬا اﻟﻨﺠ ﺎح اﻟ ﺬي ﺣﻘﻘﺘ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ أﺳ ﻮاق اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺘﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺑﻴ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﺮى واﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴ ﺔ واﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ أﺧﺮى . ﻻ ﻧ ﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﻧﻨﻜ ﺮ ﺑ ﺄن هﻨ ﺎك ﺑﺎرﻗ ﺔ أﻣ ﻞ ﺗﻠ ﻮح ﻓ ﻲ أﻓ ﻖ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ, ووﺟﻮد ﺑﺎدرة ﻣﺸﺠﻌﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻻﺳ ﺘﺜﻤﺎر إﻟ ﻰ ﺣ ﺪ ﻣ ﺎ ,و ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻳﺒﻘ ﻰ اﻟ ﺴﺆال ﻣﻄﺮوﺣﺎ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣ ﺎ وﺻ ﻠﺖ إﻟﻴ ﻪ اﻟ ﺪول اﻟ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ اﻟﻜ ﺒﺮى ﻣ ﻦ اﻻهﺘﻤ ﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻤ ﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟ ﺼﻐﻴﺮة واﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳ ﻄﺔ؟ وﻣ ﺎ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪول اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ؟.و ﺑﻴ ﻦ ه ﺬا و ذاك ﻳ ﻀﻞ ﺳ ﺤﺮ اﻟﻤﺸﺮوﻋﺎت اﻟﺼﻐﺮى ﻣﺘﺄﻟﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
137
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ م ﻟﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ آﺮﻳﻢ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ
Spintronicsﺜـﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺎﺕ
ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻓﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻫﺸﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤـﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﻭﻅﻬﺭ ﻷﻭل ﻤﺭﺓ ﺘﺯﺍﻨﺯﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺫﻭ ﺨـﻭﺍﺹ ﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺍﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺃﻗل ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻭﺼﻐـﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺒﺊ ﺒﺜﻭﺭﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴـﺎﺕ ﺘﻤﺎﺜل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﻜﺘﺸﻔﺕ ﻷﻭل ﻤﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺯﻴﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻷﺸﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻨﺯﺴﺘـﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺄﻨﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺜﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻤـﺒـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻴﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻨﺯﻴﺴﺘﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺭﻴﺤﺔ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀـﻲ ﻭﺍﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻨﺎﻨﻭﻤﻴـﺘـﺭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻨﺯﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺒﺄﻗل ﻤـﻥ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ) 100ﻨﺎﻨﻭﻤﺘﺭ = ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻨﻭﻤﺘﺭ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ 10000ﻤﺘﺭ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒـﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻁ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ .ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤـﻊ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻷﺒﺤـﺎﺙ ﺩﺍﻤﺕ ﻋﺸﺭ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻋﺕ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل IBMﻭﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺴﺘﺎﻨـﻔـﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﻴﺭﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﺭﺍﻕ ﺤﺎﺠﺯ 100ﻨﺎﻨﻭﻤﺘﺭ ﻟﺘﺘﻼﺤﻕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺍﻻﻜﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﺘﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺃﺒﺤﺎﺜﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴـﺒـﺎﻕ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﻡ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ . ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻨﺯﻴﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴـﺩﺓ Spintronicsﺃﻭ ﺃﻁﻠﻕ ﻋـﻠـﻴـﻬـﺎ ﺍﺴـﻡ Magnetoelectronicﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺴﻌﺔ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ .ﻭﺴﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ -ﻭﻓﻘـﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ -ﻓﻭﺭ ﺘﻭﺼﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻟﻠـﻁـﺎﻗـﺔ .ﻭﺍﻟــ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
""Spintronicsﻫﻭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﺭﻭﻉ ﻓﻴﺯﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻨﻭ ) ﻭﻫﻭ ﺠـﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭ( ﻭﻴﻌﻨﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤـﻜـﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻁﻴﺴﻴـﺔ ﻟﻺﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﺒـﻐـﺭﺽ ﺘﺨﺯﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻤـﻌـﺎﻟـﺠـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ .
ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻁﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ Electron spinﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺕ ﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﹰ ﻟﺤﻔـﻅ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻐﻨﻁـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻁﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺃﺴـﻁـﺢ ﺍﻻﺴﻁﻭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﻅ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤـﻠـﻔـﺎﺕ ﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻜﻬﺭﻭﻤﻐﻨﺎﻁﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻐﻨﻁﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻐﻨﻁـﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ coilﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻊ Spintronicsﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺴﻌﺎﺘﻬـﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺤﺠﺎﻡ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ Gaint Magneto ) ، Resistance (GMRﻭﻻ ﺘﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻜﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔـﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﺴـﻤـﻬـﺎ Magnetic Random Access Memeroy )(MRAMﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻁﺭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﺓ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻁﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻤـﻊ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟـﺘـﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ "ﻓﻼﺵ" ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭﺓ. ﻭﻴﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻲ ﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟـﻬـﻭﺍﺘـﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ،ﻤﻤﺎ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺒﺩﺍﺌل ،ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ "ﻓﻼﺵ" ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻀل. ﻭﺴﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل IBMﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ " ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻁﻴﺴـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ .ﻭﻗﺩ ﻋﺒﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻋـﻥ ﺘﺭﺤﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ،ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻨﺠﺤﺕ IBMﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺒﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺭﺨﻴﺼﺔ ،ﻭﻀﻐﻁ ﺤﺠﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﺢ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﺩﻤﺠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴـﺭﺓ
www.altariq.ps
138
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ
ﻜﺎﻟﻬﻭﺍﺘﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻌﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻁﻴﺴﻴﺔ .ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺄﺴﻴـﺱ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـ" ،"Spintronicsﻭﻴﺘﺒﻊ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ IBMﻓﻲ ﻜﺎﻟﻴﻔﻭﺭﻨﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺴﺘﺎﻨﻔﻭﺭﺩ.
ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﺩ ) (Frozen lightﺍﻟﺨﻼﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻐﻨﻁﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻁﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻌـﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺫﺭﻱ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﺠﻬـﺯﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺌﻠﺔ .
ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺘﺤـﺩﻴـﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﺘﻘﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ..ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﺴﻌﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺴﺌﻠﺔ ﻤﺤﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﺒـﺤـﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺜﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﻨﺯﺴﺘـﻭﺭ ﺒﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺠﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﺓ ،ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﻌﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ :
ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺯﺝ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺸﺒﻜـﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺘﺼـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺘﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ
• ﻫل ﺒﺎﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻤﺞ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻁﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺸﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺼﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺍﺌﺭ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ . • ﻤﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓﺔ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ . • ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪ ﻭﻤـﺎﺫﺍ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻐﻨﻁﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺃﺸﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺼﻼﺕ . ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻁﺒﻲ ﺃﻁﻭل ﻤﺩﺓ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺃﺸﺒـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺼﻼﺕ .
ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ـﺩﺩﺓ ـﺤـ ﻤـ
ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺇﺠـﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺠـﻬـﺯﺓ ﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﺒﻨﺎ ﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗـﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺼﻨﻴـﻊ ﺩﻭﺍﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺍﺒـﺎﺕ Logic gateﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺘـﻘـﻨـﻴـﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺯﻟﻴـﺔ ،ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺴﺘﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻋـﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺨـﻭﺍﺹ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻤـﺜـل
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻘﻁـﺎﻉ ﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ،ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺘﻬـﺎ، ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﻠﻕ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻴﺔ ﺸﺭﺴﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭﻯ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻙ ،ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺨﻔﻰ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ،ﻭ ﻓـﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴـﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺸﻬﺩﻫﺎ ،ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺼـﻌﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺼـﻌﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ،ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ، ﺭﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺘﻼﺅﻡ ﻨﻅـﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ،ﻭ ﻓـﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻴﺘﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻊ ﺇﻋـﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻜﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺌﺹ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻴﺯﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ .ﻭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﻠﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﻌﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ,ﻭ ﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﻋﻤﺎل ،ﻭﺠﺩﺕ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺴﻴﺸﻜﻭ ﻭ ﻤﻴﻜﺭﻭﺴﻭﻓﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﻤﺎ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﺩﻱ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺠﻴل ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ،ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﻤﺯﺍﻴﺎﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﺩ. ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻜﻭﺍﺒـل ﺘﺭﺒـﻁ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻔﺭﻉ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻋﺩﺩﺍ ﻭﺃﻗل ﺴﻌﺔ ,ﻭﺘﺘﺼل ﺒﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻗل ﺤﺠﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺘﺘﻔﺭﻉ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺨـﺭﻯ ﻭﺼـﻼﺕ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﺒﻁﻬﺎ ﺒﺤﺎﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻁﺭﻓﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﺜل ﺨﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜل ﻜﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻤﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻼﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺒل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺒﺎﺕ ،ﺤﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻘل ﺤﺴﺏ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ
www.altariq.ps
139
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ
ﻭ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺜﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﻼﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ HUBﺃﻭ ،Routerﺃﻭ ،switchﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺘﻨﺘﻘل ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ،ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﻨـﺔ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ .ﻭ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤـل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ،ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻴـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ .ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺒﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ،ﻤﺜل ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺁﺨـﺭ ,ﺃﻭ ﺘﻌـﺭﻑ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻤﺜﺒﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻤﺜﺒﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺤﺎﺴـﺏ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺘﻭﻜل ﺇﻟﻲ ﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﺩﺍﺨـل ﻨﻅـﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨـﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺴﺘﻘل ﻗﺎﺌﻡ ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻟﺘﻠﻌﺏ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻭﺴﻴﻁﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻜل ﻁﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ,ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺭﻓـﺕ ﺒﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁﺔ ,ﺃﻭ ﻴﺴﻤﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻭﺘﻭﻜﻭﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺒﻴـﻥ ﺸـﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠـﻲ ﺃﺨﺭﻱ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻨﻤﻁ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻴﻜﺎﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺸـﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﺎ ،ﻭ ﻟﺨﻠﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻁﻤﺢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺘﺭﺘﻘﺒﻬﺎ ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ،ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﻭﻑ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺠﻴﻼ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ، ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻤﻙ ﻤﺨﺘﻠـﻑ ،ﻫـﻭ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ،ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺨـﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﺤـﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﻜﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺩﻋﻭ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ ﺸـﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺫﻜﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻙ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺠﺎﻤـﺩﺓ ،ﻭﺘﻠﻘـﻲ ﺒﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﻰ ﻋﻠـﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ .ﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻴﺔ ،ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺴﻨﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻠـﻰ ﺒﻤـﺎ ﻴﺨﻔﻑ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ــ ﻁﺒﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺴـﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻤـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﻅﻡ ﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ـ ﺍﻷﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﺒﻨﻅﺭﺍﺌﻬـﺎ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻱ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﻔـﺭﻍ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻔﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﺴﺭﻉ ﻭﺃﻜﻔﺄ ﻭﺃﺭﺨـﺹ, ﻓﻴﻨﺨﻔﺽ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ,ﻭﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺘﻜﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻘل ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻭﺁﺨﺭ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺄﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ.
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺃﺤﺩﺙ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ HSDPA ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌـﺭﺽ GSM 3ﻟﻼﺘـﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﻗﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺭﺸﻠﻭﻨﺔ ﻤﺅﺨﺭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ،ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺸـﺭﻜﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺘﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴـﺔ ﺒﺘﺒﻨـﻲ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ HSDPAﻓﻲ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤــ
(High Speed Downlink Packet
)) ،Accessﺃﻱ «ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺭﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺭ ﻭﺼـﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻋﺔ)» ،ﻭﺘﺘﻴﺢ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺘﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟـﻰ 3.6 ﻤﻴﻐﺎﺒﺎﻴﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ .ﻭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺸﺘﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ W-CDMA ) Wideband Code Division Multiple ( Accessﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻴل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ. ﺘﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴل ﺍﻷﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ GPRS ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻬـﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ 80ﻜﻴﻠﻭﺒﺎﻴﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ، ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻭﺍﺓ ﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻜﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻭ ﺴﻴﺠﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺒﺤﺜـﻭﻥ ﻋﻨـﻪ،
www.altariq.ps
140
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ
ﺒﻔﻀل ﻤﻌﺩل ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ. ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ 18ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻼﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺘﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻭﻴـﺔ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻁﻠﻘﺕ ﻓﻌﻼ ،ﺃﻭ ﺤﺩﺜﺕ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺸـﺒﻜﺎﺕ HSDPAﻓﻲ 14ﺒﻠﺩﺍ ،ﻤﻊ ﺘﻭﻗـﻊ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ 29ﺒﻠﺩﺍ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺘـﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ ﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻨﻬﺎﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ،ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ » ﻓﻠﻭﺒﺎل ﻤﻭﺒﺎﻴل ﺴـﺒﻼﻴﺭﺱ ﺍﺴﻭﺴﻴـﺸﻥ« . ﻭﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻜﺔ 1.4ـ 3.6ﻤﻴﻐﺎﺒﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻬﻭﺍﺘﻑ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻟـﺔ ﻭﺒﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ »ﻨﻲ ﺴﻲ« ،ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ HSDPAﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻡ 14ﻤﻴﻐﺎﺒﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ. ﻭﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻐﺭﻕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ ﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺘﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ،HSDPAﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺼﺎﻨﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﺘﺸﻭﻗﻴﻥ ﻟﺒﻴﻌﻬـﺎ ﻤﻨـﺫ ﻋـﺎﻡ ،2004ﻭﻤﺘﻰ ﺤﺼل ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﻜـﻭﻥ HSDPAﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺤـﺩﻴﺙ ﻟﻠﺒﺭﻤﺠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ. ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺒﻴـﻥ HSDPAﻭﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ » 3ﺤﻲ «3 Gﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ،ﻫـﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺸﻐﻴل ـﻭﻡ ـﺘﻲ ﺘﻘـ ـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﺍﺌﻴـ ﺒﺎﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﻬـﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻟﺔ ﺘﻘـﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻜﻴﻴـﻑ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺒﺜﻬﺎ ،ﻓﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺙ ﺸﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﺍﻟﺒـﺙ، ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺇﺸﺎﺭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻜل ﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺤـﺴﺏ ﻨﻭﻋﻴـﺔ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل .ﺇﺫ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻨﻭﻋﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ،ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤﻴﺯ ﻭﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﺠﺩﺍ. ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﺼﺎل ﺠﻴـﺩﺍ ﺘﻘـﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻁـﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ،HSDPAﺒﺒﺙ ﺇﺸـﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻜﺜـﺭ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﺩﻋﻰ 16ـ ،QAMﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﻥ ﻜل »ﺭﻤﺯ« ﺠﺭﻯ ﺇﺭﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﻴﻤﺜل 16ﺒﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ،ﺃﻱ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺇﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل » 3ﺤﻲ« ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻤـﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ .ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻻﺘـﺼﺎل ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﻱ ﺒﺈﺭﺴﺎل ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺃﻗل ،ﻤﻊ ﺘﺼﻠﻴﺤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻴـﻀﺎ، ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﺴل ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬـﺎﺘﻑ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻐﺫﻴﺔ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻨﻅﻴﻔـﺔ، ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﺯ ﺃﻀﻴﻕ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺭﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺴــﺭﻉ ﺤــﺴﺏ ﺭﻏﺒــﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ. ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﺘـﺸﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺘﻑ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻤﺎ ،ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟـﻲ ﻴﺴﺄل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻭﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩﺓ ،ﺘﺴﺘﺠﻴﺏ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ HSDPAﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﺴﺭﻉ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ » 3ﺤﻲ« ،ﺇﺫ ﺇﻥ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺴﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﺘﻁﻠـﺏ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﻁﻴﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺼﻁﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ .ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ،HSDPAﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﻋﺯﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﺍﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏ ﻓﻭﺭﺍ ﻤﻊ ﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺎل .ﻭﻴﻘﻭل ﻜﺭﻴﻨﻴﻙ ﺇﻥ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴـﺔ ،ﻋـﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ،ﻤـﻥ ﺸـﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻤـﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻭﻴﺔ.
ﺃﻗﺭﺍﺹ ﺒﻠﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻲ 25GB ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ X2 ﺗﻌﻠ ﺐ اﻷﻗ ﺮاص أهﻤﻴ ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﺳ ﻮاق ،ﻧﻈ ﺮا ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ و اﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻈﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ،و ﻣ ﻦ هﻨ ﺎ ﺷ ﻬﺪت ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﻗ ﺮاص ) (CDﻋﻨﺎﻳ ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ اﻟﺸﺮآﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ،و ﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺖ اﻷﻗﺮاص ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺒﻴﻌ ﺎت آﺒ ﻴﺮة و ﺑ ﺎﻷﺧﺺ ﺑﻌ ﺪ اﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳ ﺮ اﻟ ﺴﺮﻳﻊ اﻟ ﺬي ﺣﻘﻘﺘ ﻪ ﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻘ ﺮاءة و اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ،ﻟﻜﻦ اﻹﺷ ﻜﺎل اﻟ ﺬي ﺿ ﻠﺖ ﺗﻮاﺟﻬ ﻪ ﻣﻨ ﺬ ﻓ ﺘﺮة ه ﻮ ﺧﻠ ﻖ اﻟﺘ ﻮازن ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑ ﺔ و اﻟﻘ ﺮاءة و زﻳ ﺎدة اﻟ ﺴﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴ ﺔ ،ﻓﻤ ﻦ اﻷﻗ ﺮاص اﻟﻠﻴﺰﻳ ﺔ ذات اﻟ ﺴﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴ ﺔ اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﺗ ﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻲ 800ﻣﻴﻘ ﺎ و ﺗﺘﺎﻟ ﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺎت اﻟﻘ ﺮاءة و اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ ﺑﻴ ﻦ X48و X52و ه ﻲ ﻣﻌﺪﻻت ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺟﺪا ،ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ أﺟﺮاء ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻘ ﺮاءة ﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻲ أﺟﺰاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ،و اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺠ ﻢ ﻳ ﺼﻞ
www.altariq.ps
141
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ
إﻟﻲ 650ﻣﻴﻘﺎ إﻟﻲ ﺑﻀﻊ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ) ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟ ﺐ ﻋ ﻦ 10 دﻗﺎﺋﻖ(،و ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ اﻷﻗﺮاص ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘ ﻂ CD-Rو أﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ و اﻟﻘﺮاءة ﻷآﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺮة ،CD-REوﻣﻦ اﺟﻞ ﺗﻔﺎدي اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﻷﺑﺮز ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﻗ ﺮاص و ه ﻲ اﻟﺨ ﺪش ،ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﻇﻬ ﺮت أﻗ ﺮاص ﻣﻘﺎوﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺨ ﺪش ،ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻼل ﺗﺰوﻳ ﺪهﺎ ﺑﻄﺒﻘ ﺔ واﻗﻴ ﺔ، ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻣ ﺼﻨﻌﻲ اﻷﻗ ﺮاص و رﻏﺒﺘﻬ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﻠ ﻖ أﺟﻴ ﺎل ﺟﺪﻳ ﺪة ﺗﺤﺎآﻲ اﻟﺰﻳﺎدة اﻟﻤﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘ ﺎت و اﻻﺳ ﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎت ،ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻬ ﻢ ﻳﻔﻜ ﺮون ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻬ ﺎت أﺧ ﺮى ،ﻓﻈﻬ ﺮت أﻗ ﺎرص ،HD DVDاﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺣﻘﻘ ﺖ ﻗﻔ ﺰة ﻧﻮﻋﻴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺤﺠ ﻢ، ﻓﻮﺻ ﻠﺖ اﻟ ﺴﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻬ ﺎ إﻟ ﻲ 4.8ﻗﻴﻘ ﺎ ،و ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻗ ﺮاءة ﺗ ﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻲ X8ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻌ ﻨﻲ اﻧ ﻚ ﺗﺤﺘ ﺎج إﻟ ﻲ زﻣ ﻦ أﻃ ﻮل ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻘ ﺮاءة ،و اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑ ﺔ أﻳ ﻀﺎ ،ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﺗﻮﻓ ﺮ ﻗ ﺪرات ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺟﺪا ﺗﻼءم اﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ،و ﻗﺪ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ أﻗﺮاص HD DVD ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎت ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ آﺒﻴﺮة ﺟ ﺪا،ﻳﺠﺮي اﻵن ﻣﺤ ﺎوﻻت ﺣﺜﻴﺜ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﺟﻞ اﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة و اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ ،آﻤ ﺎ أن اﻧﺘ ﺸﺎر ﻣﺤﺮآ ﺎت أﻗ ﺮاص DVDو اﻧﺨﻔ ﺎض ﺳ ﻌﺮهﺎ ﺷ ﺠﻊ ﺑ ﺸﻜﻞ آﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎر اﻟﻮاﺳﻊ ﺟ ﺪا ﻟﻬ ﺎ .ﺳ ﻮاء أن آﺎﻧ ﺖ أﺣﺎدﻳ ﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ،أو ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ،و أﻗﺮاص DVDﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﺿﻮح، و ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﺎ ﺻ ﺮﻧﺎ ﻧﺘﺤ ﺪث ﻋ ﻦ ﻣ ﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺪ DVDو ه ﻲ أﻗ ﺮاص ﺑﻠﻮراي ) ،( BDﻣﻊ اﻟﻌﺎم أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ذات اﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ،ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ
وﺟ ﻮد ﻃﺒﻘ ﺔ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﺨ ﺪش،و اﻟﺠ ﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺬآﺮ أن ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ BD-REﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺎ أآ ﺜﺮ ﺑﻔ ﺎرق 4دﻗ ﺎﺋﻖ و ﺗ ﺴﻊ ﺛﻮاﻧ ﻲ آﻤ ﺎ أﻓ ﺎد اﺧﺘﺒ ﺎر ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ ﺑ ﻲ ﺳ ﻲ ،و ﻻن اﻟ ﺴﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻗﺮاص ﺑﻠ ﻮراي ه ﻲ X2ﻓﺘ ﺴﻌﻰ اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺔ ﺼﻨﻌﺔ www.verbatim-) Verbatim اﻟﻤ (europe.comإﻟﻲ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻲ ﻗ ﺮاءة ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴ ﺔ ﺗ ﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻲ ﺳ ﺮﻋﺔ ،X6ﻧﻈ ﺮا ﻻن ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻬﺎ أن ﺗﺰﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻹﻗﺒ ﺎل ﻋﻠ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﺼﻨﻒ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﻗﺮاص،ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﻴ ﻦ أﻋﻠﻨ ﺖ راﺑﻄ ﺔ أﻗ ﺮاص ﺑﻠ ﻮراي أن أﻗﺮاﺻﻬﺎ ذات اﻟﺘﻨ ﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﺘﻘ ﺪم ﺣﻘﻘ ﺖ أﻓ ﻀﻞ ﻣﺒﻴﻌ ﺎت ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠ ﺎل اﻷﻗ ﺮاص ﻓﺎﻗ ﺖ ﻣﻠﻴ ﻮن ﻗﺮص ﻓﻲ أﻗﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋ ﺎم ،ﺣﻴ ﺚ ﺗﻌ ﺎدل ﻣﺒﻴﻌ ﺎت أﻓ ﻼم اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳ ﻮ ﺑﺘﻨ ﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﻠ ﻮراي ﻧ ﺴﺒﺔ %70 ﻣﻦ إﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ أﻗﺮاص اﻷﻓﻼم اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺑﻴﻌﻬ ﺎ ﺧ ﻼل اﻟﺮﺑ ﻊ اﻷول ﻣ ﻦ ﻋ ﺎم . 2007آﻤ ﺎ أﻧ ﻪ ﺗ ﻢ ،ﻣﻨ ﺬ ﺑﺪاﻳ ﺔ اﻟﻌ ﺎم اﻟﺤ ﺎﻟﻲ ،ﺑﻴ ﻊ ﻗﺮﺻﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ أﻗﺮاص ﺑﻠﻮراي ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺮص واﺣ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻨ ﺴﻴﻖ HD DVD.وﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻳ ﻒ أن ﻣ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺗﻨ ﺴﻴﻖ HD DVDاﻟﻤﻨ ﺎﻓﺲ ﻟﺘﻨ ﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﻠ ﻮراي -أﻋﻠﻨ ﻮا ﻣﺆﺧ ﺮًا ﻋ ﻦاﺣﺘﻔﺎﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺒﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ 100أﻟﻒ ﻗﺮص ﺑﻬﺬا اﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ. ووﺳ ﻂ ه ﺬا اﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳ ﻊ اﻟﻜﺒ ﻴﺮ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺤﺠ ﻢ و اﻹﺧ ﻼف ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺴﺮﻋﺎت و اﻻﺷ ﺘﻌﺎل اﻟﻜﺒ ﻴﺮ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓ ﺴﺔ ﺑﻴ ﻦ اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺎت، ﻳﻌﺘﻘ ﺪ اﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ اﻧ ﻪ ﻳﺘﻴ ﺢ أرﻳﺤﻴ ﺔ آﺒ ﻴﺮة ﻟ ﺪى اﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓ ﻲ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﺬي ﻳﻼﺋﻤﻪ ،ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳ ﺮى اﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ اﻵﺧ ﺮ أن اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﻠﻴﺰرﻳﺔ ذات اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﺪود ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻼﺷﻰ ﻣ ﻊ ﻣ ﺮور اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ ﻻن اﻟ ﺸﺮآﺎت ﺳ ﺘﺮﻓﻊ اﻟ ﺪﻋﻢ ﻋﻨﻬ ﺎ، ﺑﺎﻟﺘ ﺪرﻳﺞ ،و ﺷ ﺒﻪ اﻷﻣ ﺮ ﺑﻤ ﺎ ﺣ ﺼﻞ ﻣ ﻊ أﻗ ﺮاص اﻟﻨﺨﺮﻳ ﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﻧ ﺔ 5.25ﺗ ﻢ اﻷﻗ ﺮاص 3.5اﻟ ﺘﻲ اﻧ ﺪﺛﺮت ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﺎ ،و ﻧﺘﺮك ﻟﻜﻢ و ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ه ﺬﻩ اﻷﻗ ﺮاص ﺑ ﺴﻌﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴ ﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴ ﺔ ﺟ ﺪا ﻗ ﺪرهﺎ 25GBو ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻨﺨﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺗﺼﻞ 23GBﻓﻲ زﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟ ﻲ ﻗﺮاﺑ ﺔ اﻟ ﺴﺎﻋﺔ و اﻟﺮﺑ ﻊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﺎ ،و ﻳﻮﺟ ﺪ ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ﻧﻮﻋ ﺎن، ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮة واﺣ ﺪة ﻓﻘ ﻂ BD-Rو اﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻴ ﻪ ﻟﻘﺮاﺑ ﺔ اﻷﻟﻒ ﻣﺮة ،BD-REو آﻼ اﻟﻨﻮﻋﺎن ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣ ﺎدة ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺔ ،و ﻳ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎن اﻟﻘ ﺮاءة اﻟﺨﻄﻴ ﺔ CLVﺑ ﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻗ ﺮاءة ﻣﻘ ﺪارهﺎ ، X2-X1و اﻟﻤ ﻴﺰة اﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻴﺔ ه ﻲ أﻳ ﻀﺎ
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
www.altariq.ps
142
|| ﻣﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
www.tech.nical.ly
اﻟﺴﻨﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭ ﻣﻦ اﺑﺮز ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺮص ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺎب و اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ،ﻓ ﻲ ﺷ ﺘﻰ اﻟﻤﺠ ﺎﻻت ه ﻲ ﻣ ﺴﺄﻟﺔ اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ ،ﻓﻠ ﻪ أهﻤﻴ ﺔ ﺧﺎﺻ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻻﻋﺘﺒ ﺎرات ،ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻋ ﺪ و ﺗﺘﻘ ﺎرب ﺣ ﺴﺐ اﻟﺪرﺟ ﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺨﺼﺺ ،و ﻃﻤﻮﺣﺎﺗﻪ ،و ﻟﻌ ﻞ اﻟﻘ ﺎرئ اﻟﻜ ﺮﻳﻢ ﻳ ﺸﺎرآﻨﻲ اﻟ ﺮأي ﺣﻴ ﻦ ﻳﻌﻠ ﻢ أن اﻏﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌ ﺎت و اﻟﻤﺆﺳ ﺴﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ ﺗﻠ ﺰم اﻟﻌ ﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻬ ﺎ ﺑﻮﺟ ﻮد أﺑﺤ ﺎث ﻣﻨ ﺸﻮرة ﻟﻬ ﻢ ،ﻣ ﻦ ه ﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﺬي ﻧﺨﻮض ﻓﻴ ﻪ ،ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﻧ ﻀﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ داﺋﺮة ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻨﺎ ،و ﻻ ﻧﺸﺮد ﺑﻜﻢ إﻟ ﻲ ﻏ ﻴﺮ اﻟﻤ ﺮاد ،ﻓﺎﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ أﺻﻨﺎف و أﻧﻮاع ،و ﻣ ﺎ ﻧﺘﺤ ﺪث ﻋﻨ ﻪ ه ﻮ اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ اﻷآ ﺎدﻳﻤﻲ، ﻓﻐﺎﻟ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺆﺳ ﺴﺎت و اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌ ﺎت ﺗﻘﻴ ﺪ اﻟﺪرﺟ ﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺴﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد أﺑﺤﺎث ﻣﻨ ﺸﻮرة آﻤ ﺎ أﺳ ﻠﻔﻨﺎ ،و ه ﺬا ﺑ ﺪورﻩ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ اﻟﻜﺘﺎب إﻟﻲ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﻔﺲ ﻳﻨﺸﺮون ﻓﻴﻪ أﺑﺤﺎﺛﻬﻢ . آﻠﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ أن اﻟﺪورﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ،و ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺺ ﻣﻨﻬ ﺎ ذات اﻟﻄ ﺎﺑﻊ اﻷآ ﺎدﻳﻤﻲ ،ه ﻲ ﻗﻠ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﻮﻃﻦ اﻟﻌﺮﺑ ﻲ ،و إن وﺟﺪت ﻓﻼ ﺗﺤﻈﻰ ﺑﺎﻧﺘ ﺸﺎر ﺟﻴ ﺪ ،و ﻻ ﻳ ﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟ ﺐ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒ ﺎﺣﺜﻴﻦ ﻟ ﻀﻌﻒ ﺷ ﻴﻮﻋﻬﺎ ،و ﻟﻬ ﺬا اﻷﻣ ﺮ اﻟﻜﺜﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺳ ﺒﺎب ،ﻟﻬ ﻞ اﻟﺤﻤ ﻞ اﻷآ ﺒﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬا اﻟ ﻮزر ﺗﻨ ﻮء ﺑ ﻪ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺎت ذاﺗﻬﺎ ،ﻓﺎﻋﺘﻘﺪ أﻧﻬﺎ وﻗﻌﺖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻣ ﺄزق، ﻓﻔ ﻲ ذات اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ اﻟ ﺬي ﺗﻄﺎﻟ ﺐ ﻣﻨﺘ ﺴﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺟ ﻮد أﺑﺤ ﺎث ﻣﻨﺸﻮرﻩ ﻟﻬﻢ ،ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﻔ ﺘﺮض أن اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌ ﺎت ه ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ ﻳ ﺼﺪر هﺬﻩ اﻟﺪورﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ،وواﻗ ﻊ اﻟﺤ ﺎل ﻏ ﻴﺮ ه ﺬا،
ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ اﻟﻤﺠ ﺎل ﻟ ﺬآﺮهﺎ ،و إن آ ﺎن آ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﺘﺒﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟ ﺸﺄن ﻋﻠ ﻰ دراﻳ ﺔ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ،ﻓﻤ ﻦ ﺿ ﻌﻒ اﻟﺘﻤﻮﻳ ﻞ اﻟﻤ ﺎﻟﻲ ،إﻟ ﻲ اﻧﻌ ﺪام اﻟﻤﺒ ﺎدرة ،و ﻣ ﺮورا ﺑ ﺎﻟﺮوﺗﻴﻦ اﻹداري اﻟﻤﻌﻘ ﺪ ،و ﺳﻠ ﺴﻠﺔ اﻻذوﻧ ﺎت اﻟ ﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻣﻌ ﻨﻰ ﻟﻬ ﺎ ،و ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬ ﻲ اﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻼﻓﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻣﺠﺎل ﻟﻠﺨﻮض ﻓﻴﻬﺎ. ﻓ ﻲ ﺿ ﻞ اﻏﻠ ﺐ اﻷﺣﻴ ﺎن ﺗ ﺼﻞ اﻟ ﺪورﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼ ﺼﺔ ،ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺨ ﺎرج ،و اﻟﻤ ﺮاد ﺑﺎﻟﺨ ﺎرج هﻨ ﺎ ه ﻮ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤ ﺪة و أوروﺑ ﺎ ،وﺣ ﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ دول أﺳ ﻴﺎ ،و
ﺷﺮآﺔ اﻟﻄﺎرق ﻟﻠﻨﻈﻢ و اﻟﻤﺸﺎرﻳﻊ
اﻟﺮﻳﺎدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺔ
اﻟﺪآﺘﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺷﻤﻲ ﻋﻀﻮ اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ
هﻲ دورﻳ ﺎت و ﻣﺠ ﻼت ذات وزن ﻋﻠﻤ ﻲ آﺒ ﻴﺮ ،و ﺗﺤﻈ ﻰ ﺑﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺣﺠﻢ و ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻳ ﻖ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺑﻬ ﺎ ،أو اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎون ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ،و ﻳﻌﻠﺐ اﻟﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﺨﺎص ﻓ ﻲ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟﻜﻴﻨﻮﻧ ﺎت أهﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺟﺪا ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﺠﺪت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﺒﻴﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﻠ ﻖ ﺗﻤ ﺎزج و ﺗﺰاوج ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺮة اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ،و اﻟﻨﻈﺮة اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ ذات اﻟﻌﻤ ﻖ ،و ﻳﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ اﻏﻠ ﺐ اﻷﺣﻴ ﺎن ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺒ ﺎﺣﺜﻴﻦ أن ﻳﻘﻮﻣ ﻮا ﺑ ﺪﻓﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﺑ ﻞ ﻣ ﺎدي ﺣﻴﻨﻤ ﺎ ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﻧ ﺸﺮ أﺑﺤ ﺎﺛﻬﻢ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟ ﺪورﻳﺎت ،ﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺔ اﻷﻣ ﺮ أن اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟ ﺪورﻳﺎت ﻳﻌ ﻨﻲ ﺿ ﻤﻨﻴﺎ اﻻﻋ ﺘﺮاف ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ اﻟﻤﻨ ﺸﻮر و ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎرب اﻹﺟﺎزة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻨ ﺸﻮرات ،و ﻓ ﻲ اﻵوﻧ ﺔ اﻷﺧ ﻴﺮة اﺷ ﺘﻜﻰ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺪورﻳﺎت ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﻌ ﺎﻇﻢ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮة اﻟﻤﺎدﻳ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻘﻴﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻤﻨ ﺸﻮراﺗﻬﻢ ،و ازدﻳ ﺎد اﻟﻨﻔﻘ ﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ و اﻟﺘﻮزﻳ ﻊ ،وﻣ ﺎ ﻳﺰﻳ ﺪ اﻟﻄﻴ ﻦ ﺑﻠﻪ ،هﻮ ﻓﺎرق ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻌﺸﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟ ﺸﺮق و اﻟﻐ ﺮب ،ﻣﻤ ﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻔﻮت ﻓﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺪﻓﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﺮهﻖ آﺎهﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺎب و اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺮﻏﺒﻮن ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﺤﺎﺛﻬﻢ ،ﻣﻤﺎ دﻓ ﻊ اﻟﻜﺜ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬﻩ اﻟ ﺪورﻳﺎت إﻟ ﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻳ ﻢ اﺳﺘﻘﺎﻻﺗﻬﻢ ،آﺮدة ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺳﻌﺎر ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺒﺮرة ،ﻓﺈذا ﻋﻠﻤﺎ إن ﻋﺪد اﻟﺪورﻳﺎت ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﺔ 1981أﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ 2000ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠ ﻎ ﻣ ﺎ ﻗﺪرﻩ 20أﻟﻒ دورﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ،ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻘ ﺴﻢ اﻷﻋﻈ ﻢ ﻣﻨ ﻪ ذات ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺧﺎص ،أو اﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎري. وﺳﻂ آ ﻞ ه ﺬا ﻳﻤﻜ ﻦ ﺳ ﺆال آﺒ ﻴﺮ ،ﻣ ﺎ ه ﻲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﺎت اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ و اﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﺮب اﻟ ﺬي ﻳﺒﺤﺜ ﻮن ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﻔ ﺲ ﻟﻬ ﻢ ،اﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﺔ ﻣﻨﻬ ﻢ ﻻ زاﻟ ﺖ ﺗﻨﻈ ﺮ إﻟ ﻲ اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻧ ﻪ اﻗ ﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮى ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ اﻟﻮرﻗ ﻲ ،و ﻗ ﺪ أﻓ ﺎدت إﺣ ﺪى اﻟﺪراﺳ ﺎت إن اﻻﺳﺘ ﺸﻬﺎد ﺑﺎﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ ﻲ ﻟﺪى اﻟﺒﺤﺎث اﻟﻌﺮب اﻗﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻻﺳﺘ ﺸﻬﺎد اﻟﻮرﻗ ﻲ ،و أن ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮوﻧ ﻪ اﻗ ﻞ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮى ﻣ ﻦ ﻧﻈ ﻴﺮﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴ ﺪي ،ﻟﻌ ﻞ هﺬا ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ اﻟﻌﺰوف و اﻟﺠﻔﻮة ﻟ ﺪى ﻣﺘﺨ ﺼﺺ ﻓ ﻲ اﻹﻗﺒ ﺎل ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻨ ﺸﺮ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧ ﻲ ،زد ﻋﻠ ﻰ ه ﺬا أﻳ ﻀﺎ اﻧ ﻪ ﻻ وﺟ ﻮد ﻟ ﺪورﻳﺎت اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴ ﺔ – إن اﺳ ﺘﺜﻨﻴﺎ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﺎ -ﻟﻬ ﺎ ﺳ ﻤﻌﺔ ﻃﺒﻴ ﺔ و ﺗﺤﻈ ﻰ ﺑ ﺎﺣﺘﺮام اﻟﻬﻴﺌ ﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺔ و ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬ ﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ،آﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻷﻣﻮر ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻴﺌ ﺔ ﻏ ﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺸﺠﻌﺔ ﻧﺤ ﻮ اﻹﻗﺒﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ اﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ،ﻣﻊ اﻧﻪ إن ﺗﻤﻜﻨ ﺖ اﻟ ﺪورﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ اﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ،ﺳﻴﻜﻮن هﺬا ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ اﻧﻄﻼﻗﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ،ﻓﻬﻞ ﺳ ﻮف ﻧ ﺸﻬﺪ ه ﺬﻩ اﻻﻧﻄﻼﻗ ﺔ ﻋﻤ ﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ آﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﻬﺪ اﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺘ ﺴﺎرع ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴ ﺔ آﻤﺠﻠ ﺔ ﻋﺮﺑﻴ ﺔ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴ ﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼ ﺼﺔ ،اﻟ ﺰﻣﻦ وﺣ ﺪة آﻔﻴ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺎﺑ ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ هﺬا اﻟﺴﺆال.
www.altariq.ps